| 1 |
711 |
jeremybenn |
@c Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
|
| 2 |
|
|
@c 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
|
| 3 |
|
|
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 4 |
|
|
@c This is part of the GCC manual.
|
| 5 |
|
|
@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
|
| 6 |
|
|
|
| 7 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 8 |
|
|
@node Machine Desc
|
| 9 |
|
|
@chapter Machine Descriptions
|
| 10 |
|
|
@cindex machine descriptions
|
| 11 |
|
|
|
| 12 |
|
|
A machine description has two parts: a file of instruction patterns
|
| 13 |
|
|
(@file{.md} file) and a C header file of macro definitions.
|
| 14 |
|
|
|
| 15 |
|
|
The @file{.md} file for a target machine contains a pattern for each
|
| 16 |
|
|
instruction that the target machine supports (or at least each instruction
|
| 17 |
|
|
that is worth telling the compiler about). It may also contain comments.
|
| 18 |
|
|
A semicolon causes the rest of the line to be a comment, unless the semicolon
|
| 19 |
|
|
is inside a quoted string.
|
| 20 |
|
|
|
| 21 |
|
|
See the next chapter for information on the C header file.
|
| 22 |
|
|
|
| 23 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 24 |
|
|
* Overview:: How the machine description is used.
|
| 25 |
|
|
* Patterns:: How to write instruction patterns.
|
| 26 |
|
|
* Example:: An explained example of a @code{define_insn} pattern.
|
| 27 |
|
|
* RTL Template:: The RTL template defines what insns match a pattern.
|
| 28 |
|
|
* Output Template:: The output template says how to make assembler code
|
| 29 |
|
|
from such an insn.
|
| 30 |
|
|
* Output Statement:: For more generality, write C code to output
|
| 31 |
|
|
the assembler code.
|
| 32 |
|
|
* Predicates:: Controlling what kinds of operands can be used
|
| 33 |
|
|
for an insn.
|
| 34 |
|
|
* Constraints:: Fine-tuning operand selection.
|
| 35 |
|
|
* Standard Names:: Names mark patterns to use for code generation.
|
| 36 |
|
|
* Pattern Ordering:: When the order of patterns makes a difference.
|
| 37 |
|
|
* Dependent Patterns:: Having one pattern may make you need another.
|
| 38 |
|
|
* Jump Patterns:: Special considerations for patterns for jump insns.
|
| 39 |
|
|
* Looping Patterns:: How to define patterns for special looping insns.
|
| 40 |
|
|
* Insn Canonicalizations::Canonicalization of Instructions
|
| 41 |
|
|
* Expander Definitions::Generating a sequence of several RTL insns
|
| 42 |
|
|
for a standard operation.
|
| 43 |
|
|
* Insn Splitting:: Splitting Instructions into Multiple Instructions.
|
| 44 |
|
|
* Including Patterns:: Including Patterns in Machine Descriptions.
|
| 45 |
|
|
* Peephole Definitions::Defining machine-specific peephole optimizations.
|
| 46 |
|
|
* Insn Attributes:: Specifying the value of attributes for generated insns.
|
| 47 |
|
|
* Conditional Execution::Generating @code{define_insn} patterns for
|
| 48 |
|
|
predication.
|
| 49 |
|
|
* Constant Definitions::Defining symbolic constants that can be used in the
|
| 50 |
|
|
md file.
|
| 51 |
|
|
* Iterators:: Using iterators to generate patterns from a template.
|
| 52 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 53 |
|
|
|
| 54 |
|
|
@node Overview
|
| 55 |
|
|
@section Overview of How the Machine Description is Used
|
| 56 |
|
|
|
| 57 |
|
|
There are three main conversions that happen in the compiler:
|
| 58 |
|
|
|
| 59 |
|
|
@enumerate
|
| 60 |
|
|
|
| 61 |
|
|
@item
|
| 62 |
|
|
The front end reads the source code and builds a parse tree.
|
| 63 |
|
|
|
| 64 |
|
|
@item
|
| 65 |
|
|
The parse tree is used to generate an RTL insn list based on named
|
| 66 |
|
|
instruction patterns.
|
| 67 |
|
|
|
| 68 |
|
|
@item
|
| 69 |
|
|
The insn list is matched against the RTL templates to produce assembler
|
| 70 |
|
|
code.
|
| 71 |
|
|
|
| 72 |
|
|
@end enumerate
|
| 73 |
|
|
|
| 74 |
|
|
For the generate pass, only the names of the insns matter, from either a
|
| 75 |
|
|
named @code{define_insn} or a @code{define_expand}. The compiler will
|
| 76 |
|
|
choose the pattern with the right name and apply the operands according
|
| 77 |
|
|
to the documentation later in this chapter, without regard for the RTL
|
| 78 |
|
|
template or operand constraints. Note that the names the compiler looks
|
| 79 |
|
|
for are hard-coded in the compiler---it will ignore unnamed patterns and
|
| 80 |
|
|
patterns with names it doesn't know about, but if you don't provide a
|
| 81 |
|
|
named pattern it needs, it will abort.
|
| 82 |
|
|
|
| 83 |
|
|
If a @code{define_insn} is used, the template given is inserted into the
|
| 84 |
|
|
insn list. If a @code{define_expand} is used, one of three things
|
| 85 |
|
|
happens, based on the condition logic. The condition logic may manually
|
| 86 |
|
|
create new insns for the insn list, say via @code{emit_insn()}, and
|
| 87 |
|
|
invoke @code{DONE}. For certain named patterns, it may invoke @code{FAIL} to tell the
|
| 88 |
|
|
compiler to use an alternate way of performing that task. If it invokes
|
| 89 |
|
|
neither @code{DONE} nor @code{FAIL}, the template given in the pattern
|
| 90 |
|
|
is inserted, as if the @code{define_expand} were a @code{define_insn}.
|
| 91 |
|
|
|
| 92 |
|
|
Once the insn list is generated, various optimization passes convert,
|
| 93 |
|
|
replace, and rearrange the insns in the insn list. This is where the
|
| 94 |
|
|
@code{define_split} and @code{define_peephole} patterns get used, for
|
| 95 |
|
|
example.
|
| 96 |
|
|
|
| 97 |
|
|
Finally, the insn list's RTL is matched up with the RTL templates in the
|
| 98 |
|
|
@code{define_insn} patterns, and those patterns are used to emit the
|
| 99 |
|
|
final assembly code. For this purpose, each named @code{define_insn}
|
| 100 |
|
|
acts like it's unnamed, since the names are ignored.
|
| 101 |
|
|
|
| 102 |
|
|
@node Patterns
|
| 103 |
|
|
@section Everything about Instruction Patterns
|
| 104 |
|
|
@cindex patterns
|
| 105 |
|
|
@cindex instruction patterns
|
| 106 |
|
|
|
| 107 |
|
|
@findex define_insn
|
| 108 |
|
|
Each instruction pattern contains an incomplete RTL expression, with pieces
|
| 109 |
|
|
to be filled in later, operand constraints that restrict how the pieces can
|
| 110 |
|
|
be filled in, and an output pattern or C code to generate the assembler
|
| 111 |
|
|
output, all wrapped up in a @code{define_insn} expression.
|
| 112 |
|
|
|
| 113 |
|
|
A @code{define_insn} is an RTL expression containing four or five operands:
|
| 114 |
|
|
|
| 115 |
|
|
@enumerate
|
| 116 |
|
|
@item
|
| 117 |
|
|
An optional name. The presence of a name indicate that this instruction
|
| 118 |
|
|
pattern can perform a certain standard job for the RTL-generation
|
| 119 |
|
|
pass of the compiler. This pass knows certain names and will use
|
| 120 |
|
|
the instruction patterns with those names, if the names are defined
|
| 121 |
|
|
in the machine description.
|
| 122 |
|
|
|
| 123 |
|
|
The absence of a name is indicated by writing an empty string
|
| 124 |
|
|
where the name should go. Nameless instruction patterns are never
|
| 125 |
|
|
used for generating RTL code, but they may permit several simpler insns
|
| 126 |
|
|
to be combined later on.
|
| 127 |
|
|
|
| 128 |
|
|
Names that are not thus known and used in RTL-generation have no
|
| 129 |
|
|
effect; they are equivalent to no name at all.
|
| 130 |
|
|
|
| 131 |
|
|
For the purpose of debugging the compiler, you may also specify a
|
| 132 |
|
|
name beginning with the @samp{*} character. Such a name is used only
|
| 133 |
|
|
for identifying the instruction in RTL dumps; it is entirely equivalent
|
| 134 |
|
|
to having a nameless pattern for all other purposes.
|
| 135 |
|
|
|
| 136 |
|
|
@item
|
| 137 |
|
|
The @dfn{RTL template} (@pxref{RTL Template}) is a vector of incomplete
|
| 138 |
|
|
RTL expressions which show what the instruction should look like. It is
|
| 139 |
|
|
incomplete because it may contain @code{match_operand},
|
| 140 |
|
|
@code{match_operator}, and @code{match_dup} expressions that stand for
|
| 141 |
|
|
operands of the instruction.
|
| 142 |
|
|
|
| 143 |
|
|
If the vector has only one element, that element is the template for the
|
| 144 |
|
|
instruction pattern. If the vector has multiple elements, then the
|
| 145 |
|
|
instruction pattern is a @code{parallel} expression containing the
|
| 146 |
|
|
elements described.
|
| 147 |
|
|
|
| 148 |
|
|
@item
|
| 149 |
|
|
@cindex pattern conditions
|
| 150 |
|
|
@cindex conditions, in patterns
|
| 151 |
|
|
A condition. This is a string which contains a C expression that is
|
| 152 |
|
|
the final test to decide whether an insn body matches this pattern.
|
| 153 |
|
|
|
| 154 |
|
|
@cindex named patterns and conditions
|
| 155 |
|
|
For a named pattern, the condition (if present) may not depend on
|
| 156 |
|
|
the data in the insn being matched, but only the target-machine-type
|
| 157 |
|
|
flags. The compiler needs to test these conditions during
|
| 158 |
|
|
initialization in order to learn exactly which named instructions are
|
| 159 |
|
|
available in a particular run.
|
| 160 |
|
|
|
| 161 |
|
|
@findex operands
|
| 162 |
|
|
For nameless patterns, the condition is applied only when matching an
|
| 163 |
|
|
individual insn, and only after the insn has matched the pattern's
|
| 164 |
|
|
recognition template. The insn's operands may be found in the vector
|
| 165 |
|
|
@code{operands}. For an insn where the condition has once matched, it
|
| 166 |
|
|
can't be used to control register allocation, for example by excluding
|
| 167 |
|
|
certain hard registers or hard register combinations.
|
| 168 |
|
|
|
| 169 |
|
|
@item
|
| 170 |
|
|
The @dfn{output template}: a string that says how to output matching
|
| 171 |
|
|
insns as assembler code. @samp{%} in this string specifies where
|
| 172 |
|
|
to substitute the value of an operand. @xref{Output Template}.
|
| 173 |
|
|
|
| 174 |
|
|
When simple substitution isn't general enough, you can specify a piece
|
| 175 |
|
|
of C code to compute the output. @xref{Output Statement}.
|
| 176 |
|
|
|
| 177 |
|
|
@item
|
| 178 |
|
|
Optionally, a vector containing the values of attributes for insns matching
|
| 179 |
|
|
this pattern. @xref{Insn Attributes}.
|
| 180 |
|
|
@end enumerate
|
| 181 |
|
|
|
| 182 |
|
|
@node Example
|
| 183 |
|
|
@section Example of @code{define_insn}
|
| 184 |
|
|
@cindex @code{define_insn} example
|
| 185 |
|
|
|
| 186 |
|
|
Here is an actual example of an instruction pattern, for the 68000/68020.
|
| 187 |
|
|
|
| 188 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 189 |
|
|
(define_insn "tstsi"
|
| 190 |
|
|
[(set (cc0)
|
| 191 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "rm"))]
|
| 192 |
|
|
""
|
| 193 |
|
|
"*
|
| 194 |
|
|
@{
|
| 195 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68020 || ! ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 196 |
|
|
return \"tstl %0\";
|
| 197 |
|
|
return \"cmpl #0,%0\";
|
| 198 |
|
|
@}")
|
| 199 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 200 |
|
|
|
| 201 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 202 |
|
|
This can also be written using braced strings:
|
| 203 |
|
|
|
| 204 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 205 |
|
|
(define_insn "tstsi"
|
| 206 |
|
|
[(set (cc0)
|
| 207 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "rm"))]
|
| 208 |
|
|
""
|
| 209 |
|
|
@{
|
| 210 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68020 || ! ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 211 |
|
|
return "tstl %0";
|
| 212 |
|
|
return "cmpl #0,%0";
|
| 213 |
|
|
@})
|
| 214 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 215 |
|
|
|
| 216 |
|
|
This is an instruction that sets the condition codes based on the value of
|
| 217 |
|
|
a general operand. It has no condition, so any insn whose RTL description
|
| 218 |
|
|
has the form shown may be handled according to this pattern. The name
|
| 219 |
|
|
@samp{tstsi} means ``test a @code{SImode} value'' and tells the RTL generation
|
| 220 |
|
|
pass that, when it is necessary to test such a value, an insn to do so
|
| 221 |
|
|
can be constructed using this pattern.
|
| 222 |
|
|
|
| 223 |
|
|
The output control string is a piece of C code which chooses which
|
| 224 |
|
|
output template to return based on the kind of operand and the specific
|
| 225 |
|
|
type of CPU for which code is being generated.
|
| 226 |
|
|
|
| 227 |
|
|
@samp{"rm"} is an operand constraint. Its meaning is explained below.
|
| 228 |
|
|
|
| 229 |
|
|
@node RTL Template
|
| 230 |
|
|
@section RTL Template
|
| 231 |
|
|
@cindex RTL insn template
|
| 232 |
|
|
@cindex generating insns
|
| 233 |
|
|
@cindex insns, generating
|
| 234 |
|
|
@cindex recognizing insns
|
| 235 |
|
|
@cindex insns, recognizing
|
| 236 |
|
|
|
| 237 |
|
|
The RTL template is used to define which insns match the particular pattern
|
| 238 |
|
|
and how to find their operands. For named patterns, the RTL template also
|
| 239 |
|
|
says how to construct an insn from specified operands.
|
| 240 |
|
|
|
| 241 |
|
|
Construction involves substituting specified operands into a copy of the
|
| 242 |
|
|
template. Matching involves determining the values that serve as the
|
| 243 |
|
|
operands in the insn being matched. Both of these activities are
|
| 244 |
|
|
controlled by special expression types that direct matching and
|
| 245 |
|
|
substitution of the operands.
|
| 246 |
|
|
|
| 247 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 248 |
|
|
@findex match_operand
|
| 249 |
|
|
@item (match_operand:@var{m} @var{n} @var{predicate} @var{constraint})
|
| 250 |
|
|
This expression is a placeholder for operand number @var{n} of
|
| 251 |
|
|
the insn. When constructing an insn, operand number @var{n}
|
| 252 |
|
|
will be substituted at this point. When matching an insn, whatever
|
| 253 |
|
|
appears at this position in the insn will be taken as operand
|
| 254 |
|
|
number @var{n}; but it must satisfy @var{predicate} or this instruction
|
| 255 |
|
|
pattern will not match at all.
|
| 256 |
|
|
|
| 257 |
|
|
Operand numbers must be chosen consecutively counting from zero in
|
| 258 |
|
|
each instruction pattern. There may be only one @code{match_operand}
|
| 259 |
|
|
expression in the pattern for each operand number. Usually operands
|
| 260 |
|
|
are numbered in the order of appearance in @code{match_operand}
|
| 261 |
|
|
expressions. In the case of a @code{define_expand}, any operand numbers
|
| 262 |
|
|
used only in @code{match_dup} expressions have higher values than all
|
| 263 |
|
|
other operand numbers.
|
| 264 |
|
|
|
| 265 |
|
|
@var{predicate} is a string that is the name of a function that
|
| 266 |
|
|
accepts two arguments, an expression and a machine mode.
|
| 267 |
|
|
@xref{Predicates}. During matching, the function will be called with
|
| 268 |
|
|
the putative operand as the expression and @var{m} as the mode
|
| 269 |
|
|
argument (if @var{m} is not specified, @code{VOIDmode} will be used,
|
| 270 |
|
|
which normally causes @var{predicate} to accept any mode). If it
|
| 271 |
|
|
returns zero, this instruction pattern fails to match.
|
| 272 |
|
|
@var{predicate} may be an empty string; then it means no test is to be
|
| 273 |
|
|
done on the operand, so anything which occurs in this position is
|
| 274 |
|
|
valid.
|
| 275 |
|
|
|
| 276 |
|
|
Most of the time, @var{predicate} will reject modes other than @var{m}---but
|
| 277 |
|
|
not always. For example, the predicate @code{address_operand} uses
|
| 278 |
|
|
@var{m} as the mode of memory ref that the address should be valid for.
|
| 279 |
|
|
Many predicates accept @code{const_int} nodes even though their mode is
|
| 280 |
|
|
@code{VOIDmode}.
|
| 281 |
|
|
|
| 282 |
|
|
@var{constraint} controls reloading and the choice of the best register
|
| 283 |
|
|
class to use for a value, as explained later (@pxref{Constraints}).
|
| 284 |
|
|
If the constraint would be an empty string, it can be omitted.
|
| 285 |
|
|
|
| 286 |
|
|
People are often unclear on the difference between the constraint and the
|
| 287 |
|
|
predicate. The predicate helps decide whether a given insn matches the
|
| 288 |
|
|
pattern. The constraint plays no role in this decision; instead, it
|
| 289 |
|
|
controls various decisions in the case of an insn which does match.
|
| 290 |
|
|
|
| 291 |
|
|
@findex match_scratch
|
| 292 |
|
|
@item (match_scratch:@var{m} @var{n} @var{constraint})
|
| 293 |
|
|
This expression is also a placeholder for operand number @var{n}
|
| 294 |
|
|
and indicates that operand must be a @code{scratch} or @code{reg}
|
| 295 |
|
|
expression.
|
| 296 |
|
|
|
| 297 |
|
|
When matching patterns, this is equivalent to
|
| 298 |
|
|
|
| 299 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 300 |
|
|
(match_operand:@var{m} @var{n} "scratch_operand" @var{pred})
|
| 301 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 302 |
|
|
|
| 303 |
|
|
but, when generating RTL, it produces a (@code{scratch}:@var{m})
|
| 304 |
|
|
expression.
|
| 305 |
|
|
|
| 306 |
|
|
If the last few expressions in a @code{parallel} are @code{clobber}
|
| 307 |
|
|
expressions whose operands are either a hard register or
|
| 308 |
|
|
@code{match_scratch}, the combiner can add or delete them when
|
| 309 |
|
|
necessary. @xref{Side Effects}.
|
| 310 |
|
|
|
| 311 |
|
|
@findex match_dup
|
| 312 |
|
|
@item (match_dup @var{n})
|
| 313 |
|
|
This expression is also a placeholder for operand number @var{n}.
|
| 314 |
|
|
It is used when the operand needs to appear more than once in the
|
| 315 |
|
|
insn.
|
| 316 |
|
|
|
| 317 |
|
|
In construction, @code{match_dup} acts just like @code{match_operand}:
|
| 318 |
|
|
the operand is substituted into the insn being constructed. But in
|
| 319 |
|
|
matching, @code{match_dup} behaves differently. It assumes that operand
|
| 320 |
|
|
number @var{n} has already been determined by a @code{match_operand}
|
| 321 |
|
|
appearing earlier in the recognition template, and it matches only an
|
| 322 |
|
|
identical-looking expression.
|
| 323 |
|
|
|
| 324 |
|
|
Note that @code{match_dup} should not be used to tell the compiler that
|
| 325 |
|
|
a particular register is being used for two operands (example:
|
| 326 |
|
|
@code{add} that adds one register to another; the second register is
|
| 327 |
|
|
both an input operand and the output operand). Use a matching
|
| 328 |
|
|
constraint (@pxref{Simple Constraints}) for those. @code{match_dup} is for the cases where one
|
| 329 |
|
|
operand is used in two places in the template, such as an instruction
|
| 330 |
|
|
that computes both a quotient and a remainder, where the opcode takes
|
| 331 |
|
|
two input operands but the RTL template has to refer to each of those
|
| 332 |
|
|
twice; once for the quotient pattern and once for the remainder pattern.
|
| 333 |
|
|
|
| 334 |
|
|
@findex match_operator
|
| 335 |
|
|
@item (match_operator:@var{m} @var{n} @var{predicate} [@var{operands}@dots{}])
|
| 336 |
|
|
This pattern is a kind of placeholder for a variable RTL expression
|
| 337 |
|
|
code.
|
| 338 |
|
|
|
| 339 |
|
|
When constructing an insn, it stands for an RTL expression whose
|
| 340 |
|
|
expression code is taken from that of operand @var{n}, and whose
|
| 341 |
|
|
operands are constructed from the patterns @var{operands}.
|
| 342 |
|
|
|
| 343 |
|
|
When matching an expression, it matches an expression if the function
|
| 344 |
|
|
@var{predicate} returns nonzero on that expression @emph{and} the
|
| 345 |
|
|
patterns @var{operands} match the operands of the expression.
|
| 346 |
|
|
|
| 347 |
|
|
Suppose that the function @code{commutative_operator} is defined as
|
| 348 |
|
|
follows, to match any expression whose operator is one of the
|
| 349 |
|
|
commutative arithmetic operators of RTL and whose mode is @var{mode}:
|
| 350 |
|
|
|
| 351 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 352 |
|
|
int
|
| 353 |
|
|
commutative_integer_operator (x, mode)
|
| 354 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 355 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 356 |
|
|
@{
|
| 357 |
|
|
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
| 358 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) != mode)
|
| 359 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 360 |
|
|
return (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
|
| 361 |
|
|
|| code == EQ || code == NE);
|
| 362 |
|
|
@}
|
| 363 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 364 |
|
|
|
| 365 |
|
|
Then the following pattern will match any RTL expression consisting
|
| 366 |
|
|
of a commutative operator applied to two general operands:
|
| 367 |
|
|
|
| 368 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 369 |
|
|
(match_operator:SI 3 "commutative_operator"
|
| 370 |
|
|
[(match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "g")
|
| 371 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g")])
|
| 372 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 373 |
|
|
|
| 374 |
|
|
Here the vector @code{[@var{operands}@dots{}]} contains two patterns
|
| 375 |
|
|
because the expressions to be matched all contain two operands.
|
| 376 |
|
|
|
| 377 |
|
|
When this pattern does match, the two operands of the commutative
|
| 378 |
|
|
operator are recorded as operands 1 and 2 of the insn. (This is done
|
| 379 |
|
|
by the two instances of @code{match_operand}.) Operand 3 of the insn
|
| 380 |
|
|
will be the entire commutative expression: use @code{GET_CODE
|
| 381 |
|
|
(operands[3])} to see which commutative operator was used.
|
| 382 |
|
|
|
| 383 |
|
|
The machine mode @var{m} of @code{match_operator} works like that of
|
| 384 |
|
|
@code{match_operand}: it is passed as the second argument to the
|
| 385 |
|
|
predicate function, and that function is solely responsible for
|
| 386 |
|
|
deciding whether the expression to be matched ``has'' that mode.
|
| 387 |
|
|
|
| 388 |
|
|
When constructing an insn, argument 3 of the gen-function will specify
|
| 389 |
|
|
the operation (i.e.@: the expression code) for the expression to be
|
| 390 |
|
|
made. It should be an RTL expression, whose expression code is copied
|
| 391 |
|
|
into a new expression whose operands are arguments 1 and 2 of the
|
| 392 |
|
|
gen-function. The subexpressions of argument 3 are not used;
|
| 393 |
|
|
only its expression code matters.
|
| 394 |
|
|
|
| 395 |
|
|
When @code{match_operator} is used in a pattern for matching an insn,
|
| 396 |
|
|
it usually best if the operand number of the @code{match_operator}
|
| 397 |
|
|
is higher than that of the actual operands of the insn. This improves
|
| 398 |
|
|
register allocation because the register allocator often looks at
|
| 399 |
|
|
operands 1 and 2 of insns to see if it can do register tying.
|
| 400 |
|
|
|
| 401 |
|
|
There is no way to specify constraints in @code{match_operator}. The
|
| 402 |
|
|
operand of the insn which corresponds to the @code{match_operator}
|
| 403 |
|
|
never has any constraints because it is never reloaded as a whole.
|
| 404 |
|
|
However, if parts of its @var{operands} are matched by
|
| 405 |
|
|
@code{match_operand} patterns, those parts may have constraints of
|
| 406 |
|
|
their own.
|
| 407 |
|
|
|
| 408 |
|
|
@findex match_op_dup
|
| 409 |
|
|
@item (match_op_dup:@var{m} @var{n}[@var{operands}@dots{}])
|
| 410 |
|
|
Like @code{match_dup}, except that it applies to operators instead of
|
| 411 |
|
|
operands. When constructing an insn, operand number @var{n} will be
|
| 412 |
|
|
substituted at this point. But in matching, @code{match_op_dup} behaves
|
| 413 |
|
|
differently. It assumes that operand number @var{n} has already been
|
| 414 |
|
|
determined by a @code{match_operator} appearing earlier in the
|
| 415 |
|
|
recognition template, and it matches only an identical-looking
|
| 416 |
|
|
expression.
|
| 417 |
|
|
|
| 418 |
|
|
@findex match_parallel
|
| 419 |
|
|
@item (match_parallel @var{n} @var{predicate} [@var{subpat}@dots{}])
|
| 420 |
|
|
This pattern is a placeholder for an insn that consists of a
|
| 421 |
|
|
@code{parallel} expression with a variable number of elements. This
|
| 422 |
|
|
expression should only appear at the top level of an insn pattern.
|
| 423 |
|
|
|
| 424 |
|
|
When constructing an insn, operand number @var{n} will be substituted at
|
| 425 |
|
|
this point. When matching an insn, it matches if the body of the insn
|
| 426 |
|
|
is a @code{parallel} expression with at least as many elements as the
|
| 427 |
|
|
vector of @var{subpat} expressions in the @code{match_parallel}, if each
|
| 428 |
|
|
@var{subpat} matches the corresponding element of the @code{parallel},
|
| 429 |
|
|
@emph{and} the function @var{predicate} returns nonzero on the
|
| 430 |
|
|
@code{parallel} that is the body of the insn. It is the responsibility
|
| 431 |
|
|
of the predicate to validate elements of the @code{parallel} beyond
|
| 432 |
|
|
those listed in the @code{match_parallel}.
|
| 433 |
|
|
|
| 434 |
|
|
A typical use of @code{match_parallel} is to match load and store
|
| 435 |
|
|
multiple expressions, which can contain a variable number of elements
|
| 436 |
|
|
in a @code{parallel}. For example,
|
| 437 |
|
|
|
| 438 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 439 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 440 |
|
|
[(match_parallel 0 "load_multiple_operation"
|
| 441 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 1 "gpc_reg_operand" "=r")
|
| 442 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "memory_operand" "m"))
|
| 443 |
|
|
(use (reg:SI 179))
|
| 444 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:SI 179))])]
|
| 445 |
|
|
""
|
| 446 |
|
|
"loadm 0,0,%1,%2")
|
| 447 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 448 |
|
|
|
| 449 |
|
|
This example comes from @file{a29k.md}. The function
|
| 450 |
|
|
@code{load_multiple_operation} is defined in @file{a29k.c} and checks
|
| 451 |
|
|
that subsequent elements in the @code{parallel} are the same as the
|
| 452 |
|
|
@code{set} in the pattern, except that they are referencing subsequent
|
| 453 |
|
|
registers and memory locations.
|
| 454 |
|
|
|
| 455 |
|
|
An insn that matches this pattern might look like:
|
| 456 |
|
|
|
| 457 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 458 |
|
|
(parallel
|
| 459 |
|
|
[(set (reg:SI 20) (mem:SI (reg:SI 100)))
|
| 460 |
|
|
(use (reg:SI 179))
|
| 461 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:SI 179))
|
| 462 |
|
|
(set (reg:SI 21)
|
| 463 |
|
|
(mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI 100)
|
| 464 |
|
|
(const_int 4))))
|
| 465 |
|
|
(set (reg:SI 22)
|
| 466 |
|
|
(mem:SI (plus:SI (reg:SI 100)
|
| 467 |
|
|
(const_int 8))))])
|
| 468 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 469 |
|
|
|
| 470 |
|
|
@findex match_par_dup
|
| 471 |
|
|
@item (match_par_dup @var{n} [@var{subpat}@dots{}])
|
| 472 |
|
|
Like @code{match_op_dup}, but for @code{match_parallel} instead of
|
| 473 |
|
|
@code{match_operator}.
|
| 474 |
|
|
|
| 475 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 476 |
|
|
|
| 477 |
|
|
@node Output Template
|
| 478 |
|
|
@section Output Templates and Operand Substitution
|
| 479 |
|
|
@cindex output templates
|
| 480 |
|
|
@cindex operand substitution
|
| 481 |
|
|
|
| 482 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{%} in template
|
| 483 |
|
|
@cindex percent sign
|
| 484 |
|
|
The @dfn{output template} is a string which specifies how to output the
|
| 485 |
|
|
assembler code for an instruction pattern. Most of the template is a
|
| 486 |
|
|
fixed string which is output literally. The character @samp{%} is used
|
| 487 |
|
|
to specify where to substitute an operand; it can also be used to
|
| 488 |
|
|
identify places where different variants of the assembler require
|
| 489 |
|
|
different syntax.
|
| 490 |
|
|
|
| 491 |
|
|
In the simplest case, a @samp{%} followed by a digit @var{n} says to output
|
| 492 |
|
|
operand @var{n} at that point in the string.
|
| 493 |
|
|
|
| 494 |
|
|
@samp{%} followed by a letter and a digit says to output an operand in an
|
| 495 |
|
|
alternate fashion. Four letters have standard, built-in meanings described
|
| 496 |
|
|
below. The machine description macro @code{PRINT_OPERAND} can define
|
| 497 |
|
|
additional letters with nonstandard meanings.
|
| 498 |
|
|
|
| 499 |
|
|
@samp{%c@var{digit}} can be used to substitute an operand that is a
|
| 500 |
|
|
constant value without the syntax that normally indicates an immediate
|
| 501 |
|
|
operand.
|
| 502 |
|
|
|
| 503 |
|
|
@samp{%n@var{digit}} is like @samp{%c@var{digit}} except that the value of
|
| 504 |
|
|
the constant is negated before printing.
|
| 505 |
|
|
|
| 506 |
|
|
@samp{%a@var{digit}} can be used to substitute an operand as if it were a
|
| 507 |
|
|
memory reference, with the actual operand treated as the address. This may
|
| 508 |
|
|
be useful when outputting a ``load address'' instruction, because often the
|
| 509 |
|
|
assembler syntax for such an instruction requires you to write the operand
|
| 510 |
|
|
as if it were a memory reference.
|
| 511 |
|
|
|
| 512 |
|
|
@samp{%l@var{digit}} is used to substitute a @code{label_ref} into a jump
|
| 513 |
|
|
instruction.
|
| 514 |
|
|
|
| 515 |
|
|
@samp{%=} outputs a number which is unique to each instruction in the
|
| 516 |
|
|
entire compilation. This is useful for making local labels to be
|
| 517 |
|
|
referred to more than once in a single template that generates multiple
|
| 518 |
|
|
assembler instructions.
|
| 519 |
|
|
|
| 520 |
|
|
@samp{%} followed by a punctuation character specifies a substitution that
|
| 521 |
|
|
does not use an operand. Only one case is standard: @samp{%%} outputs a
|
| 522 |
|
|
@samp{%} into the assembler code. Other nonstandard cases can be
|
| 523 |
|
|
defined in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro. You must also define
|
| 524 |
|
|
which punctuation characters are valid with the
|
| 525 |
|
|
@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} macro.
|
| 526 |
|
|
|
| 527 |
|
|
@cindex \
|
| 528 |
|
|
@cindex backslash
|
| 529 |
|
|
The template may generate multiple assembler instructions. Write the text
|
| 530 |
|
|
for the instructions, with @samp{\;} between them.
|
| 531 |
|
|
|
| 532 |
|
|
@cindex matching operands
|
| 533 |
|
|
When the RTL contains two operands which are required by constraint to match
|
| 534 |
|
|
each other, the output template must refer only to the lower-numbered operand.
|
| 535 |
|
|
Matching operands are not always identical, and the rest of the compiler
|
| 536 |
|
|
arranges to put the proper RTL expression for printing into the lower-numbered
|
| 537 |
|
|
operand.
|
| 538 |
|
|
|
| 539 |
|
|
One use of nonstandard letters or punctuation following @samp{%} is to
|
| 540 |
|
|
distinguish between different assembler languages for the same machine; for
|
| 541 |
|
|
example, Motorola syntax versus MIT syntax for the 68000. Motorola syntax
|
| 542 |
|
|
requires periods in most opcode names, while MIT syntax does not. For
|
| 543 |
|
|
example, the opcode @samp{movel} in MIT syntax is @samp{move.l} in Motorola
|
| 544 |
|
|
syntax. The same file of patterns is used for both kinds of output syntax,
|
| 545 |
|
|
but the character sequence @samp{%.} is used in each place where Motorola
|
| 546 |
|
|
syntax wants a period. The @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro for Motorola syntax
|
| 547 |
|
|
defines the sequence to output a period; the macro for MIT syntax defines
|
| 548 |
|
|
it to do nothing.
|
| 549 |
|
|
|
| 550 |
|
|
@cindex @code{#} in template
|
| 551 |
|
|
As a special case, a template consisting of the single character @code{#}
|
| 552 |
|
|
instructs the compiler to first split the insn, and then output the
|
| 553 |
|
|
resulting instructions separately. This helps eliminate redundancy in the
|
| 554 |
|
|
output templates. If you have a @code{define_insn} that needs to emit
|
| 555 |
|
|
multiple assembler instructions, and there is a matching @code{define_split}
|
| 556 |
|
|
already defined, then you can simply use @code{#} as the output template
|
| 557 |
|
|
instead of writing an output template that emits the multiple assembler
|
| 558 |
|
|
instructions.
|
| 559 |
|
|
|
| 560 |
|
|
If the macro @code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is defined, you can use construct
|
| 561 |
|
|
of the form @samp{@{option0|option1|option2@}} in the templates. These
|
| 562 |
|
|
describe multiple variants of assembler language syntax.
|
| 563 |
|
|
@xref{Instruction Output}.
|
| 564 |
|
|
|
| 565 |
|
|
@node Output Statement
|
| 566 |
|
|
@section C Statements for Assembler Output
|
| 567 |
|
|
@cindex output statements
|
| 568 |
|
|
@cindex C statements for assembler output
|
| 569 |
|
|
@cindex generating assembler output
|
| 570 |
|
|
|
| 571 |
|
|
Often a single fixed template string cannot produce correct and efficient
|
| 572 |
|
|
assembler code for all the cases that are recognized by a single
|
| 573 |
|
|
instruction pattern. For example, the opcodes may depend on the kinds of
|
| 574 |
|
|
operands; or some unfortunate combinations of operands may require extra
|
| 575 |
|
|
machine instructions.
|
| 576 |
|
|
|
| 577 |
|
|
If the output control string starts with a @samp{@@}, then it is actually
|
| 578 |
|
|
a series of templates, each on a separate line. (Blank lines and
|
| 579 |
|
|
leading spaces and tabs are ignored.) The templates correspond to the
|
| 580 |
|
|
pattern's constraint alternatives (@pxref{Multi-Alternative}). For example,
|
| 581 |
|
|
if a target machine has a two-address add instruction @samp{addr} to add
|
| 582 |
|
|
into a register and another @samp{addm} to add a register to memory, you
|
| 583 |
|
|
might write this pattern:
|
| 584 |
|
|
|
| 585 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 586 |
|
|
(define_insn "addsi3"
|
| 587 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,m")
|
| 588 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0,0")
|
| 589 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "g,r")))]
|
| 590 |
|
|
""
|
| 591 |
|
|
"@@
|
| 592 |
|
|
addr %2,%0
|
| 593 |
|
|
addm %2,%0")
|
| 594 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 595 |
|
|
|
| 596 |
|
|
@cindex @code{*} in template
|
| 597 |
|
|
@cindex asterisk in template
|
| 598 |
|
|
If the output control string starts with a @samp{*}, then it is not an
|
| 599 |
|
|
output template but rather a piece of C program that should compute a
|
| 600 |
|
|
template. It should execute a @code{return} statement to return the
|
| 601 |
|
|
template-string you want. Most such templates use C string literals, which
|
| 602 |
|
|
require doublequote characters to delimit them. To include these
|
| 603 |
|
|
doublequote characters in the string, prefix each one with @samp{\}.
|
| 604 |
|
|
|
| 605 |
|
|
If the output control string is written as a brace block instead of a
|
| 606 |
|
|
double-quoted string, it is automatically assumed to be C code. In that
|
| 607 |
|
|
case, it is not necessary to put in a leading asterisk, or to escape the
|
| 608 |
|
|
doublequotes surrounding C string literals.
|
| 609 |
|
|
|
| 610 |
|
|
The operands may be found in the array @code{operands}, whose C data type
|
| 611 |
|
|
is @code{rtx []}.
|
| 612 |
|
|
|
| 613 |
|
|
It is very common to select different ways of generating assembler code
|
| 614 |
|
|
based on whether an immediate operand is within a certain range. Be
|
| 615 |
|
|
careful when doing this, because the result of @code{INTVAL} is an
|
| 616 |
|
|
integer on the host machine. If the host machine has more bits in an
|
| 617 |
|
|
@code{int} than the target machine has in the mode in which the constant
|
| 618 |
|
|
will be used, then some of the bits you get from @code{INTVAL} will be
|
| 619 |
|
|
superfluous. For proper results, you must carefully disregard the
|
| 620 |
|
|
values of those bits.
|
| 621 |
|
|
|
| 622 |
|
|
@findex output_asm_insn
|
| 623 |
|
|
It is possible to output an assembler instruction and then go on to output
|
| 624 |
|
|
or compute more of them, using the subroutine @code{output_asm_insn}. This
|
| 625 |
|
|
receives two arguments: a template-string and a vector of operands. The
|
| 626 |
|
|
vector may be @code{operands}, or it may be another array of @code{rtx}
|
| 627 |
|
|
that you declare locally and initialize yourself.
|
| 628 |
|
|
|
| 629 |
|
|
@findex which_alternative
|
| 630 |
|
|
When an insn pattern has multiple alternatives in its constraints, often
|
| 631 |
|
|
the appearance of the assembler code is determined mostly by which alternative
|
| 632 |
|
|
was matched. When this is so, the C code can test the variable
|
| 633 |
|
|
@code{which_alternative}, which is the ordinal number of the alternative
|
| 634 |
|
|
that was actually satisfied (0 for the first, 1 for the second alternative,
|
| 635 |
|
|
etc.).
|
| 636 |
|
|
|
| 637 |
|
|
For example, suppose there are two opcodes for storing zero, @samp{clrreg}
|
| 638 |
|
|
for registers and @samp{clrmem} for memory locations. Here is how
|
| 639 |
|
|
a pattern could use @code{which_alternative} to choose between them:
|
| 640 |
|
|
|
| 641 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 642 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 643 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,m")
|
| 644 |
|
|
(const_int 0))]
|
| 645 |
|
|
""
|
| 646 |
|
|
@{
|
| 647 |
|
|
return (which_alternative == 0
|
| 648 |
|
|
? "clrreg %0" : "clrmem %0");
|
| 649 |
|
|
@})
|
| 650 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 651 |
|
|
|
| 652 |
|
|
The example above, where the assembler code to generate was
|
| 653 |
|
|
@emph{solely} determined by the alternative, could also have been specified
|
| 654 |
|
|
as follows, having the output control string start with a @samp{@@}:
|
| 655 |
|
|
|
| 656 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 657 |
|
|
@group
|
| 658 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 659 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,m")
|
| 660 |
|
|
(const_int 0))]
|
| 661 |
|
|
""
|
| 662 |
|
|
"@@
|
| 663 |
|
|
clrreg %0
|
| 664 |
|
|
clrmem %0")
|
| 665 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 666 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 667 |
|
|
|
| 668 |
|
|
@node Predicates
|
| 669 |
|
|
@section Predicates
|
| 670 |
|
|
@cindex predicates
|
| 671 |
|
|
@cindex operand predicates
|
| 672 |
|
|
@cindex operator predicates
|
| 673 |
|
|
|
| 674 |
|
|
A predicate determines whether a @code{match_operand} or
|
| 675 |
|
|
@code{match_operator} expression matches, and therefore whether the
|
| 676 |
|
|
surrounding instruction pattern will be used for that combination of
|
| 677 |
|
|
operands. GCC has a number of machine-independent predicates, and you
|
| 678 |
|
|
can define machine-specific predicates as needed. By convention,
|
| 679 |
|
|
predicates used with @code{match_operand} have names that end in
|
| 680 |
|
|
@samp{_operand}, and those used with @code{match_operator} have names
|
| 681 |
|
|
that end in @samp{_operator}.
|
| 682 |
|
|
|
| 683 |
|
|
All predicates are Boolean functions (in the mathematical sense) of
|
| 684 |
|
|
two arguments: the RTL expression that is being considered at that
|
| 685 |
|
|
position in the instruction pattern, and the machine mode that the
|
| 686 |
|
|
@code{match_operand} or @code{match_operator} specifies. In this
|
| 687 |
|
|
section, the first argument is called @var{op} and the second argument
|
| 688 |
|
|
@var{mode}. Predicates can be called from C as ordinary two-argument
|
| 689 |
|
|
functions; this can be useful in output templates or other
|
| 690 |
|
|
machine-specific code.
|
| 691 |
|
|
|
| 692 |
|
|
Operand predicates can allow operands that are not actually acceptable
|
| 693 |
|
|
to the hardware, as long as the constraints give reload the ability to
|
| 694 |
|
|
fix them up (@pxref{Constraints}). However, GCC will usually generate
|
| 695 |
|
|
better code if the predicates specify the requirements of the machine
|
| 696 |
|
|
instructions as closely as possible. Reload cannot fix up operands
|
| 697 |
|
|
that must be constants (``immediate operands''); you must use a
|
| 698 |
|
|
predicate that allows only constants, or else enforce the requirement
|
| 699 |
|
|
in the extra condition.
|
| 700 |
|
|
|
| 701 |
|
|
@cindex predicates and machine modes
|
| 702 |
|
|
@cindex normal predicates
|
| 703 |
|
|
@cindex special predicates
|
| 704 |
|
|
Most predicates handle their @var{mode} argument in a uniform manner.
|
| 705 |
|
|
If @var{mode} is @code{VOIDmode} (unspecified), then @var{op} can have
|
| 706 |
|
|
any mode. If @var{mode} is anything else, then @var{op} must have the
|
| 707 |
|
|
same mode, unless @var{op} is a @code{CONST_INT} or integer
|
| 708 |
|
|
@code{CONST_DOUBLE}. These RTL expressions always have
|
| 709 |
|
|
@code{VOIDmode}, so it would be counterproductive to check that their
|
| 710 |
|
|
mode matches. Instead, predicates that accept @code{CONST_INT} and/or
|
| 711 |
|
|
integer @code{CONST_DOUBLE} check that the value stored in the
|
| 712 |
|
|
constant will fit in the requested mode.
|
| 713 |
|
|
|
| 714 |
|
|
Predicates with this behavior are called @dfn{normal}.
|
| 715 |
|
|
@command{genrecog} can optimize the instruction recognizer based on
|
| 716 |
|
|
knowledge of how normal predicates treat modes. It can also diagnose
|
| 717 |
|
|
certain kinds of common errors in the use of normal predicates; for
|
| 718 |
|
|
instance, it is almost always an error to use a normal predicate
|
| 719 |
|
|
without specifying a mode.
|
| 720 |
|
|
|
| 721 |
|
|
Predicates that do something different with their @var{mode} argument
|
| 722 |
|
|
are called @dfn{special}. The generic predicates
|
| 723 |
|
|
@code{address_operand} and @code{pmode_register_operand} are special
|
| 724 |
|
|
predicates. @command{genrecog} does not do any optimizations or
|
| 725 |
|
|
diagnosis when special predicates are used.
|
| 726 |
|
|
|
| 727 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 728 |
|
|
* Machine-Independent Predicates:: Predicates available to all back ends.
|
| 729 |
|
|
* Defining Predicates:: How to write machine-specific predicate
|
| 730 |
|
|
functions.
|
| 731 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 732 |
|
|
|
| 733 |
|
|
@node Machine-Independent Predicates
|
| 734 |
|
|
@subsection Machine-Independent Predicates
|
| 735 |
|
|
@cindex machine-independent predicates
|
| 736 |
|
|
@cindex generic predicates
|
| 737 |
|
|
|
| 738 |
|
|
These are the generic predicates available to all back ends. They are
|
| 739 |
|
|
defined in @file{recog.c}. The first category of predicates allow
|
| 740 |
|
|
only constant, or @dfn{immediate}, operands.
|
| 741 |
|
|
|
| 742 |
|
|
@defun immediate_operand
|
| 743 |
|
|
This predicate allows any sort of constant that fits in @var{mode}.
|
| 744 |
|
|
It is an appropriate choice for instructions that take operands that
|
| 745 |
|
|
must be constant.
|
| 746 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 747 |
|
|
|
| 748 |
|
|
@defun const_int_operand
|
| 749 |
|
|
This predicate allows any @code{CONST_INT} expression that fits in
|
| 750 |
|
|
@var{mode}. It is an appropriate choice for an immediate operand that
|
| 751 |
|
|
does not allow a symbol or label.
|
| 752 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 753 |
|
|
|
| 754 |
|
|
@defun const_double_operand
|
| 755 |
|
|
This predicate accepts any @code{CONST_DOUBLE} expression that has
|
| 756 |
|
|
exactly @var{mode}. If @var{mode} is @code{VOIDmode}, it will also
|
| 757 |
|
|
accept @code{CONST_INT}. It is intended for immediate floating point
|
| 758 |
|
|
constants.
|
| 759 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 760 |
|
|
|
| 761 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 762 |
|
|
The second category of predicates allow only some kind of machine
|
| 763 |
|
|
register.
|
| 764 |
|
|
|
| 765 |
|
|
@defun register_operand
|
| 766 |
|
|
This predicate allows any @code{REG} or @code{SUBREG} expression that
|
| 767 |
|
|
is valid for @var{mode}. It is often suitable for arithmetic
|
| 768 |
|
|
instruction operands on a RISC machine.
|
| 769 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 770 |
|
|
|
| 771 |
|
|
@defun pmode_register_operand
|
| 772 |
|
|
This is a slight variant on @code{register_operand} which works around
|
| 773 |
|
|
a limitation in the machine-description reader.
|
| 774 |
|
|
|
| 775 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 776 |
|
|
(match_operand @var{n} "pmode_register_operand" @var{constraint})
|
| 777 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 778 |
|
|
|
| 779 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 780 |
|
|
means exactly what
|
| 781 |
|
|
|
| 782 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 783 |
|
|
(match_operand:P @var{n} "register_operand" @var{constraint})
|
| 784 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 785 |
|
|
|
| 786 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 787 |
|
|
would mean, if the machine-description reader accepted @samp{:P}
|
| 788 |
|
|
mode suffixes. Unfortunately, it cannot, because @code{Pmode} is an
|
| 789 |
|
|
alias for some other mode, and might vary with machine-specific
|
| 790 |
|
|
options. @xref{Misc}.
|
| 791 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 792 |
|
|
|
| 793 |
|
|
@defun scratch_operand
|
| 794 |
|
|
This predicate allows hard registers and @code{SCRATCH} expressions,
|
| 795 |
|
|
but not pseudo-registers. It is used internally by @code{match_scratch};
|
| 796 |
|
|
it should not be used directly.
|
| 797 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 798 |
|
|
|
| 799 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 800 |
|
|
The third category of predicates allow only some kind of memory reference.
|
| 801 |
|
|
|
| 802 |
|
|
@defun memory_operand
|
| 803 |
|
|
This predicate allows any valid reference to a quantity of mode
|
| 804 |
|
|
@var{mode} in memory, as determined by the weak form of
|
| 805 |
|
|
@code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} (@pxref{Addressing Modes}).
|
| 806 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 807 |
|
|
|
| 808 |
|
|
@defun address_operand
|
| 809 |
|
|
This predicate is a little unusual; it allows any operand that is a
|
| 810 |
|
|
valid expression for the @emph{address} of a quantity of mode
|
| 811 |
|
|
@var{mode}, again determined by the weak form of
|
| 812 |
|
|
@code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}. To first order, if
|
| 813 |
|
|
@samp{@w{(mem:@var{mode} (@var{exp}))}} is acceptable to
|
| 814 |
|
|
@code{memory_operand}, then @var{exp} is acceptable to
|
| 815 |
|
|
@code{address_operand}. Note that @var{exp} does not necessarily have
|
| 816 |
|
|
the mode @var{mode}.
|
| 817 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 818 |
|
|
|
| 819 |
|
|
@defun indirect_operand
|
| 820 |
|
|
This is a stricter form of @code{memory_operand} which allows only
|
| 821 |
|
|
memory references with a @code{general_operand} as the address
|
| 822 |
|
|
expression. New uses of this predicate are discouraged, because
|
| 823 |
|
|
@code{general_operand} is very permissive, so it's hard to tell what
|
| 824 |
|
|
an @code{indirect_operand} does or does not allow. If a target has
|
| 825 |
|
|
different requirements for memory operands for different instructions,
|
| 826 |
|
|
it is better to define target-specific predicates which enforce the
|
| 827 |
|
|
hardware's requirements explicitly.
|
| 828 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 829 |
|
|
|
| 830 |
|
|
@defun push_operand
|
| 831 |
|
|
This predicate allows a memory reference suitable for pushing a value
|
| 832 |
|
|
onto the stack. This will be a @code{MEM} which refers to
|
| 833 |
|
|
@code{stack_pointer_rtx}, with a side-effect in its address expression
|
| 834 |
|
|
(@pxref{Incdec}); which one is determined by the
|
| 835 |
|
|
@code{STACK_PUSH_CODE} macro (@pxref{Frame Layout}).
|
| 836 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 837 |
|
|
|
| 838 |
|
|
@defun pop_operand
|
| 839 |
|
|
This predicate allows a memory reference suitable for popping a value
|
| 840 |
|
|
off the stack. Again, this will be a @code{MEM} referring to
|
| 841 |
|
|
@code{stack_pointer_rtx}, with a side-effect in its address
|
| 842 |
|
|
expression. However, this time @code{STACK_POP_CODE} is expected.
|
| 843 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 844 |
|
|
|
| 845 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 846 |
|
|
The fourth category of predicates allow some combination of the above
|
| 847 |
|
|
operands.
|
| 848 |
|
|
|
| 849 |
|
|
@defun nonmemory_operand
|
| 850 |
|
|
This predicate allows any immediate or register operand valid for @var{mode}.
|
| 851 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 852 |
|
|
|
| 853 |
|
|
@defun nonimmediate_operand
|
| 854 |
|
|
This predicate allows any register or memory operand valid for @var{mode}.
|
| 855 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 856 |
|
|
|
| 857 |
|
|
@defun general_operand
|
| 858 |
|
|
This predicate allows any immediate, register, or memory operand
|
| 859 |
|
|
valid for @var{mode}.
|
| 860 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 861 |
|
|
|
| 862 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 863 |
|
|
Finally, there are two generic operator predicates.
|
| 864 |
|
|
|
| 865 |
|
|
@defun comparison_operator
|
| 866 |
|
|
This predicate matches any expression which performs an arithmetic
|
| 867 |
|
|
comparison in @var{mode}; that is, @code{COMPARISON_P} is true for the
|
| 868 |
|
|
expression code.
|
| 869 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 870 |
|
|
|
| 871 |
|
|
@defun ordered_comparison_operator
|
| 872 |
|
|
This predicate matches any expression which performs an arithmetic
|
| 873 |
|
|
comparison in @var{mode} and whose expression code is valid for integer
|
| 874 |
|
|
modes; that is, the expression code will be one of @code{eq}, @code{ne},
|
| 875 |
|
|
@code{lt}, @code{ltu}, @code{le}, @code{leu}, @code{gt}, @code{gtu},
|
| 876 |
|
|
@code{ge}, @code{geu}.
|
| 877 |
|
|
@end defun
|
| 878 |
|
|
|
| 879 |
|
|
@node Defining Predicates
|
| 880 |
|
|
@subsection Defining Machine-Specific Predicates
|
| 881 |
|
|
@cindex defining predicates
|
| 882 |
|
|
@findex define_predicate
|
| 883 |
|
|
@findex define_special_predicate
|
| 884 |
|
|
|
| 885 |
|
|
Many machines have requirements for their operands that cannot be
|
| 886 |
|
|
expressed precisely using the generic predicates. You can define
|
| 887 |
|
|
additional predicates using @code{define_predicate} and
|
| 888 |
|
|
@code{define_special_predicate} expressions. These expressions have
|
| 889 |
|
|
three operands:
|
| 890 |
|
|
|
| 891 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 892 |
|
|
@item
|
| 893 |
|
|
The name of the predicate, as it will be referred to in
|
| 894 |
|
|
@code{match_operand} or @code{match_operator} expressions.
|
| 895 |
|
|
|
| 896 |
|
|
@item
|
| 897 |
|
|
An RTL expression which evaluates to true if the predicate allows the
|
| 898 |
|
|
operand @var{op}, false if it does not. This expression can only use
|
| 899 |
|
|
the following RTL codes:
|
| 900 |
|
|
|
| 901 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 902 |
|
|
@item MATCH_OPERAND
|
| 903 |
|
|
When written inside a predicate expression, a @code{MATCH_OPERAND}
|
| 904 |
|
|
expression evaluates to true if the predicate it names would allow
|
| 905 |
|
|
@var{op}. The operand number and constraint are ignored. Due to
|
| 906 |
|
|
limitations in @command{genrecog}, you can only refer to generic
|
| 907 |
|
|
predicates and predicates that have already been defined.
|
| 908 |
|
|
|
| 909 |
|
|
@item MATCH_CODE
|
| 910 |
|
|
This expression evaluates to true if @var{op} or a specified
|
| 911 |
|
|
subexpression of @var{op} has one of a given list of RTX codes.
|
| 912 |
|
|
|
| 913 |
|
|
The first operand of this expression is a string constant containing a
|
| 914 |
|
|
comma-separated list of RTX code names (in lower case). These are the
|
| 915 |
|
|
codes for which the @code{MATCH_CODE} will be true.
|
| 916 |
|
|
|
| 917 |
|
|
The second operand is a string constant which indicates what
|
| 918 |
|
|
subexpression of @var{op} to examine. If it is absent or the empty
|
| 919 |
|
|
string, @var{op} itself is examined. Otherwise, the string constant
|
| 920 |
|
|
must be a sequence of digits and/or lowercase letters. Each character
|
| 921 |
|
|
indicates a subexpression to extract from the current expression; for
|
| 922 |
|
|
the first character this is @var{op}, for the second and subsequent
|
| 923 |
|
|
characters it is the result of the previous character. A digit
|
| 924 |
|
|
@var{n} extracts @samp{@w{XEXP (@var{e}, @var{n})}}; a letter @var{l}
|
| 925 |
|
|
extracts @samp{@w{XVECEXP (@var{e}, 0, @var{n})}} where @var{n} is the
|
| 926 |
|
|
alphabetic ordinal of @var{l} (0 for `a', 1 for 'b', and so on). The
|
| 927 |
|
|
@code{MATCH_CODE} then examines the RTX code of the subexpression
|
| 928 |
|
|
extracted by the complete string. It is not possible to extract
|
| 929 |
|
|
components of an @code{rtvec} that is not at position 0 within its RTX
|
| 930 |
|
|
object.
|
| 931 |
|
|
|
| 932 |
|
|
@item MATCH_TEST
|
| 933 |
|
|
This expression has one operand, a string constant containing a C
|
| 934 |
|
|
expression. The predicate's arguments, @var{op} and @var{mode}, are
|
| 935 |
|
|
available with those names in the C expression. The @code{MATCH_TEST}
|
| 936 |
|
|
evaluates to true if the C expression evaluates to a nonzero value.
|
| 937 |
|
|
@code{MATCH_TEST} expressions must not have side effects.
|
| 938 |
|
|
|
| 939 |
|
|
@item AND
|
| 940 |
|
|
@itemx IOR
|
| 941 |
|
|
@itemx NOT
|
| 942 |
|
|
@itemx IF_THEN_ELSE
|
| 943 |
|
|
The basic @samp{MATCH_} expressions can be combined using these
|
| 944 |
|
|
logical operators, which have the semantics of the C operators
|
| 945 |
|
|
@samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{!}, and @samp{@w{? :}} respectively. As
|
| 946 |
|
|
in Common Lisp, you may give an @code{AND} or @code{IOR} expression an
|
| 947 |
|
|
arbitrary number of arguments; this has exactly the same effect as
|
| 948 |
|
|
writing a chain of two-argument @code{AND} or @code{IOR} expressions.
|
| 949 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 950 |
|
|
|
| 951 |
|
|
@item
|
| 952 |
|
|
An optional block of C code, which should execute
|
| 953 |
|
|
@samp{@w{return true}} if the predicate is found to match and
|
| 954 |
|
|
@samp{@w{return false}} if it does not. It must not have any side
|
| 955 |
|
|
effects. The predicate arguments, @var{op} and @var{mode}, are
|
| 956 |
|
|
available with those names.
|
| 957 |
|
|
|
| 958 |
|
|
If a code block is present in a predicate definition, then the RTL
|
| 959 |
|
|
expression must evaluate to true @emph{and} the code block must
|
| 960 |
|
|
execute @samp{@w{return true}} for the predicate to allow the operand.
|
| 961 |
|
|
The RTL expression is evaluated first; do not re-check anything in the
|
| 962 |
|
|
code block that was checked in the RTL expression.
|
| 963 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 964 |
|
|
|
| 965 |
|
|
The program @command{genrecog} scans @code{define_predicate} and
|
| 966 |
|
|
@code{define_special_predicate} expressions to determine which RTX
|
| 967 |
|
|
codes are possibly allowed. You should always make this explicit in
|
| 968 |
|
|
the RTL predicate expression, using @code{MATCH_OPERAND} and
|
| 969 |
|
|
@code{MATCH_CODE}.
|
| 970 |
|
|
|
| 971 |
|
|
Here is an example of a simple predicate definition, from the IA64
|
| 972 |
|
|
machine description:
|
| 973 |
|
|
|
| 974 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 975 |
|
|
@group
|
| 976 |
|
|
;; @r{True if @var{op} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} which refers to the sdata section.}
|
| 977 |
|
|
(define_predicate "small_addr_symbolic_operand"
|
| 978 |
|
|
(and (match_code "symbol_ref")
|
| 979 |
|
|
(match_test "SYMBOL_REF_SMALL_ADDR_P (op)")))
|
| 980 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 981 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 982 |
|
|
|
| 983 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 984 |
|
|
And here is another, showing the use of the C block.
|
| 985 |
|
|
|
| 986 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 987 |
|
|
@group
|
| 988 |
|
|
;; @r{True if @var{op} is a register operand that is (or could be) a GR reg.}
|
| 989 |
|
|
(define_predicate "gr_register_operand"
|
| 990 |
|
|
(match_operand 0 "register_operand")
|
| 991 |
|
|
@{
|
| 992 |
|
|
unsigned int regno;
|
| 993 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
|
| 994 |
|
|
op = SUBREG_REG (op);
|
| 995 |
|
|
|
| 996 |
|
|
regno = REGNO (op);
|
| 997 |
|
|
return (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || GENERAL_REGNO_P (regno));
|
| 998 |
|
|
@})
|
| 999 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 1000 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1001 |
|
|
|
| 1002 |
|
|
Predicates written with @code{define_predicate} automatically include
|
| 1003 |
|
|
a test that @var{mode} is @code{VOIDmode}, or @var{op} has the same
|
| 1004 |
|
|
mode as @var{mode}, or @var{op} is a @code{CONST_INT} or
|
| 1005 |
|
|
@code{CONST_DOUBLE}. They do @emph{not} check specifically for
|
| 1006 |
|
|
integer @code{CONST_DOUBLE}, nor do they test that the value of either
|
| 1007 |
|
|
kind of constant fits in the requested mode. This is because
|
| 1008 |
|
|
target-specific predicates that take constants usually have to do more
|
| 1009 |
|
|
stringent value checks anyway. If you need the exact same treatment
|
| 1010 |
|
|
of @code{CONST_INT} or @code{CONST_DOUBLE} that the generic predicates
|
| 1011 |
|
|
provide, use a @code{MATCH_OPERAND} subexpression to call
|
| 1012 |
|
|
@code{const_int_operand}, @code{const_double_operand}, or
|
| 1013 |
|
|
@code{immediate_operand}.
|
| 1014 |
|
|
|
| 1015 |
|
|
Predicates written with @code{define_special_predicate} do not get any
|
| 1016 |
|
|
automatic mode checks, and are treated as having special mode handling
|
| 1017 |
|
|
by @command{genrecog}.
|
| 1018 |
|
|
|
| 1019 |
|
|
The program @command{genpreds} is responsible for generating code to
|
| 1020 |
|
|
test predicates. It also writes a header file containing function
|
| 1021 |
|
|
declarations for all machine-specific predicates. It is not necessary
|
| 1022 |
|
|
to declare these predicates in @file{@var{cpu}-protos.h}.
|
| 1023 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1024 |
|
|
|
| 1025 |
|
|
@c Most of this node appears by itself (in a different place) even
|
| 1026 |
|
|
@c when the INTERNALS flag is clear. Passages that require the internals
|
| 1027 |
|
|
@c manual's context are conditionalized to appear only in the internals manual.
|
| 1028 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1029 |
|
|
@node Constraints
|
| 1030 |
|
|
@section Operand Constraints
|
| 1031 |
|
|
@cindex operand constraints
|
| 1032 |
|
|
@cindex constraints
|
| 1033 |
|
|
|
| 1034 |
|
|
Each @code{match_operand} in an instruction pattern can specify
|
| 1035 |
|
|
constraints for the operands allowed. The constraints allow you to
|
| 1036 |
|
|
fine-tune matching within the set of operands allowed by the
|
| 1037 |
|
|
predicate.
|
| 1038 |
|
|
|
| 1039 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1040 |
|
|
@ifclear INTERNALS
|
| 1041 |
|
|
@node Constraints
|
| 1042 |
|
|
@section Constraints for @code{asm} Operands
|
| 1043 |
|
|
@cindex operand constraints, @code{asm}
|
| 1044 |
|
|
@cindex constraints, @code{asm}
|
| 1045 |
|
|
@cindex @code{asm} constraints
|
| 1046 |
|
|
|
| 1047 |
|
|
Here are specific details on what constraint letters you can use with
|
| 1048 |
|
|
@code{asm} operands.
|
| 1049 |
|
|
@end ifclear
|
| 1050 |
|
|
Constraints can say whether
|
| 1051 |
|
|
an operand may be in a register, and which kinds of register; whether the
|
| 1052 |
|
|
operand can be a memory reference, and which kinds of address; whether the
|
| 1053 |
|
|
operand may be an immediate constant, and which possible values it may
|
| 1054 |
|
|
have. Constraints can also require two operands to match.
|
| 1055 |
|
|
Side-effects aren't allowed in operands of inline @code{asm}, unless
|
| 1056 |
|
|
@samp{<} or @samp{>} constraints are used, because there is no guarantee
|
| 1057 |
|
|
that the side-effects will happen exactly once in an instruction that can update
|
| 1058 |
|
|
the addressing register.
|
| 1059 |
|
|
|
| 1060 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1061 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 1062 |
|
|
* Simple Constraints:: Basic use of constraints.
|
| 1063 |
|
|
* Multi-Alternative:: When an insn has two alternative constraint-patterns.
|
| 1064 |
|
|
* Class Preferences:: Constraints guide which hard register to put things in.
|
| 1065 |
|
|
* Modifiers:: More precise control over effects of constraints.
|
| 1066 |
|
|
* Disable Insn Alternatives:: Disable insn alternatives using the @code{enabled} attribute.
|
| 1067 |
|
|
* Machine Constraints:: Existing constraints for some particular machines.
|
| 1068 |
|
|
* Define Constraints:: How to define machine-specific constraints.
|
| 1069 |
|
|
* C Constraint Interface:: How to test constraints from C code.
|
| 1070 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 1071 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1072 |
|
|
|
| 1073 |
|
|
@ifclear INTERNALS
|
| 1074 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 1075 |
|
|
* Simple Constraints:: Basic use of constraints.
|
| 1076 |
|
|
* Multi-Alternative:: When an insn has two alternative constraint-patterns.
|
| 1077 |
|
|
* Modifiers:: More precise control over effects of constraints.
|
| 1078 |
|
|
* Machine Constraints:: Special constraints for some particular machines.
|
| 1079 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 1080 |
|
|
@end ifclear
|
| 1081 |
|
|
|
| 1082 |
|
|
@node Simple Constraints
|
| 1083 |
|
|
@subsection Simple Constraints
|
| 1084 |
|
|
@cindex simple constraints
|
| 1085 |
|
|
|
| 1086 |
|
|
The simplest kind of constraint is a string full of letters, each of
|
| 1087 |
|
|
which describes one kind of operand that is permitted. Here are
|
| 1088 |
|
|
the letters that are allowed:
|
| 1089 |
|
|
|
| 1090 |
|
|
@table @asis
|
| 1091 |
|
|
@item whitespace
|
| 1092 |
|
|
Whitespace characters are ignored and can be inserted at any position
|
| 1093 |
|
|
except the first. This enables each alternative for different operands to
|
| 1094 |
|
|
be visually aligned in the machine description even if they have different
|
| 1095 |
|
|
number of constraints and modifiers.
|
| 1096 |
|
|
|
| 1097 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{m} in constraint
|
| 1098 |
|
|
@cindex memory references in constraints
|
| 1099 |
|
|
@item @samp{m}
|
| 1100 |
|
|
A memory operand is allowed, with any kind of address that the machine
|
| 1101 |
|
|
supports in general.
|
| 1102 |
|
|
Note that the letter used for the general memory constraint can be
|
| 1103 |
|
|
re-defined by a back end using the @code{TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT} macro.
|
| 1104 |
|
|
|
| 1105 |
|
|
@cindex offsettable address
|
| 1106 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{o} in constraint
|
| 1107 |
|
|
@item @samp{o}
|
| 1108 |
|
|
A memory operand is allowed, but only if the address is
|
| 1109 |
|
|
@dfn{offsettable}. This means that adding a small integer (actually,
|
| 1110 |
|
|
the width in bytes of the operand, as determined by its machine mode)
|
| 1111 |
|
|
may be added to the address and the result is also a valid memory
|
| 1112 |
|
|
address.
|
| 1113 |
|
|
|
| 1114 |
|
|
@cindex autoincrement/decrement addressing
|
| 1115 |
|
|
For example, an address which is constant is offsettable; so is an
|
| 1116 |
|
|
address that is the sum of a register and a constant (as long as a
|
| 1117 |
|
|
slightly larger constant is also within the range of address-offsets
|
| 1118 |
|
|
supported by the machine); but an autoincrement or autodecrement
|
| 1119 |
|
|
address is not offsettable. More complicated indirect/indexed
|
| 1120 |
|
|
addresses may or may not be offsettable depending on the other
|
| 1121 |
|
|
addressing modes that the machine supports.
|
| 1122 |
|
|
|
| 1123 |
|
|
Note that in an output operand which can be matched by another
|
| 1124 |
|
|
operand, the constraint letter @samp{o} is valid only when accompanied
|
| 1125 |
|
|
by both @samp{<} (if the target machine has predecrement addressing)
|
| 1126 |
|
|
and @samp{>} (if the target machine has preincrement addressing).
|
| 1127 |
|
|
|
| 1128 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{V} in constraint
|
| 1129 |
|
|
@item @samp{V}
|
| 1130 |
|
|
A memory operand that is not offsettable. In other words, anything that
|
| 1131 |
|
|
would fit the @samp{m} constraint but not the @samp{o} constraint.
|
| 1132 |
|
|
|
| 1133 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{<} in constraint
|
| 1134 |
|
|
@item @samp{<}
|
| 1135 |
|
|
A memory operand with autodecrement addressing (either predecrement or
|
| 1136 |
|
|
postdecrement) is allowed. In inline @code{asm} this constraint is only
|
| 1137 |
|
|
allowed if the operand is used exactly once in an instruction that can
|
| 1138 |
|
|
handle the side-effects. Not using an operand with @samp{<} in constraint
|
| 1139 |
|
|
string in the inline @code{asm} pattern at all or using it in multiple
|
| 1140 |
|
|
instructions isn't valid, because the side-effects wouldn't be performed
|
| 1141 |
|
|
or would be performed more than once. Furthermore, on some targets
|
| 1142 |
|
|
the operand with @samp{<} in constraint string must be accompanied by
|
| 1143 |
|
|
special instruction suffixes like @code{%U0} instruction suffix on PowerPC
|
| 1144 |
|
|
or @code{%P0} on IA-64.
|
| 1145 |
|
|
|
| 1146 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{>} in constraint
|
| 1147 |
|
|
@item @samp{>}
|
| 1148 |
|
|
A memory operand with autoincrement addressing (either preincrement or
|
| 1149 |
|
|
postincrement) is allowed. In inline @code{asm} the same restrictions
|
| 1150 |
|
|
as for @samp{<} apply.
|
| 1151 |
|
|
|
| 1152 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{r} in constraint
|
| 1153 |
|
|
@cindex registers in constraints
|
| 1154 |
|
|
@item @samp{r}
|
| 1155 |
|
|
A register operand is allowed provided that it is in a general
|
| 1156 |
|
|
register.
|
| 1157 |
|
|
|
| 1158 |
|
|
@cindex constants in constraints
|
| 1159 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{i} in constraint
|
| 1160 |
|
|
@item @samp{i}
|
| 1161 |
|
|
An immediate integer operand (one with constant value) is allowed.
|
| 1162 |
|
|
This includes symbolic constants whose values will be known only at
|
| 1163 |
|
|
assembly time or later.
|
| 1164 |
|
|
|
| 1165 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{n} in constraint
|
| 1166 |
|
|
@item @samp{n}
|
| 1167 |
|
|
An immediate integer operand with a known numeric value is allowed.
|
| 1168 |
|
|
Many systems cannot support assembly-time constants for operands less
|
| 1169 |
|
|
than a word wide. Constraints for these operands should use @samp{n}
|
| 1170 |
|
|
rather than @samp{i}.
|
| 1171 |
|
|
|
| 1172 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{I} in constraint
|
| 1173 |
|
|
@item @samp{I}, @samp{J}, @samp{K}, @dots{} @samp{P}
|
| 1174 |
|
|
Other letters in the range @samp{I} through @samp{P} may be defined in
|
| 1175 |
|
|
a machine-dependent fashion to permit immediate integer operands with
|
| 1176 |
|
|
explicit integer values in specified ranges. For example, on the
|
| 1177 |
|
|
68000, @samp{I} is defined to stand for the range of values 1 to 8.
|
| 1178 |
|
|
This is the range permitted as a shift count in the shift
|
| 1179 |
|
|
instructions.
|
| 1180 |
|
|
|
| 1181 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{E} in constraint
|
| 1182 |
|
|
@item @samp{E}
|
| 1183 |
|
|
An immediate floating operand (expression code @code{const_double}) is
|
| 1184 |
|
|
allowed, but only if the target floating point format is the same as
|
| 1185 |
|
|
that of the host machine (on which the compiler is running).
|
| 1186 |
|
|
|
| 1187 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{F} in constraint
|
| 1188 |
|
|
@item @samp{F}
|
| 1189 |
|
|
An immediate floating operand (expression code @code{const_double} or
|
| 1190 |
|
|
@code{const_vector}) is allowed.
|
| 1191 |
|
|
|
| 1192 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{G} in constraint
|
| 1193 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{H} in constraint
|
| 1194 |
|
|
@item @samp{G}, @samp{H}
|
| 1195 |
|
|
@samp{G} and @samp{H} may be defined in a machine-dependent fashion to
|
| 1196 |
|
|
permit immediate floating operands in particular ranges of values.
|
| 1197 |
|
|
|
| 1198 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{s} in constraint
|
| 1199 |
|
|
@item @samp{s}
|
| 1200 |
|
|
An immediate integer operand whose value is not an explicit integer is
|
| 1201 |
|
|
allowed.
|
| 1202 |
|
|
|
| 1203 |
|
|
This might appear strange; if an insn allows a constant operand with a
|
| 1204 |
|
|
value not known at compile time, it certainly must allow any known
|
| 1205 |
|
|
value. So why use @samp{s} instead of @samp{i}? Sometimes it allows
|
| 1206 |
|
|
better code to be generated.
|
| 1207 |
|
|
|
| 1208 |
|
|
For example, on the 68000 in a fullword instruction it is possible to
|
| 1209 |
|
|
use an immediate operand; but if the immediate value is between @minus{}128
|
| 1210 |
|
|
and 127, better code results from loading the value into a register and
|
| 1211 |
|
|
using the register. This is because the load into the register can be
|
| 1212 |
|
|
done with a @samp{moveq} instruction. We arrange for this to happen
|
| 1213 |
|
|
by defining the letter @samp{K} to mean ``any integer outside the
|
| 1214 |
|
|
range @minus{}128 to 127'', and then specifying @samp{Ks} in the operand
|
| 1215 |
|
|
constraints.
|
| 1216 |
|
|
|
| 1217 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{g} in constraint
|
| 1218 |
|
|
@item @samp{g}
|
| 1219 |
|
|
Any register, memory or immediate integer operand is allowed, except for
|
| 1220 |
|
|
registers that are not general registers.
|
| 1221 |
|
|
|
| 1222 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{X} in constraint
|
| 1223 |
|
|
@item @samp{X}
|
| 1224 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1225 |
|
|
Any operand whatsoever is allowed, even if it does not satisfy
|
| 1226 |
|
|
@code{general_operand}. This is normally used in the constraint of
|
| 1227 |
|
|
a @code{match_scratch} when certain alternatives will not actually
|
| 1228 |
|
|
require a scratch register.
|
| 1229 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1230 |
|
|
@ifclear INTERNALS
|
| 1231 |
|
|
Any operand whatsoever is allowed.
|
| 1232 |
|
|
@end ifclear
|
| 1233 |
|
|
|
| 1234 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{0} in constraint
|
| 1235 |
|
|
@cindex digits in constraint
|
| 1236 |
|
|
@item @samp{0}, @samp{1}, @samp{2}, @dots{} @samp{9}
|
| 1237 |
|
|
An operand that matches the specified operand number is allowed. If a
|
| 1238 |
|
|
digit is used together with letters within the same alternative, the
|
| 1239 |
|
|
digit should come last.
|
| 1240 |
|
|
|
| 1241 |
|
|
This number is allowed to be more than a single digit. If multiple
|
| 1242 |
|
|
digits are encountered consecutively, they are interpreted as a single
|
| 1243 |
|
|
decimal integer. There is scant chance for ambiguity, since to-date
|
| 1244 |
|
|
it has never been desirable that @samp{10} be interpreted as matching
|
| 1245 |
|
|
either operand 1 @emph{or} operand 0. Should this be desired, one
|
| 1246 |
|
|
can use multiple alternatives instead.
|
| 1247 |
|
|
|
| 1248 |
|
|
@cindex matching constraint
|
| 1249 |
|
|
@cindex constraint, matching
|
| 1250 |
|
|
This is called a @dfn{matching constraint} and what it really means is
|
| 1251 |
|
|
that the assembler has only a single operand that fills two roles
|
| 1252 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1253 |
|
|
considered separate in the RTL insn. For example, an add insn has two
|
| 1254 |
|
|
input operands and one output operand in the RTL, but on most CISC
|
| 1255 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1256 |
|
|
@ifclear INTERNALS
|
| 1257 |
|
|
which @code{asm} distinguishes. For example, an add instruction uses
|
| 1258 |
|
|
two input operands and an output operand, but on most CISC
|
| 1259 |
|
|
@end ifclear
|
| 1260 |
|
|
machines an add instruction really has only two operands, one of them an
|
| 1261 |
|
|
input-output operand:
|
| 1262 |
|
|
|
| 1263 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1264 |
|
|
addl #35,r12
|
| 1265 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1266 |
|
|
|
| 1267 |
|
|
Matching constraints are used in these circumstances.
|
| 1268 |
|
|
More precisely, the two operands that match must include one input-only
|
| 1269 |
|
|
operand and one output-only operand. Moreover, the digit must be a
|
| 1270 |
|
|
smaller number than the number of the operand that uses it in the
|
| 1271 |
|
|
constraint.
|
| 1272 |
|
|
|
| 1273 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1274 |
|
|
For operands to match in a particular case usually means that they
|
| 1275 |
|
|
are identical-looking RTL expressions. But in a few special cases
|
| 1276 |
|
|
specific kinds of dissimilarity are allowed. For example, @code{*x}
|
| 1277 |
|
|
as an input operand will match @code{*x++} as an output operand.
|
| 1278 |
|
|
For proper results in such cases, the output template should always
|
| 1279 |
|
|
use the output-operand's number when printing the operand.
|
| 1280 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1281 |
|
|
|
| 1282 |
|
|
@cindex load address instruction
|
| 1283 |
|
|
@cindex push address instruction
|
| 1284 |
|
|
@cindex address constraints
|
| 1285 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{p} in constraint
|
| 1286 |
|
|
@item @samp{p}
|
| 1287 |
|
|
An operand that is a valid memory address is allowed. This is
|
| 1288 |
|
|
for ``load address'' and ``push address'' instructions.
|
| 1289 |
|
|
|
| 1290 |
|
|
@findex address_operand
|
| 1291 |
|
|
@samp{p} in the constraint must be accompanied by @code{address_operand}
|
| 1292 |
|
|
as the predicate in the @code{match_operand}. This predicate interprets
|
| 1293 |
|
|
the mode specified in the @code{match_operand} as the mode of the memory
|
| 1294 |
|
|
reference for which the address would be valid.
|
| 1295 |
|
|
|
| 1296 |
|
|
@cindex other register constraints
|
| 1297 |
|
|
@cindex extensible constraints
|
| 1298 |
|
|
@item @var{other-letters}
|
| 1299 |
|
|
Other letters can be defined in machine-dependent fashion to stand for
|
| 1300 |
|
|
particular classes of registers or other arbitrary operand types.
|
| 1301 |
|
|
@samp{d}, @samp{a} and @samp{f} are defined on the 68000/68020 to stand
|
| 1302 |
|
|
for data, address and floating point registers.
|
| 1303 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1304 |
|
|
|
| 1305 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1306 |
|
|
In order to have valid assembler code, each operand must satisfy
|
| 1307 |
|
|
its constraint. But a failure to do so does not prevent the pattern
|
| 1308 |
|
|
from applying to an insn. Instead, it directs the compiler to modify
|
| 1309 |
|
|
the code so that the constraint will be satisfied. Usually this is
|
| 1310 |
|
|
done by copying an operand into a register.
|
| 1311 |
|
|
|
| 1312 |
|
|
Contrast, therefore, the two instruction patterns that follow:
|
| 1313 |
|
|
|
| 1314 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1315 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 1316 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r")
|
| 1317 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_dup 0)
|
| 1318 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "r")))]
|
| 1319 |
|
|
""
|
| 1320 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 1321 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1322 |
|
|
|
| 1323 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 1324 |
|
|
which has two operands, one of which must appear in two places, and
|
| 1325 |
|
|
|
| 1326 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1327 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 1328 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r")
|
| 1329 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0")
|
| 1330 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "r")))]
|
| 1331 |
|
|
""
|
| 1332 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 1333 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1334 |
|
|
|
| 1335 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 1336 |
|
|
which has three operands, two of which are required by a constraint to be
|
| 1337 |
|
|
identical. If we are considering an insn of the form
|
| 1338 |
|
|
|
| 1339 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1340 |
|
|
(insn @var{n} @var{prev} @var{next}
|
| 1341 |
|
|
(set (reg:SI 3)
|
| 1342 |
|
|
(plus:SI (reg:SI 6) (reg:SI 109)))
|
| 1343 |
|
|
@dots{})
|
| 1344 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1345 |
|
|
|
| 1346 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 1347 |
|
|
the first pattern would not apply at all, because this insn does not
|
| 1348 |
|
|
contain two identical subexpressions in the right place. The pattern would
|
| 1349 |
|
|
say, ``That does not look like an add instruction; try other patterns''.
|
| 1350 |
|
|
The second pattern would say, ``Yes, that's an add instruction, but there
|
| 1351 |
|
|
is something wrong with it''. It would direct the reload pass of the
|
| 1352 |
|
|
compiler to generate additional insns to make the constraint true. The
|
| 1353 |
|
|
results might look like this:
|
| 1354 |
|
|
|
| 1355 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1356 |
|
|
(insn @var{n2} @var{prev} @var{n}
|
| 1357 |
|
|
(set (reg:SI 3) (reg:SI 6))
|
| 1358 |
|
|
@dots{})
|
| 1359 |
|
|
|
| 1360 |
|
|
(insn @var{n} @var{n2} @var{next}
|
| 1361 |
|
|
(set (reg:SI 3)
|
| 1362 |
|
|
(plus:SI (reg:SI 3) (reg:SI 109)))
|
| 1363 |
|
|
@dots{})
|
| 1364 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1365 |
|
|
|
| 1366 |
|
|
It is up to you to make sure that each operand, in each pattern, has
|
| 1367 |
|
|
constraints that can handle any RTL expression that could be present for
|
| 1368 |
|
|
that operand. (When multiple alternatives are in use, each pattern must,
|
| 1369 |
|
|
for each possible combination of operand expressions, have at least one
|
| 1370 |
|
|
alternative which can handle that combination of operands.) The
|
| 1371 |
|
|
constraints don't need to @emph{allow} any possible operand---when this is
|
| 1372 |
|
|
the case, they do not constrain---but they must at least point the way to
|
| 1373 |
|
|
reloading any possible operand so that it will fit.
|
| 1374 |
|
|
|
| 1375 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 1376 |
|
|
@item
|
| 1377 |
|
|
If the constraint accepts whatever operands the predicate permits,
|
| 1378 |
|
|
there is no problem: reloading is never necessary for this operand.
|
| 1379 |
|
|
|
| 1380 |
|
|
For example, an operand whose constraints permit everything except
|
| 1381 |
|
|
registers is safe provided its predicate rejects registers.
|
| 1382 |
|
|
|
| 1383 |
|
|
An operand whose predicate accepts only constant values is safe
|
| 1384 |
|
|
provided its constraints include the letter @samp{i}. If any possible
|
| 1385 |
|
|
constant value is accepted, then nothing less than @samp{i} will do;
|
| 1386 |
|
|
if the predicate is more selective, then the constraints may also be
|
| 1387 |
|
|
more selective.
|
| 1388 |
|
|
|
| 1389 |
|
|
@item
|
| 1390 |
|
|
Any operand expression can be reloaded by copying it into a register.
|
| 1391 |
|
|
So if an operand's constraints allow some kind of register, it is
|
| 1392 |
|
|
certain to be safe. It need not permit all classes of registers; the
|
| 1393 |
|
|
compiler knows how to copy a register into another register of the
|
| 1394 |
|
|
proper class in order to make an instruction valid.
|
| 1395 |
|
|
|
| 1396 |
|
|
@cindex nonoffsettable memory reference
|
| 1397 |
|
|
@cindex memory reference, nonoffsettable
|
| 1398 |
|
|
@item
|
| 1399 |
|
|
A nonoffsettable memory reference can be reloaded by copying the
|
| 1400 |
|
|
address into a register. So if the constraint uses the letter
|
| 1401 |
|
|
@samp{o}, all memory references are taken care of.
|
| 1402 |
|
|
|
| 1403 |
|
|
@item
|
| 1404 |
|
|
A constant operand can be reloaded by allocating space in memory to
|
| 1405 |
|
|
hold it as preinitialized data. Then the memory reference can be used
|
| 1406 |
|
|
in place of the constant. So if the constraint uses the letters
|
| 1407 |
|
|
@samp{o} or @samp{m}, constant operands are not a problem.
|
| 1408 |
|
|
|
| 1409 |
|
|
@item
|
| 1410 |
|
|
If the constraint permits a constant and a pseudo register used in an insn
|
| 1411 |
|
|
was not allocated to a hard register and is equivalent to a constant,
|
| 1412 |
|
|
the register will be replaced with the constant. If the predicate does
|
| 1413 |
|
|
not permit a constant and the insn is re-recognized for some reason, the
|
| 1414 |
|
|
compiler will crash. Thus the predicate must always recognize any
|
| 1415 |
|
|
objects allowed by the constraint.
|
| 1416 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 1417 |
|
|
|
| 1418 |
|
|
If the operand's predicate can recognize registers, but the constraint does
|
| 1419 |
|
|
not permit them, it can make the compiler crash. When this operand happens
|
| 1420 |
|
|
to be a register, the reload pass will be stymied, because it does not know
|
| 1421 |
|
|
how to copy a register temporarily into memory.
|
| 1422 |
|
|
|
| 1423 |
|
|
If the predicate accepts a unary operator, the constraint applies to the
|
| 1424 |
|
|
operand. For example, the MIPS processor at ISA level 3 supports an
|
| 1425 |
|
|
instruction which adds two registers in @code{SImode} to produce a
|
| 1426 |
|
|
@code{DImode} result, but only if the registers are correctly sign
|
| 1427 |
|
|
extended. This predicate for the input operands accepts a
|
| 1428 |
|
|
@code{sign_extend} of an @code{SImode} register. Write the constraint
|
| 1429 |
|
|
to indicate the type of register that is required for the operand of the
|
| 1430 |
|
|
@code{sign_extend}.
|
| 1431 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1432 |
|
|
|
| 1433 |
|
|
@node Multi-Alternative
|
| 1434 |
|
|
@subsection Multiple Alternative Constraints
|
| 1435 |
|
|
@cindex multiple alternative constraints
|
| 1436 |
|
|
|
| 1437 |
|
|
Sometimes a single instruction has multiple alternative sets of possible
|
| 1438 |
|
|
operands. For example, on the 68000, a logical-or instruction can combine
|
| 1439 |
|
|
register or an immediate value into memory, or it can combine any kind of
|
| 1440 |
|
|
operand into a register; but it cannot combine one memory location into
|
| 1441 |
|
|
another.
|
| 1442 |
|
|
|
| 1443 |
|
|
These constraints are represented as multiple alternatives. An alternative
|
| 1444 |
|
|
can be described by a series of letters for each operand. The overall
|
| 1445 |
|
|
constraint for an operand is made from the letters for this operand
|
| 1446 |
|
|
from the first alternative, a comma, the letters for this operand from
|
| 1447 |
|
|
the second alternative, a comma, and so on until the last alternative.
|
| 1448 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1449 |
|
|
Here is how it is done for fullword logical-or on the 68000:
|
| 1450 |
|
|
|
| 1451 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1452 |
|
|
(define_insn "iorsi3"
|
| 1453 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=m,d")
|
| 1454 |
|
|
(ior:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "%0,0")
|
| 1455 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "dKs,dmKs")))]
|
| 1456 |
|
|
@dots{})
|
| 1457 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1458 |
|
|
|
| 1459 |
|
|
The first alternative has @samp{m} (memory) for operand 0, @samp{0} for
|
| 1460 |
|
|
operand 1 (meaning it must match operand 0), and @samp{dKs} for operand
|
| 1461 |
|
|
2. The second alternative has @samp{d} (data register) for operand 0,
|
| 1462 |
|
|
@samp{0} for operand 1, and @samp{dmKs} for operand 2. The @samp{=} and
|
| 1463 |
|
|
@samp{%} in the constraints apply to all the alternatives; their
|
| 1464 |
|
|
meaning is explained in the next section (@pxref{Class Preferences}).
|
| 1465 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1466 |
|
|
|
| 1467 |
|
|
@c FIXME Is this ? and ! stuff of use in asm()? If not, hide unless INTERNAL
|
| 1468 |
|
|
If all the operands fit any one alternative, the instruction is valid.
|
| 1469 |
|
|
Otherwise, for each alternative, the compiler counts how many instructions
|
| 1470 |
|
|
must be added to copy the operands so that that alternative applies.
|
| 1471 |
|
|
The alternative requiring the least copying is chosen. If two alternatives
|
| 1472 |
|
|
need the same amount of copying, the one that comes first is chosen.
|
| 1473 |
|
|
These choices can be altered with the @samp{?} and @samp{!} characters:
|
| 1474 |
|
|
|
| 1475 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1476 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{?} in constraint
|
| 1477 |
|
|
@cindex question mark
|
| 1478 |
|
|
@item ?
|
| 1479 |
|
|
Disparage slightly the alternative that the @samp{?} appears in,
|
| 1480 |
|
|
as a choice when no alternative applies exactly. The compiler regards
|
| 1481 |
|
|
this alternative as one unit more costly for each @samp{?} that appears
|
| 1482 |
|
|
in it.
|
| 1483 |
|
|
|
| 1484 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{!} in constraint
|
| 1485 |
|
|
@cindex exclamation point
|
| 1486 |
|
|
@item !
|
| 1487 |
|
|
Disparage severely the alternative that the @samp{!} appears in.
|
| 1488 |
|
|
This alternative can still be used if it fits without reloading,
|
| 1489 |
|
|
but if reloading is needed, some other alternative will be used.
|
| 1490 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1491 |
|
|
|
| 1492 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1493 |
|
|
When an insn pattern has multiple alternatives in its constraints, often
|
| 1494 |
|
|
the appearance of the assembler code is determined mostly by which
|
| 1495 |
|
|
alternative was matched. When this is so, the C code for writing the
|
| 1496 |
|
|
assembler code can use the variable @code{which_alternative}, which is
|
| 1497 |
|
|
the ordinal number of the alternative that was actually satisfied (0 for
|
| 1498 |
|
|
the first, 1 for the second alternative, etc.). @xref{Output Statement}.
|
| 1499 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1500 |
|
|
|
| 1501 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1502 |
|
|
@node Class Preferences
|
| 1503 |
|
|
@subsection Register Class Preferences
|
| 1504 |
|
|
@cindex class preference constraints
|
| 1505 |
|
|
@cindex register class preference constraints
|
| 1506 |
|
|
|
| 1507 |
|
|
@cindex voting between constraint alternatives
|
| 1508 |
|
|
The operand constraints have another function: they enable the compiler
|
| 1509 |
|
|
to decide which kind of hardware register a pseudo register is best
|
| 1510 |
|
|
allocated to. The compiler examines the constraints that apply to the
|
| 1511 |
|
|
insns that use the pseudo register, looking for the machine-dependent
|
| 1512 |
|
|
letters such as @samp{d} and @samp{a} that specify classes of registers.
|
| 1513 |
|
|
The pseudo register is put in whichever class gets the most ``votes''.
|
| 1514 |
|
|
The constraint letters @samp{g} and @samp{r} also vote: they vote in
|
| 1515 |
|
|
favor of a general register. The machine description says which registers
|
| 1516 |
|
|
are considered general.
|
| 1517 |
|
|
|
| 1518 |
|
|
Of course, on some machines all registers are equivalent, and no register
|
| 1519 |
|
|
classes are defined. Then none of this complexity is relevant.
|
| 1520 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1521 |
|
|
|
| 1522 |
|
|
@node Modifiers
|
| 1523 |
|
|
@subsection Constraint Modifier Characters
|
| 1524 |
|
|
@cindex modifiers in constraints
|
| 1525 |
|
|
@cindex constraint modifier characters
|
| 1526 |
|
|
|
| 1527 |
|
|
@c prevent bad page break with this line
|
| 1528 |
|
|
Here are constraint modifier characters.
|
| 1529 |
|
|
|
| 1530 |
|
|
@table @samp
|
| 1531 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{=} in constraint
|
| 1532 |
|
|
@item =
|
| 1533 |
|
|
Means that this operand is write-only for this instruction: the previous
|
| 1534 |
|
|
value is discarded and replaced by output data.
|
| 1535 |
|
|
|
| 1536 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{+} in constraint
|
| 1537 |
|
|
@item +
|
| 1538 |
|
|
Means that this operand is both read and written by the instruction.
|
| 1539 |
|
|
|
| 1540 |
|
|
When the compiler fixes up the operands to satisfy the constraints,
|
| 1541 |
|
|
it needs to know which operands are inputs to the instruction and
|
| 1542 |
|
|
which are outputs from it. @samp{=} identifies an output; @samp{+}
|
| 1543 |
|
|
identifies an operand that is both input and output; all other operands
|
| 1544 |
|
|
are assumed to be input only.
|
| 1545 |
|
|
|
| 1546 |
|
|
If you specify @samp{=} or @samp{+} in a constraint, you put it in the
|
| 1547 |
|
|
first character of the constraint string.
|
| 1548 |
|
|
|
| 1549 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{&} in constraint
|
| 1550 |
|
|
@cindex earlyclobber operand
|
| 1551 |
|
|
@item &
|
| 1552 |
|
|
Means (in a particular alternative) that this operand is an
|
| 1553 |
|
|
@dfn{earlyclobber} operand, which is modified before the instruction is
|
| 1554 |
|
|
finished using the input operands. Therefore, this operand may not lie
|
| 1555 |
|
|
in a register that is used as an input operand or as part of any memory
|
| 1556 |
|
|
address.
|
| 1557 |
|
|
|
| 1558 |
|
|
@samp{&} applies only to the alternative in which it is written. In
|
| 1559 |
|
|
constraints with multiple alternatives, sometimes one alternative
|
| 1560 |
|
|
requires @samp{&} while others do not. See, for example, the
|
| 1561 |
|
|
@samp{movdf} insn of the 68000.
|
| 1562 |
|
|
|
| 1563 |
|
|
An input operand can be tied to an earlyclobber operand if its only
|
| 1564 |
|
|
use as an input occurs before the early result is written. Adding
|
| 1565 |
|
|
alternatives of this form often allows GCC to produce better code
|
| 1566 |
|
|
when only some of the inputs can be affected by the earlyclobber.
|
| 1567 |
|
|
See, for example, the @samp{mulsi3} insn of the ARM@.
|
| 1568 |
|
|
|
| 1569 |
|
|
@samp{&} does not obviate the need to write @samp{=}.
|
| 1570 |
|
|
|
| 1571 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{%} in constraint
|
| 1572 |
|
|
@item %
|
| 1573 |
|
|
Declares the instruction to be commutative for this operand and the
|
| 1574 |
|
|
following operand. This means that the compiler may interchange the
|
| 1575 |
|
|
two operands if that is the cheapest way to make all operands fit the
|
| 1576 |
|
|
constraints.
|
| 1577 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1578 |
|
|
This is often used in patterns for addition instructions
|
| 1579 |
|
|
that really have only two operands: the result must go in one of the
|
| 1580 |
|
|
arguments. Here for example, is how the 68000 halfword-add
|
| 1581 |
|
|
instruction is defined:
|
| 1582 |
|
|
|
| 1583 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1584 |
|
|
(define_insn "addhi3"
|
| 1585 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:HI 0 "general_operand" "=m,r")
|
| 1586 |
|
|
(plus:HI (match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "%0,0")
|
| 1587 |
|
|
(match_operand:HI 2 "general_operand" "di,g")))]
|
| 1588 |
|
|
@dots{})
|
| 1589 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1590 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1591 |
|
|
GCC can only handle one commutative pair in an asm; if you use more,
|
| 1592 |
|
|
the compiler may fail. Note that you need not use the modifier if
|
| 1593 |
|
|
the two alternatives are strictly identical; this would only waste
|
| 1594 |
|
|
time in the reload pass. The modifier is not operational after
|
| 1595 |
|
|
register allocation, so the result of @code{define_peephole2}
|
| 1596 |
|
|
and @code{define_split}s performed after reload cannot rely on
|
| 1597 |
|
|
@samp{%} to make the intended insn match.
|
| 1598 |
|
|
|
| 1599 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{#} in constraint
|
| 1600 |
|
|
@item #
|
| 1601 |
|
|
Says that all following characters, up to the next comma, are to be
|
| 1602 |
|
|
ignored as a constraint. They are significant only for choosing
|
| 1603 |
|
|
register preferences.
|
| 1604 |
|
|
|
| 1605 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{*} in constraint
|
| 1606 |
|
|
@item *
|
| 1607 |
|
|
Says that the following character should be ignored when choosing
|
| 1608 |
|
|
register preferences. @samp{*} has no effect on the meaning of the
|
| 1609 |
|
|
constraint as a constraint, and no effect on reloading.
|
| 1610 |
|
|
|
| 1611 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1612 |
|
|
Here is an example: the 68000 has an instruction to sign-extend a
|
| 1613 |
|
|
halfword in a data register, and can also sign-extend a value by
|
| 1614 |
|
|
copying it into an address register. While either kind of register is
|
| 1615 |
|
|
acceptable, the constraints on an address-register destination are
|
| 1616 |
|
|
less strict, so it is best if register allocation makes an address
|
| 1617 |
|
|
register its goal. Therefore, @samp{*} is used so that the @samp{d}
|
| 1618 |
|
|
constraint letter (for data register) is ignored when computing
|
| 1619 |
|
|
register preferences.
|
| 1620 |
|
|
|
| 1621 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 1622 |
|
|
(define_insn "extendhisi2"
|
| 1623 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=*d,a")
|
| 1624 |
|
|
(sign_extend:SI
|
| 1625 |
|
|
(match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" "0,g")))]
|
| 1626 |
|
|
@dots{})
|
| 1627 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 1628 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1629 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1630 |
|
|
|
| 1631 |
|
|
@node Machine Constraints
|
| 1632 |
|
|
@subsection Constraints for Particular Machines
|
| 1633 |
|
|
@cindex machine specific constraints
|
| 1634 |
|
|
@cindex constraints, machine specific
|
| 1635 |
|
|
|
| 1636 |
|
|
Whenever possible, you should use the general-purpose constraint letters
|
| 1637 |
|
|
in @code{asm} arguments, since they will convey meaning more readily to
|
| 1638 |
|
|
people reading your code. Failing that, use the constraint letters
|
| 1639 |
|
|
that usually have very similar meanings across architectures. The most
|
| 1640 |
|
|
commonly used constraints are @samp{m} and @samp{r} (for memory and
|
| 1641 |
|
|
general-purpose registers respectively; @pxref{Simple Constraints}), and
|
| 1642 |
|
|
@samp{I}, usually the letter indicating the most common
|
| 1643 |
|
|
immediate-constant format.
|
| 1644 |
|
|
|
| 1645 |
|
|
Each architecture defines additional constraints. These constraints
|
| 1646 |
|
|
are used by the compiler itself for instruction generation, as well as
|
| 1647 |
|
|
for @code{asm} statements; therefore, some of the constraints are not
|
| 1648 |
|
|
particularly useful for @code{asm}. Here is a summary of some of the
|
| 1649 |
|
|
machine-dependent constraints available on some particular machines;
|
| 1650 |
|
|
it includes both constraints that are useful for @code{asm} and
|
| 1651 |
|
|
constraints that aren't. The compiler source file mentioned in the
|
| 1652 |
|
|
table heading for each architecture is the definitive reference for
|
| 1653 |
|
|
the meanings of that architecture's constraints.
|
| 1654 |
|
|
|
| 1655 |
|
|
@table @emph
|
| 1656 |
|
|
@item ARM family---@file{config/arm/arm.h}
|
| 1657 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1658 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 1659 |
|
|
Floating-point register
|
| 1660 |
|
|
|
| 1661 |
|
|
@item w
|
| 1662 |
|
|
VFP floating-point register
|
| 1663 |
|
|
|
| 1664 |
|
|
@item F
|
| 1665 |
|
|
One of the floating-point constants 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0
|
| 1666 |
|
|
or 10.0
|
| 1667 |
|
|
|
| 1668 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 1669 |
|
|
Floating-point constant that would satisfy the constraint @samp{F} if it
|
| 1670 |
|
|
were negated
|
| 1671 |
|
|
|
| 1672 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 1673 |
|
|
Integer that is valid as an immediate operand in a data processing
|
| 1674 |
|
|
instruction. That is, an integer in the range 0 to 255 rotated by a
|
| 1675 |
|
|
multiple of 2
|
| 1676 |
|
|
|
| 1677 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 1678 |
|
|
Integer in the range @minus{}4095 to 4095
|
| 1679 |
|
|
|
| 1680 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 1681 |
|
|
Integer that satisfies constraint @samp{I} when inverted (ones complement)
|
| 1682 |
|
|
|
| 1683 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 1684 |
|
|
Integer that satisfies constraint @samp{I} when negated (twos complement)
|
| 1685 |
|
|
|
| 1686 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 1687 |
|
|
Integer in the range 0 to 32
|
| 1688 |
|
|
|
| 1689 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 1690 |
|
|
A memory reference where the exact address is in a single register
|
| 1691 |
|
|
(`@samp{m}' is preferable for @code{asm} statements)
|
| 1692 |
|
|
|
| 1693 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 1694 |
|
|
An item in the constant pool
|
| 1695 |
|
|
|
| 1696 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 1697 |
|
|
A symbol in the text segment of the current file
|
| 1698 |
|
|
|
| 1699 |
|
|
@item Uv
|
| 1700 |
|
|
A memory reference suitable for VFP load/store insns (reg+constant offset)
|
| 1701 |
|
|
|
| 1702 |
|
|
@item Uy
|
| 1703 |
|
|
A memory reference suitable for iWMMXt load/store instructions.
|
| 1704 |
|
|
|
| 1705 |
|
|
@item Uq
|
| 1706 |
|
|
A memory reference suitable for the ARMv4 ldrsb instruction.
|
| 1707 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1708 |
|
|
|
| 1709 |
|
|
@item AVR family---@file{config/avr/constraints.md}
|
| 1710 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1711 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 1712 |
|
|
Registers from r0 to r15
|
| 1713 |
|
|
|
| 1714 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 1715 |
|
|
Registers from r16 to r23
|
| 1716 |
|
|
|
| 1717 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 1718 |
|
|
Registers from r16 to r31
|
| 1719 |
|
|
|
| 1720 |
|
|
@item w
|
| 1721 |
|
|
Registers from r24 to r31. These registers can be used in @samp{adiw} command
|
| 1722 |
|
|
|
| 1723 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 1724 |
|
|
Pointer register (r26--r31)
|
| 1725 |
|
|
|
| 1726 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 1727 |
|
|
Base pointer register (r28--r31)
|
| 1728 |
|
|
|
| 1729 |
|
|
@item q
|
| 1730 |
|
|
Stack pointer register (SPH:SPL)
|
| 1731 |
|
|
|
| 1732 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 1733 |
|
|
Temporary register r0
|
| 1734 |
|
|
|
| 1735 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 1736 |
|
|
Register pair X (r27:r26)
|
| 1737 |
|
|
|
| 1738 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 1739 |
|
|
Register pair Y (r29:r28)
|
| 1740 |
|
|
|
| 1741 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 1742 |
|
|
Register pair Z (r31:r30)
|
| 1743 |
|
|
|
| 1744 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 1745 |
|
|
Constant greater than @minus{}1, less than 64
|
| 1746 |
|
|
|
| 1747 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 1748 |
|
|
Constant greater than @minus{}64, less than 1
|
| 1749 |
|
|
|
| 1750 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 1751 |
|
|
Constant integer 2
|
| 1752 |
|
|
|
| 1753 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 1754 |
|
|
Constant integer 0
|
| 1755 |
|
|
|
| 1756 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 1757 |
|
|
Constant that fits in 8 bits
|
| 1758 |
|
|
|
| 1759 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 1760 |
|
|
Constant integer @minus{}1
|
| 1761 |
|
|
|
| 1762 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 1763 |
|
|
Constant integer 8, 16, or 24
|
| 1764 |
|
|
|
| 1765 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 1766 |
|
|
Constant integer 1
|
| 1767 |
|
|
|
| 1768 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 1769 |
|
|
A floating point constant 0.0
|
| 1770 |
|
|
|
| 1771 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 1772 |
|
|
A memory address based on Y or Z pointer with displacement.
|
| 1773 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1774 |
|
|
|
| 1775 |
|
|
@item Epiphany---@file{config/epiphany/constraints.md}
|
| 1776 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1777 |
|
|
@item U16
|
| 1778 |
|
|
An unsigned 16-bit constant.
|
| 1779 |
|
|
|
| 1780 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 1781 |
|
|
An unsigned 5-bit constant.
|
| 1782 |
|
|
|
| 1783 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 1784 |
|
|
A signed 11-bit constant.
|
| 1785 |
|
|
|
| 1786 |
|
|
@item Cm1
|
| 1787 |
|
|
A signed 11-bit constant added to @minus{}1.
|
| 1788 |
|
|
Can only match when the @option{-m1reg-@var{reg}} option is active.
|
| 1789 |
|
|
|
| 1790 |
|
|
@item Cl1
|
| 1791 |
|
|
Left-shift of @minus{}1, i.e., a bit mask with a block of leading ones, the rest
|
| 1792 |
|
|
being a block of trailing zeroes.
|
| 1793 |
|
|
Can only match when the @option{-m1reg-@var{reg}} option is active.
|
| 1794 |
|
|
|
| 1795 |
|
|
@item Cr1
|
| 1796 |
|
|
Right-shift of @minus{}1, i.e., a bit mask with a trailing block of ones, the
|
| 1797 |
|
|
rest being zeroes. Or to put it another way, one less than a power of two.
|
| 1798 |
|
|
Can only match when the @option{-m1reg-@var{reg}} option is active.
|
| 1799 |
|
|
|
| 1800 |
|
|
@item Cal
|
| 1801 |
|
|
Constant for arithmetic/logical operations.
|
| 1802 |
|
|
This is like @code{i}, except that for position independent code,
|
| 1803 |
|
|
no symbols / expressions needing relocations are allowed.
|
| 1804 |
|
|
|
| 1805 |
|
|
@item Csy
|
| 1806 |
|
|
Symbolic constant for call/jump instruction.
|
| 1807 |
|
|
|
| 1808 |
|
|
@item Rcs
|
| 1809 |
|
|
The register class usable in short insns. This is a register class
|
| 1810 |
|
|
constraint, and can thus drive register allocation.
|
| 1811 |
|
|
This constraint won't match unless @option{-mprefer-short-insn-regs} is
|
| 1812 |
|
|
in effect.
|
| 1813 |
|
|
|
| 1814 |
|
|
@item Rsc
|
| 1815 |
|
|
The the register class of registers that can be used to hold a
|
| 1816 |
|
|
sibcall call address. I.e., a caller-saved register.
|
| 1817 |
|
|
|
| 1818 |
|
|
@item Rct
|
| 1819 |
|
|
Core control register class.
|
| 1820 |
|
|
|
| 1821 |
|
|
@item Rgs
|
| 1822 |
|
|
The register group usable in short insns.
|
| 1823 |
|
|
This constraint does not use a register class, so that it only
|
| 1824 |
|
|
passively matches suitable registers, and doesn't drive register allocation.
|
| 1825 |
|
|
|
| 1826 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 1827 |
|
|
@item Car
|
| 1828 |
|
|
Constant suitable for the addsi3_r pattern. This is a valid offset
|
| 1829 |
|
|
For byte, halfword, or word addressing.
|
| 1830 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 1831 |
|
|
|
| 1832 |
|
|
@item Rra
|
| 1833 |
|
|
Matches the return address if it can be replaced with the link register.
|
| 1834 |
|
|
|
| 1835 |
|
|
@item Rcc
|
| 1836 |
|
|
Matches the integer condition code register.
|
| 1837 |
|
|
|
| 1838 |
|
|
@item Sra
|
| 1839 |
|
|
Matches the return address if it is in a stack slot.
|
| 1840 |
|
|
|
| 1841 |
|
|
@item Cfm
|
| 1842 |
|
|
Matches control register values to switch fp mode, which are encapsulated in
|
| 1843 |
|
|
@code{UNSPEC_FP_MODE}.
|
| 1844 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1845 |
|
|
|
| 1846 |
|
|
@item CR16 Architecture---@file{config/cr16/cr16.h}
|
| 1847 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1848 |
|
|
|
| 1849 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 1850 |
|
|
Registers from r0 to r14 (registers without stack pointer)
|
| 1851 |
|
|
|
| 1852 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 1853 |
|
|
Register from r0 to r11 (all 16-bit registers)
|
| 1854 |
|
|
|
| 1855 |
|
|
@item p
|
| 1856 |
|
|
Register from r12 to r15 (all 32-bit registers)
|
| 1857 |
|
|
|
| 1858 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 1859 |
|
|
Signed constant that fits in 4 bits
|
| 1860 |
|
|
|
| 1861 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 1862 |
|
|
Signed constant that fits in 5 bits
|
| 1863 |
|
|
|
| 1864 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 1865 |
|
|
Signed constant that fits in 6 bits
|
| 1866 |
|
|
|
| 1867 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 1868 |
|
|
Unsigned constant that fits in 4 bits
|
| 1869 |
|
|
|
| 1870 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 1871 |
|
|
Signed constant that fits in 32 bits
|
| 1872 |
|
|
|
| 1873 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 1874 |
|
|
Check for 64 bits wide constants for add/sub instructions
|
| 1875 |
|
|
|
| 1876 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 1877 |
|
|
Floating point constant that is legal for store immediate
|
| 1878 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1879 |
|
|
|
| 1880 |
|
|
@item Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC---@file{config/pa/pa.h}
|
| 1881 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1882 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 1883 |
|
|
General register 1
|
| 1884 |
|
|
|
| 1885 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 1886 |
|
|
Floating point register
|
| 1887 |
|
|
|
| 1888 |
|
|
@item q
|
| 1889 |
|
|
Shift amount register
|
| 1890 |
|
|
|
| 1891 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 1892 |
|
|
Floating point register (deprecated)
|
| 1893 |
|
|
|
| 1894 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 1895 |
|
|
Upper floating point register (32-bit), floating point register (64-bit)
|
| 1896 |
|
|
|
| 1897 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 1898 |
|
|
Any register
|
| 1899 |
|
|
|
| 1900 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 1901 |
|
|
Signed 11-bit integer constant
|
| 1902 |
|
|
|
| 1903 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 1904 |
|
|
Signed 14-bit integer constant
|
| 1905 |
|
|
|
| 1906 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 1907 |
|
|
Integer constant that can be deposited with a @code{zdepi} instruction
|
| 1908 |
|
|
|
| 1909 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 1910 |
|
|
Signed 5-bit integer constant
|
| 1911 |
|
|
|
| 1912 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 1913 |
|
|
Integer constant 0
|
| 1914 |
|
|
|
| 1915 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 1916 |
|
|
Integer constant that can be loaded with a @code{ldil} instruction
|
| 1917 |
|
|
|
| 1918 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 1919 |
|
|
Integer constant whose value plus one is a power of 2
|
| 1920 |
|
|
|
| 1921 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 1922 |
|
|
Integer constant that can be used for @code{and} operations in @code{depi}
|
| 1923 |
|
|
and @code{extru} instructions
|
| 1924 |
|
|
|
| 1925 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 1926 |
|
|
Integer constant 31
|
| 1927 |
|
|
|
| 1928 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 1929 |
|
|
Integer constant 63
|
| 1930 |
|
|
|
| 1931 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 1932 |
|
|
Floating-point constant 0.0
|
| 1933 |
|
|
|
| 1934 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 1935 |
|
|
A @code{lo_sum} data-linkage-table memory operand
|
| 1936 |
|
|
|
| 1937 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 1938 |
|
|
A memory operand that can be used as the destination operand of an
|
| 1939 |
|
|
integer store instruction
|
| 1940 |
|
|
|
| 1941 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 1942 |
|
|
A scaled or unscaled indexed memory operand
|
| 1943 |
|
|
|
| 1944 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 1945 |
|
|
A memory operand for floating-point loads and stores
|
| 1946 |
|
|
|
| 1947 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 1948 |
|
|
A register indirect memory operand
|
| 1949 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1950 |
|
|
|
| 1951 |
|
|
@item picoChip family---@file{picochip.h}
|
| 1952 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1953 |
|
|
@item k
|
| 1954 |
|
|
Stack register.
|
| 1955 |
|
|
|
| 1956 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 1957 |
|
|
Pointer register. A register which can be used to access memory without
|
| 1958 |
|
|
supplying an offset. Any other register can be used to access memory,
|
| 1959 |
|
|
but will need a constant offset. In the case of the offset being zero,
|
| 1960 |
|
|
it is more efficient to use a pointer register, since this reduces code
|
| 1961 |
|
|
size.
|
| 1962 |
|
|
|
| 1963 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 1964 |
|
|
A twin register. A register which may be paired with an adjacent
|
| 1965 |
|
|
register to create a 32-bit register.
|
| 1966 |
|
|
|
| 1967 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 1968 |
|
|
Any absolute memory address (e.g., symbolic constant, symbolic
|
| 1969 |
|
|
constant + offset).
|
| 1970 |
|
|
|
| 1971 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 1972 |
|
|
4-bit signed integer.
|
| 1973 |
|
|
|
| 1974 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 1975 |
|
|
4-bit unsigned integer.
|
| 1976 |
|
|
|
| 1977 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 1978 |
|
|
8-bit signed integer.
|
| 1979 |
|
|
|
| 1980 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 1981 |
|
|
Any constant whose absolute value is no greater than 4-bits.
|
| 1982 |
|
|
|
| 1983 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 1984 |
|
|
10-bit signed integer
|
| 1985 |
|
|
|
| 1986 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 1987 |
|
|
16-bit signed integer.
|
| 1988 |
|
|
|
| 1989 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 1990 |
|
|
|
| 1991 |
|
|
@item PowerPC and IBM RS6000---@file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h}
|
| 1992 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 1993 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 1994 |
|
|
Address base register
|
| 1995 |
|
|
|
| 1996 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 1997 |
|
|
Floating point register (containing 64-bit value)
|
| 1998 |
|
|
|
| 1999 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2000 |
|
|
Floating point register (containing 32-bit value)
|
| 2001 |
|
|
|
| 2002 |
|
|
@item v
|
| 2003 |
|
|
Altivec vector register
|
| 2004 |
|
|
|
| 2005 |
|
|
@item wd
|
| 2006 |
|
|
VSX vector register to hold vector double data
|
| 2007 |
|
|
|
| 2008 |
|
|
@item wf
|
| 2009 |
|
|
VSX vector register to hold vector float data
|
| 2010 |
|
|
|
| 2011 |
|
|
@item ws
|
| 2012 |
|
|
VSX vector register to hold scalar float data
|
| 2013 |
|
|
|
| 2014 |
|
|
@item wa
|
| 2015 |
|
|
Any VSX register
|
| 2016 |
|
|
|
| 2017 |
|
|
@item h
|
| 2018 |
|
|
@samp{MQ}, @samp{CTR}, or @samp{LINK} register
|
| 2019 |
|
|
|
| 2020 |
|
|
@item q
|
| 2021 |
|
|
@samp{MQ} register
|
| 2022 |
|
|
|
| 2023 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 2024 |
|
|
@samp{CTR} register
|
| 2025 |
|
|
|
| 2026 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 2027 |
|
|
@samp{LINK} register
|
| 2028 |
|
|
|
| 2029 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 2030 |
|
|
@samp{CR} register (condition register) number 0
|
| 2031 |
|
|
|
| 2032 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 2033 |
|
|
@samp{CR} register (condition register)
|
| 2034 |
|
|
|
| 2035 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 2036 |
|
|
@samp{XER[CA]} carry bit (part of the XER register)
|
| 2037 |
|
|
|
| 2038 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2039 |
|
|
Signed 16-bit constant
|
| 2040 |
|
|
|
| 2041 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2042 |
|
|
Unsigned 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits (use @samp{L} instead for
|
| 2043 |
|
|
@code{SImode} constants)
|
| 2044 |
|
|
|
| 2045 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 2046 |
|
|
Unsigned 16-bit constant
|
| 2047 |
|
|
|
| 2048 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2049 |
|
|
Signed 16-bit constant shifted left 16 bits
|
| 2050 |
|
|
|
| 2051 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2052 |
|
|
Constant larger than 31
|
| 2053 |
|
|
|
| 2054 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2055 |
|
|
Exact power of 2
|
| 2056 |
|
|
|
| 2057 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2058 |
|
|
Zero
|
| 2059 |
|
|
|
| 2060 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 2061 |
|
|
Constant whose negation is a signed 16-bit constant
|
| 2062 |
|
|
|
| 2063 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 2064 |
|
|
Floating point constant that can be loaded into a register with one
|
| 2065 |
|
|
instruction per word
|
| 2066 |
|
|
|
| 2067 |
|
|
@item H
|
| 2068 |
|
|
Integer/Floating point constant that can be loaded into a register using
|
| 2069 |
|
|
three instructions
|
| 2070 |
|
|
|
| 2071 |
|
|
@item m
|
| 2072 |
|
|
Memory operand.
|
| 2073 |
|
|
Normally, @code{m} does not allow addresses that update the base register.
|
| 2074 |
|
|
If @samp{<} or @samp{>} constraint is also used, they are allowed and
|
| 2075 |
|
|
therefore on PowerPC targets in that case it is only safe
|
| 2076 |
|
|
to use @samp{m<>} in an @code{asm} statement if that @code{asm} statement
|
| 2077 |
|
|
accesses the operand exactly once. The @code{asm} statement must also
|
| 2078 |
|
|
use @samp{%U@var{<opno>}} as a placeholder for the ``update'' flag in the
|
| 2079 |
|
|
corresponding load or store instruction. For example:
|
| 2080 |
|
|
|
| 2081 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 2082 |
|
|
asm ("st%U0 %1,%0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
|
| 2083 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 2084 |
|
|
|
| 2085 |
|
|
is correct but:
|
| 2086 |
|
|
|
| 2087 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 2088 |
|
|
asm ("st %1,%0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
|
| 2089 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 2090 |
|
|
|
| 2091 |
|
|
is not.
|
| 2092 |
|
|
|
| 2093 |
|
|
@item es
|
| 2094 |
|
|
A ``stable'' memory operand; that is, one which does not include any
|
| 2095 |
|
|
automodification of the base register. This used to be useful when
|
| 2096 |
|
|
@samp{m} allowed automodification of the base register, but as those are now only
|
| 2097 |
|
|
allowed when @samp{<} or @samp{>} is used, @samp{es} is basically the same
|
| 2098 |
|
|
as @samp{m} without @samp{<} and @samp{>}.
|
| 2099 |
|
|
|
| 2100 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 2101 |
|
|
Memory operand that is an offset from a register (it is usually better
|
| 2102 |
|
|
to use @samp{m} or @samp{es} in @code{asm} statements)
|
| 2103 |
|
|
|
| 2104 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 2105 |
|
|
Memory operand that is an indexed or indirect from a register (it is
|
| 2106 |
|
|
usually better to use @samp{m} or @samp{es} in @code{asm} statements)
|
| 2107 |
|
|
|
| 2108 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 2109 |
|
|
AIX TOC entry
|
| 2110 |
|
|
|
| 2111 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2112 |
|
|
Address operand that is an indexed or indirect from a register (@samp{p} is
|
| 2113 |
|
|
preferable for @code{asm} statements)
|
| 2114 |
|
|
|
| 2115 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 2116 |
|
|
Constant suitable as a 64-bit mask operand
|
| 2117 |
|
|
|
| 2118 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 2119 |
|
|
Constant suitable as a 32-bit mask operand
|
| 2120 |
|
|
|
| 2121 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 2122 |
|
|
System V Release 4 small data area reference
|
| 2123 |
|
|
|
| 2124 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 2125 |
|
|
AND masks that can be performed by two rldic@{l, r@} instructions
|
| 2126 |
|
|
|
| 2127 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 2128 |
|
|
Vector constant that does not require memory
|
| 2129 |
|
|
|
| 2130 |
|
|
@item j
|
| 2131 |
|
|
Vector constant that is all zeros.
|
| 2132 |
|
|
|
| 2133 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2134 |
|
|
|
| 2135 |
|
|
@item Intel 386---@file{config/i386/constraints.md}
|
| 2136 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2137 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 2138 |
|
|
Legacy register---the eight integer registers available on all
|
| 2139 |
|
|
i386 processors (@code{a}, @code{b}, @code{c}, @code{d},
|
| 2140 |
|
|
@code{si}, @code{di}, @code{bp}, @code{sp}).
|
| 2141 |
|
|
|
| 2142 |
|
|
@item q
|
| 2143 |
|
|
Any register accessible as @code{@var{r}l}. In 32-bit mode, @code{a},
|
| 2144 |
|
|
@code{b}, @code{c}, and @code{d}; in 64-bit mode, any integer register.
|
| 2145 |
|
|
|
| 2146 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 2147 |
|
|
Any register accessible as @code{@var{r}h}: @code{a}, @code{b},
|
| 2148 |
|
|
@code{c}, and @code{d}.
|
| 2149 |
|
|
|
| 2150 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 2151 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 2152 |
|
|
Any register that can be used as the index in a base+index memory
|
| 2153 |
|
|
access: that is, any general register except the stack pointer.
|
| 2154 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 2155 |
|
|
|
| 2156 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2157 |
|
|
The @code{a} register.
|
| 2158 |
|
|
|
| 2159 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 2160 |
|
|
The @code{b} register.
|
| 2161 |
|
|
|
| 2162 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 2163 |
|
|
The @code{c} register.
|
| 2164 |
|
|
|
| 2165 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2166 |
|
|
The @code{d} register.
|
| 2167 |
|
|
|
| 2168 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 2169 |
|
|
The @code{si} register.
|
| 2170 |
|
|
|
| 2171 |
|
|
@item D
|
| 2172 |
|
|
The @code{di} register.
|
| 2173 |
|
|
|
| 2174 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 2175 |
|
|
The @code{a} and @code{d} registers. This class is used for instructions
|
| 2176 |
|
|
that return double word results in the @code{ax:dx} register pair. Single
|
| 2177 |
|
|
word values will be allocated either in @code{ax} or @code{dx}.
|
| 2178 |
|
|
For example on i386 the following implements @code{rdtsc}:
|
| 2179 |
|
|
|
| 2180 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 2181 |
|
|
unsigned long long rdtsc (void)
|
| 2182 |
|
|
@{
|
| 2183 |
|
|
unsigned long long tick;
|
| 2184 |
|
|
__asm__ __volatile__("rdtsc":"=A"(tick));
|
| 2185 |
|
|
return tick;
|
| 2186 |
|
|
@}
|
| 2187 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 2188 |
|
|
|
| 2189 |
|
|
This is not correct on x86_64 as it would allocate tick in either @code{ax}
|
| 2190 |
|
|
or @code{dx}. You have to use the following variant instead:
|
| 2191 |
|
|
|
| 2192 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 2193 |
|
|
unsigned long long rdtsc (void)
|
| 2194 |
|
|
@{
|
| 2195 |
|
|
unsigned int tickl, tickh;
|
| 2196 |
|
|
__asm__ __volatile__("rdtsc":"=a"(tickl),"=d"(tickh));
|
| 2197 |
|
|
return ((unsigned long long)tickh << 32)|tickl;
|
| 2198 |
|
|
@}
|
| 2199 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 2200 |
|
|
|
| 2201 |
|
|
|
| 2202 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2203 |
|
|
Any 80387 floating-point (stack) register.
|
| 2204 |
|
|
|
| 2205 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 2206 |
|
|
Top of 80387 floating-point stack (@code{%st(0)}).
|
| 2207 |
|
|
|
| 2208 |
|
|
@item u
|
| 2209 |
|
|
Second from top of 80387 floating-point stack (@code{%st(1)}).
|
| 2210 |
|
|
|
| 2211 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 2212 |
|
|
Any MMX register.
|
| 2213 |
|
|
|
| 2214 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 2215 |
|
|
Any SSE register.
|
| 2216 |
|
|
|
| 2217 |
|
|
@item Yz
|
| 2218 |
|
|
First SSE register (@code{%xmm0}).
|
| 2219 |
|
|
|
| 2220 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 2221 |
|
|
@item Y2
|
| 2222 |
|
|
Any SSE register, when SSE2 is enabled.
|
| 2223 |
|
|
|
| 2224 |
|
|
@item Yi
|
| 2225 |
|
|
Any SSE register, when SSE2 and inter-unit moves are enabled.
|
| 2226 |
|
|
|
| 2227 |
|
|
@item Ym
|
| 2228 |
|
|
Any MMX register, when inter-unit moves are enabled.
|
| 2229 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 2230 |
|
|
|
| 2231 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2232 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 31, for 32-bit shifts.
|
| 2233 |
|
|
|
| 2234 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2235 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 63, for 64-bit shifts.
|
| 2236 |
|
|
|
| 2237 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 2238 |
|
|
Signed 8-bit integer constant.
|
| 2239 |
|
|
|
| 2240 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2241 |
|
|
@code{0xFF} or @code{0xFFFF}, for andsi as a zero-extending move.
|
| 2242 |
|
|
|
| 2243 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2244 |
|
|
0, 1, 2, or 3 (shifts for the @code{lea} instruction).
|
| 2245 |
|
|
|
| 2246 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2247 |
|
|
Unsigned 8-bit integer constant (for @code{in} and @code{out}
|
| 2248 |
|
|
instructions).
|
| 2249 |
|
|
|
| 2250 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 2251 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2252 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 127, for 128-bit shifts.
|
| 2253 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 2254 |
|
|
|
| 2255 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 2256 |
|
|
Standard 80387 floating point constant.
|
| 2257 |
|
|
|
| 2258 |
|
|
@item C
|
| 2259 |
|
|
Standard SSE floating point constant.
|
| 2260 |
|
|
|
| 2261 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 2262 |
|
|
32-bit signed integer constant, or a symbolic reference known
|
| 2263 |
|
|
to fit that range (for immediate operands in sign-extending x86-64
|
| 2264 |
|
|
instructions).
|
| 2265 |
|
|
|
| 2266 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 2267 |
|
|
32-bit unsigned integer constant, or a symbolic reference known
|
| 2268 |
|
|
to fit that range (for immediate operands in zero-extending x86-64
|
| 2269 |
|
|
instructions).
|
| 2270 |
|
|
|
| 2271 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2272 |
|
|
|
| 2273 |
|
|
@item Intel IA-64---@file{config/ia64/ia64.h}
|
| 2274 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2275 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2276 |
|
|
General register @code{r0} to @code{r3} for @code{addl} instruction
|
| 2277 |
|
|
|
| 2278 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 2279 |
|
|
Branch register
|
| 2280 |
|
|
|
| 2281 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 2282 |
|
|
Predicate register (@samp{c} as in ``conditional'')
|
| 2283 |
|
|
|
| 2284 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2285 |
|
|
Application register residing in M-unit
|
| 2286 |
|
|
|
| 2287 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 2288 |
|
|
Application register residing in I-unit
|
| 2289 |
|
|
|
| 2290 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2291 |
|
|
Floating-point register
|
| 2292 |
|
|
|
| 2293 |
|
|
@item m
|
| 2294 |
|
|
Memory operand. If used together with @samp{<} or @samp{>},
|
| 2295 |
|
|
the operand can have postincrement and postdecrement which
|
| 2296 |
|
|
require printing with @samp{%Pn} on IA-64.
|
| 2297 |
|
|
|
| 2298 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 2299 |
|
|
Floating-point constant 0.0 or 1.0
|
| 2300 |
|
|
|
| 2301 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2302 |
|
|
14-bit signed integer constant
|
| 2303 |
|
|
|
| 2304 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2305 |
|
|
22-bit signed integer constant
|
| 2306 |
|
|
|
| 2307 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 2308 |
|
|
8-bit signed integer constant for logical instructions
|
| 2309 |
|
|
|
| 2310 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2311 |
|
|
8-bit adjusted signed integer constant for compare pseudo-ops
|
| 2312 |
|
|
|
| 2313 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2314 |
|
|
6-bit unsigned integer constant for shift counts
|
| 2315 |
|
|
|
| 2316 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2317 |
|
|
9-bit signed integer constant for load and store postincrements
|
| 2318 |
|
|
|
| 2319 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2320 |
|
|
The constant zero
|
| 2321 |
|
|
|
| 2322 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 2323 |
|
|
|
| 2324 |
|
|
|
| 2325 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 2326 |
|
|
Non-volatile memory for floating-point loads and stores
|
| 2327 |
|
|
|
| 2328 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 2329 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range 1 to 4 for @code{shladd} instruction
|
| 2330 |
|
|
|
| 2331 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 2332 |
|
|
Memory operand except postincrement and postdecrement. This is
|
| 2333 |
|
|
now roughly the same as @samp{m} when not used together with @samp{<}
|
| 2334 |
|
|
or @samp{>}.
|
| 2335 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2336 |
|
|
|
| 2337 |
|
|
@item FRV---@file{config/frv/frv.h}
|
| 2338 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2339 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2340 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{ACC_REGS} (@code{acc0} to @code{acc7}).
|
| 2341 |
|
|
|
| 2342 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 2343 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{EVEN_ACC_REGS} (@code{acc0} to @code{acc7}).
|
| 2344 |
|
|
|
| 2345 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 2346 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{CC_REGS} (@code{fcc0} to @code{fcc3} and
|
| 2347 |
|
|
@code{icc0} to @code{icc3}).
|
| 2348 |
|
|
|
| 2349 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2350 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{GPR_REGS} (@code{gr0} to @code{gr63}).
|
| 2351 |
|
|
|
| 2352 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 2353 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{EVEN_REGS} (@code{gr0} to @code{gr63}).
|
| 2354 |
|
|
Odd registers are excluded not in the class but through the use of a machine
|
| 2355 |
|
|
mode larger than 4 bytes.
|
| 2356 |
|
|
|
| 2357 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2358 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{FPR_REGS} (@code{fr0} to @code{fr63}).
|
| 2359 |
|
|
|
| 2360 |
|
|
@item h
|
| 2361 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{FEVEN_REGS} (@code{fr0} to @code{fr63}).
|
| 2362 |
|
|
Odd registers are excluded not in the class but through the use of a machine
|
| 2363 |
|
|
mode larger than 4 bytes.
|
| 2364 |
|
|
|
| 2365 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 2366 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{LR_REG} (the @code{lr} register).
|
| 2367 |
|
|
|
| 2368 |
|
|
@item q
|
| 2369 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{QUAD_REGS} (@code{gr2} to @code{gr63}).
|
| 2370 |
|
|
Register numbers not divisible by 4 are excluded not in the class but through
|
| 2371 |
|
|
the use of a machine mode larger than 8 bytes.
|
| 2372 |
|
|
|
| 2373 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 2374 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{ICC_REGS} (@code{icc0} to @code{icc3}).
|
| 2375 |
|
|
|
| 2376 |
|
|
@item u
|
| 2377 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{FCC_REGS} (@code{fcc0} to @code{fcc3}).
|
| 2378 |
|
|
|
| 2379 |
|
|
@item v
|
| 2380 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{ICR_REGS} (@code{cc4} to @code{cc7}).
|
| 2381 |
|
|
|
| 2382 |
|
|
@item w
|
| 2383 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{FCR_REGS} (@code{cc0} to @code{cc3}).
|
| 2384 |
|
|
|
| 2385 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 2386 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{QUAD_FPR_REGS} (@code{fr0} to @code{fr63}).
|
| 2387 |
|
|
Register numbers not divisible by 4 are excluded not in the class but through
|
| 2388 |
|
|
the use of a machine mode larger than 8 bytes.
|
| 2389 |
|
|
|
| 2390 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 2391 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{SPR_REGS} (@code{lcr} and @code{lr}).
|
| 2392 |
|
|
|
| 2393 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 2394 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{QUAD_ACC_REGS} (@code{acc0} to @code{acc7}).
|
| 2395 |
|
|
|
| 2396 |
|
|
@item B
|
| 2397 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{ACCG_REGS} (@code{accg0} to @code{accg7}).
|
| 2398 |
|
|
|
| 2399 |
|
|
@item C
|
| 2400 |
|
|
Register in the class @code{CR_REGS} (@code{cc0} to @code{cc7}).
|
| 2401 |
|
|
|
| 2402 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 2403 |
|
|
Floating point constant zero
|
| 2404 |
|
|
|
| 2405 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2406 |
|
|
6-bit signed integer constant
|
| 2407 |
|
|
|
| 2408 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2409 |
|
|
10-bit signed integer constant
|
| 2410 |
|
|
|
| 2411 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2412 |
|
|
16-bit signed integer constant
|
| 2413 |
|
|
|
| 2414 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2415 |
|
|
16-bit unsigned integer constant
|
| 2416 |
|
|
|
| 2417 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2418 |
|
|
12-bit signed integer constant that is negative---i.e.@: in the
|
| 2419 |
|
|
range of @minus{}2048 to @minus{}1
|
| 2420 |
|
|
|
| 2421 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2422 |
|
|
Constant zero
|
| 2423 |
|
|
|
| 2424 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 2425 |
|
|
12-bit signed integer constant that is greater than zero---i.e.@: in the
|
| 2426 |
|
|
range of 1 to 2047.
|
| 2427 |
|
|
|
| 2428 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2429 |
|
|
|
| 2430 |
|
|
@item Blackfin family---@file{config/bfin/constraints.md}
|
| 2431 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2432 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2433 |
|
|
P register
|
| 2434 |
|
|
|
| 2435 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2436 |
|
|
D register
|
| 2437 |
|
|
|
| 2438 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 2439 |
|
|
A call clobbered P register.
|
| 2440 |
|
|
|
| 2441 |
|
|
@item q@var{n}
|
| 2442 |
|
|
A single register. If @var{n} is in the range 0 to 7, the corresponding D
|
| 2443 |
|
|
register. If it is @code{A}, then the register P0.
|
| 2444 |
|
|
|
| 2445 |
|
|
@item D
|
| 2446 |
|
|
Even-numbered D register
|
| 2447 |
|
|
|
| 2448 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 2449 |
|
|
Odd-numbered D register
|
| 2450 |
|
|
|
| 2451 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 2452 |
|
|
Accumulator register.
|
| 2453 |
|
|
|
| 2454 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 2455 |
|
|
Even-numbered accumulator register.
|
| 2456 |
|
|
|
| 2457 |
|
|
@item B
|
| 2458 |
|
|
Odd-numbered accumulator register.
|
| 2459 |
|
|
|
| 2460 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 2461 |
|
|
I register
|
| 2462 |
|
|
|
| 2463 |
|
|
@item v
|
| 2464 |
|
|
B register
|
| 2465 |
|
|
|
| 2466 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2467 |
|
|
M register
|
| 2468 |
|
|
|
| 2469 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 2470 |
|
|
Registers used for circular buffering, i.e. I, B, or L registers.
|
| 2471 |
|
|
|
| 2472 |
|
|
@item C
|
| 2473 |
|
|
The CC register.
|
| 2474 |
|
|
|
| 2475 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 2476 |
|
|
LT0 or LT1.
|
| 2477 |
|
|
|
| 2478 |
|
|
@item k
|
| 2479 |
|
|
LC0 or LC1.
|
| 2480 |
|
|
|
| 2481 |
|
|
@item u
|
| 2482 |
|
|
LB0 or LB1.
|
| 2483 |
|
|
|
| 2484 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 2485 |
|
|
Any D, P, B, M, I or L register.
|
| 2486 |
|
|
|
| 2487 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 2488 |
|
|
Additional registers typically used only in prologues and epilogues: RETS,
|
| 2489 |
|
|
RETN, RETI, RETX, RETE, ASTAT, SEQSTAT and USP.
|
| 2490 |
|
|
|
| 2491 |
|
|
@item w
|
| 2492 |
|
|
Any register except accumulators or CC.
|
| 2493 |
|
|
|
| 2494 |
|
|
@item Ksh
|
| 2495 |
|
|
Signed 16 bit integer (in the range @minus{}32768 to 32767)
|
| 2496 |
|
|
|
| 2497 |
|
|
@item Kuh
|
| 2498 |
|
|
Unsigned 16 bit integer (in the range 0 to 65535)
|
| 2499 |
|
|
|
| 2500 |
|
|
@item Ks7
|
| 2501 |
|
|
Signed 7 bit integer (in the range @minus{}64 to 63)
|
| 2502 |
|
|
|
| 2503 |
|
|
@item Ku7
|
| 2504 |
|
|
Unsigned 7 bit integer (in the range 0 to 127)
|
| 2505 |
|
|
|
| 2506 |
|
|
@item Ku5
|
| 2507 |
|
|
Unsigned 5 bit integer (in the range 0 to 31)
|
| 2508 |
|
|
|
| 2509 |
|
|
@item Ks4
|
| 2510 |
|
|
Signed 4 bit integer (in the range @minus{}8 to 7)
|
| 2511 |
|
|
|
| 2512 |
|
|
@item Ks3
|
| 2513 |
|
|
Signed 3 bit integer (in the range @minus{}3 to 4)
|
| 2514 |
|
|
|
| 2515 |
|
|
@item Ku3
|
| 2516 |
|
|
Unsigned 3 bit integer (in the range 0 to 7)
|
| 2517 |
|
|
|
| 2518 |
|
|
@item P@var{n}
|
| 2519 |
|
|
Constant @var{n}, where @var{n} is a single-digit constant in the range 0 to 4.
|
| 2520 |
|
|
|
| 2521 |
|
|
@item PA
|
| 2522 |
|
|
An integer equal to one of the MACFLAG_XXX constants that is suitable for
|
| 2523 |
|
|
use with either accumulator.
|
| 2524 |
|
|
|
| 2525 |
|
|
@item PB
|
| 2526 |
|
|
An integer equal to one of the MACFLAG_XXX constants that is suitable for
|
| 2527 |
|
|
use only with accumulator A1.
|
| 2528 |
|
|
|
| 2529 |
|
|
@item M1
|
| 2530 |
|
|
Constant 255.
|
| 2531 |
|
|
|
| 2532 |
|
|
@item M2
|
| 2533 |
|
|
Constant 65535.
|
| 2534 |
|
|
|
| 2535 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2536 |
|
|
An integer constant with exactly a single bit set.
|
| 2537 |
|
|
|
| 2538 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2539 |
|
|
An integer constant with all bits set except exactly one.
|
| 2540 |
|
|
|
| 2541 |
|
|
@item H
|
| 2542 |
|
|
|
| 2543 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 2544 |
|
|
Any SYMBOL_REF.
|
| 2545 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2546 |
|
|
|
| 2547 |
|
|
@item M32C---@file{config/m32c/m32c.c}
|
| 2548 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2549 |
|
|
@item Rsp
|
| 2550 |
|
|
@itemx Rfb
|
| 2551 |
|
|
@itemx Rsb
|
| 2552 |
|
|
@samp{$sp}, @samp{$fb}, @samp{$sb}.
|
| 2553 |
|
|
|
| 2554 |
|
|
@item Rcr
|
| 2555 |
|
|
Any control register, when they're 16 bits wide (nothing if control
|
| 2556 |
|
|
registers are 24 bits wide)
|
| 2557 |
|
|
|
| 2558 |
|
|
@item Rcl
|
| 2559 |
|
|
Any control register, when they're 24 bits wide.
|
| 2560 |
|
|
|
| 2561 |
|
|
@item R0w
|
| 2562 |
|
|
@itemx R1w
|
| 2563 |
|
|
@itemx R2w
|
| 2564 |
|
|
@itemx R3w
|
| 2565 |
|
|
$r0, $r1, $r2, $r3.
|
| 2566 |
|
|
|
| 2567 |
|
|
@item R02
|
| 2568 |
|
|
$r0 or $r2, or $r2r0 for 32 bit values.
|
| 2569 |
|
|
|
| 2570 |
|
|
@item R13
|
| 2571 |
|
|
$r1 or $r3, or $r3r1 for 32 bit values.
|
| 2572 |
|
|
|
| 2573 |
|
|
@item Rdi
|
| 2574 |
|
|
A register that can hold a 64 bit value.
|
| 2575 |
|
|
|
| 2576 |
|
|
@item Rhl
|
| 2577 |
|
|
$r0 or $r1 (registers with addressable high/low bytes)
|
| 2578 |
|
|
|
| 2579 |
|
|
@item R23
|
| 2580 |
|
|
$r2 or $r3
|
| 2581 |
|
|
|
| 2582 |
|
|
@item Raa
|
| 2583 |
|
|
Address registers
|
| 2584 |
|
|
|
| 2585 |
|
|
@item Raw
|
| 2586 |
|
|
Address registers when they're 16 bits wide.
|
| 2587 |
|
|
|
| 2588 |
|
|
@item Ral
|
| 2589 |
|
|
Address registers when they're 24 bits wide.
|
| 2590 |
|
|
|
| 2591 |
|
|
@item Rqi
|
| 2592 |
|
|
Registers that can hold QI values.
|
| 2593 |
|
|
|
| 2594 |
|
|
@item Rad
|
| 2595 |
|
|
Registers that can be used with displacements ($a0, $a1, $sb).
|
| 2596 |
|
|
|
| 2597 |
|
|
@item Rsi
|
| 2598 |
|
|
Registers that can hold 32 bit values.
|
| 2599 |
|
|
|
| 2600 |
|
|
@item Rhi
|
| 2601 |
|
|
Registers that can hold 16 bit values.
|
| 2602 |
|
|
|
| 2603 |
|
|
@item Rhc
|
| 2604 |
|
|
Registers chat can hold 16 bit values, including all control
|
| 2605 |
|
|
registers.
|
| 2606 |
|
|
|
| 2607 |
|
|
@item Rra
|
| 2608 |
|
|
$r0 through R1, plus $a0 and $a1.
|
| 2609 |
|
|
|
| 2610 |
|
|
@item Rfl
|
| 2611 |
|
|
The flags register.
|
| 2612 |
|
|
|
| 2613 |
|
|
@item Rmm
|
| 2614 |
|
|
The memory-based pseudo-registers $mem0 through $mem15.
|
| 2615 |
|
|
|
| 2616 |
|
|
@item Rpi
|
| 2617 |
|
|
Registers that can hold pointers (16 bit registers for r8c, m16c; 24
|
| 2618 |
|
|
bit registers for m32cm, m32c).
|
| 2619 |
|
|
|
| 2620 |
|
|
@item Rpa
|
| 2621 |
|
|
Matches multiple registers in a PARALLEL to form a larger register.
|
| 2622 |
|
|
Used to match function return values.
|
| 2623 |
|
|
|
| 2624 |
|
|
@item Is3
|
| 2625 |
|
|
@minus{}8 @dots{} 7
|
| 2626 |
|
|
|
| 2627 |
|
|
@item IS1
|
| 2628 |
|
|
@minus{}128 @dots{} 127
|
| 2629 |
|
|
|
| 2630 |
|
|
@item IS2
|
| 2631 |
|
|
@minus{}32768 @dots{} 32767
|
| 2632 |
|
|
|
| 2633 |
|
|
@item IU2
|
| 2634 |
|
|
|
| 2635 |
|
|
|
| 2636 |
|
|
@item In4
|
| 2637 |
|
|
@minus{}8 @dots{} @minus{}1 or 1 @dots{} 8
|
| 2638 |
|
|
|
| 2639 |
|
|
@item In5
|
| 2640 |
|
|
@minus{}16 @dots{} @minus{}1 or 1 @dots{} 16
|
| 2641 |
|
|
|
| 2642 |
|
|
@item In6
|
| 2643 |
|
|
@minus{}32 @dots{} @minus{}1 or 1 @dots{} 32
|
| 2644 |
|
|
|
| 2645 |
|
|
@item IM2
|
| 2646 |
|
|
@minus{}65536 @dots{} @minus{}1
|
| 2647 |
|
|
|
| 2648 |
|
|
@item Ilb
|
| 2649 |
|
|
An 8 bit value with exactly one bit set.
|
| 2650 |
|
|
|
| 2651 |
|
|
@item Ilw
|
| 2652 |
|
|
A 16 bit value with exactly one bit set.
|
| 2653 |
|
|
|
| 2654 |
|
|
@item Sd
|
| 2655 |
|
|
The common src/dest memory addressing modes.
|
| 2656 |
|
|
|
| 2657 |
|
|
@item Sa
|
| 2658 |
|
|
Memory addressed using $a0 or $a1.
|
| 2659 |
|
|
|
| 2660 |
|
|
@item Si
|
| 2661 |
|
|
Memory addressed with immediate addresses.
|
| 2662 |
|
|
|
| 2663 |
|
|
@item Ss
|
| 2664 |
|
|
Memory addressed using the stack pointer ($sp).
|
| 2665 |
|
|
|
| 2666 |
|
|
@item Sf
|
| 2667 |
|
|
Memory addressed using the frame base register ($fb).
|
| 2668 |
|
|
|
| 2669 |
|
|
@item Ss
|
| 2670 |
|
|
Memory addressed using the small base register ($sb).
|
| 2671 |
|
|
|
| 2672 |
|
|
@item S1
|
| 2673 |
|
|
$r1h
|
| 2674 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2675 |
|
|
|
| 2676 |
|
|
@item MeP---@file{config/mep/constraints.md}
|
| 2677 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2678 |
|
|
|
| 2679 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2680 |
|
|
The $sp register.
|
| 2681 |
|
|
|
| 2682 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 2683 |
|
|
The $tp register.
|
| 2684 |
|
|
|
| 2685 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 2686 |
|
|
Any control register.
|
| 2687 |
|
|
|
| 2688 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2689 |
|
|
Either the $hi or the $lo register.
|
| 2690 |
|
|
|
| 2691 |
|
|
@item em
|
| 2692 |
|
|
Coprocessor registers that can be directly loaded ($c0-$c15).
|
| 2693 |
|
|
|
| 2694 |
|
|
@item ex
|
| 2695 |
|
|
Coprocessor registers that can be moved to each other.
|
| 2696 |
|
|
|
| 2697 |
|
|
@item er
|
| 2698 |
|
|
Coprocessor registers that can be moved to core registers.
|
| 2699 |
|
|
|
| 2700 |
|
|
@item h
|
| 2701 |
|
|
The $hi register.
|
| 2702 |
|
|
|
| 2703 |
|
|
@item j
|
| 2704 |
|
|
The $rpc register.
|
| 2705 |
|
|
|
| 2706 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 2707 |
|
|
The $lo register.
|
| 2708 |
|
|
|
| 2709 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 2710 |
|
|
Registers which can be used in $tp-relative addressing.
|
| 2711 |
|
|
|
| 2712 |
|
|
@item v
|
| 2713 |
|
|
The $gp register.
|
| 2714 |
|
|
|
| 2715 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 2716 |
|
|
The coprocessor registers.
|
| 2717 |
|
|
|
| 2718 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 2719 |
|
|
The coprocessor control registers.
|
| 2720 |
|
|
|
| 2721 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 2722 |
|
|
The $0 register.
|
| 2723 |
|
|
|
| 2724 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 2725 |
|
|
User-defined register set A.
|
| 2726 |
|
|
|
| 2727 |
|
|
@item B
|
| 2728 |
|
|
User-defined register set B.
|
| 2729 |
|
|
|
| 2730 |
|
|
@item C
|
| 2731 |
|
|
User-defined register set C.
|
| 2732 |
|
|
|
| 2733 |
|
|
@item D
|
| 2734 |
|
|
User-defined register set D.
|
| 2735 |
|
|
|
| 2736 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2737 |
|
|
Offsets for $gp-rel addressing.
|
| 2738 |
|
|
|
| 2739 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2740 |
|
|
Constants that can be used directly with boolean insns.
|
| 2741 |
|
|
|
| 2742 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 2743 |
|
|
Constants that can be moved directly to registers.
|
| 2744 |
|
|
|
| 2745 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2746 |
|
|
Small constants that can be added to registers.
|
| 2747 |
|
|
|
| 2748 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2749 |
|
|
Long shift counts.
|
| 2750 |
|
|
|
| 2751 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2752 |
|
|
Small constants that can be compared to registers.
|
| 2753 |
|
|
|
| 2754 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2755 |
|
|
Constants that can be loaded into the top half of registers.
|
| 2756 |
|
|
|
| 2757 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 2758 |
|
|
Signed 8-bit immediates.
|
| 2759 |
|
|
|
| 2760 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 2761 |
|
|
Symbols encoded for $tp-rel or $gp-rel addressing.
|
| 2762 |
|
|
|
| 2763 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 2764 |
|
|
Non-constant addresses for loading/saving coprocessor registers.
|
| 2765 |
|
|
|
| 2766 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 2767 |
|
|
The top half of a symbol's value.
|
| 2768 |
|
|
|
| 2769 |
|
|
@item Y
|
| 2770 |
|
|
A register indirect address without offset.
|
| 2771 |
|
|
|
| 2772 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 2773 |
|
|
Symbolic references to the control bus.
|
| 2774 |
|
|
|
| 2775 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2776 |
|
|
|
| 2777 |
|
|
@item MicroBlaze---@file{config/microblaze/constraints.md}
|
| 2778 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2779 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2780 |
|
|
A general register (@code{r0} to @code{r31}).
|
| 2781 |
|
|
|
| 2782 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 2783 |
|
|
A status register (@code{rmsr}, @code{$fcc1} to @code{$fcc7}).
|
| 2784 |
|
|
|
| 2785 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2786 |
|
|
|
| 2787 |
|
|
@item MIPS---@file{config/mips/constraints.md}
|
| 2788 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2789 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2790 |
|
|
An address register. This is equivalent to @code{r} unless
|
| 2791 |
|
|
generating MIPS16 code.
|
| 2792 |
|
|
|
| 2793 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2794 |
|
|
A floating-point register (if available).
|
| 2795 |
|
|
|
| 2796 |
|
|
@item h
|
| 2797 |
|
|
Formerly the @code{hi} register. This constraint is no longer supported.
|
| 2798 |
|
|
|
| 2799 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 2800 |
|
|
The @code{lo} register. Use this register to store values that are
|
| 2801 |
|
|
no bigger than a word.
|
| 2802 |
|
|
|
| 2803 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 2804 |
|
|
The concatenated @code{hi} and @code{lo} registers. Use this register
|
| 2805 |
|
|
to store doubleword values.
|
| 2806 |
|
|
|
| 2807 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 2808 |
|
|
A register suitable for use in an indirect jump. This will always be
|
| 2809 |
|
|
@code{$25} for @option{-mabicalls}.
|
| 2810 |
|
|
|
| 2811 |
|
|
@item v
|
| 2812 |
|
|
Register @code{$3}. Do not use this constraint in new code;
|
| 2813 |
|
|
it is retained only for compatibility with glibc.
|
| 2814 |
|
|
|
| 2815 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 2816 |
|
|
Equivalent to @code{r}; retained for backwards compatibility.
|
| 2817 |
|
|
|
| 2818 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 2819 |
|
|
A floating-point condition code register.
|
| 2820 |
|
|
|
| 2821 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2822 |
|
|
A signed 16-bit constant (for arithmetic instructions).
|
| 2823 |
|
|
|
| 2824 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2825 |
|
|
Integer zero.
|
| 2826 |
|
|
|
| 2827 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 2828 |
|
|
An unsigned 16-bit constant (for logic instructions).
|
| 2829 |
|
|
|
| 2830 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2831 |
|
|
A signed 32-bit constant in which the lower 16 bits are zero.
|
| 2832 |
|
|
Such constants can be loaded using @code{lui}.
|
| 2833 |
|
|
|
| 2834 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2835 |
|
|
A constant that cannot be loaded using @code{lui}, @code{addiu}
|
| 2836 |
|
|
or @code{ori}.
|
| 2837 |
|
|
|
| 2838 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2839 |
|
|
A constant in the range @minus{}65535 to @minus{}1 (inclusive).
|
| 2840 |
|
|
|
| 2841 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2842 |
|
|
A signed 15-bit constant.
|
| 2843 |
|
|
|
| 2844 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 2845 |
|
|
A constant in the range 1 to 65535 (inclusive).
|
| 2846 |
|
|
|
| 2847 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 2848 |
|
|
Floating-point zero.
|
| 2849 |
|
|
|
| 2850 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 2851 |
|
|
An address that can be used in a non-macro load or store.
|
| 2852 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2853 |
|
|
|
| 2854 |
|
|
@item Motorola 680x0---@file{config/m68k/constraints.md}
|
| 2855 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2856 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2857 |
|
|
Address register
|
| 2858 |
|
|
|
| 2859 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2860 |
|
|
Data register
|
| 2861 |
|
|
|
| 2862 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2863 |
|
|
68881 floating-point register, if available
|
| 2864 |
|
|
|
| 2865 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2866 |
|
|
Integer in the range 1 to 8
|
| 2867 |
|
|
|
| 2868 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2869 |
|
|
16-bit signed number
|
| 2870 |
|
|
|
| 2871 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 2872 |
|
|
Signed number whose magnitude is greater than 0x80
|
| 2873 |
|
|
|
| 2874 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2875 |
|
|
Integer in the range @minus{}8 to @minus{}1
|
| 2876 |
|
|
|
| 2877 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2878 |
|
|
Signed number whose magnitude is greater than 0x100
|
| 2879 |
|
|
|
| 2880 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2881 |
|
|
Range 24 to 31, rotatert:SI 8 to 1 expressed as rotate
|
| 2882 |
|
|
|
| 2883 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2884 |
|
|
16 (for rotate using swap)
|
| 2885 |
|
|
|
| 2886 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 2887 |
|
|
Range 8 to 15, rotatert:HI 8 to 1 expressed as rotate
|
| 2888 |
|
|
|
| 2889 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 2890 |
|
|
Numbers that mov3q can handle
|
| 2891 |
|
|
|
| 2892 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 2893 |
|
|
Floating point constant that is not a 68881 constant
|
| 2894 |
|
|
|
| 2895 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 2896 |
|
|
Operands that satisfy 'm' when -mpcrel is in effect
|
| 2897 |
|
|
|
| 2898 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 2899 |
|
|
Operands that satisfy 's' when -mpcrel is not in effect
|
| 2900 |
|
|
|
| 2901 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 2902 |
|
|
Address register indirect addressing mode
|
| 2903 |
|
|
|
| 2904 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 2905 |
|
|
Register offset addressing
|
| 2906 |
|
|
|
| 2907 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 2908 |
|
|
const_call_operand
|
| 2909 |
|
|
|
| 2910 |
|
|
@item Cs
|
| 2911 |
|
|
symbol_ref or const
|
| 2912 |
|
|
|
| 2913 |
|
|
@item Ci
|
| 2914 |
|
|
const_int
|
| 2915 |
|
|
|
| 2916 |
|
|
@item C0
|
| 2917 |
|
|
const_int 0
|
| 2918 |
|
|
|
| 2919 |
|
|
@item Cj
|
| 2920 |
|
|
Range of signed numbers that don't fit in 16 bits
|
| 2921 |
|
|
|
| 2922 |
|
|
@item Cmvq
|
| 2923 |
|
|
Integers valid for mvq
|
| 2924 |
|
|
|
| 2925 |
|
|
@item Capsw
|
| 2926 |
|
|
Integers valid for a moveq followed by a swap
|
| 2927 |
|
|
|
| 2928 |
|
|
@item Cmvz
|
| 2929 |
|
|
Integers valid for mvz
|
| 2930 |
|
|
|
| 2931 |
|
|
@item Cmvs
|
| 2932 |
|
|
Integers valid for mvs
|
| 2933 |
|
|
|
| 2934 |
|
|
@item Ap
|
| 2935 |
|
|
push_operand
|
| 2936 |
|
|
|
| 2937 |
|
|
@item Ac
|
| 2938 |
|
|
Non-register operands allowed in clr
|
| 2939 |
|
|
|
| 2940 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2941 |
|
|
|
| 2942 |
|
|
@item Moxie---@file{config/moxie/constraints.md}
|
| 2943 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2944 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 2945 |
|
|
An absolute address
|
| 2946 |
|
|
|
| 2947 |
|
|
@item B
|
| 2948 |
|
|
An offset address
|
| 2949 |
|
|
|
| 2950 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 2951 |
|
|
A register indirect memory operand
|
| 2952 |
|
|
|
| 2953 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2954 |
|
|
A constant in the range of 0 to 255.
|
| 2955 |
|
|
|
| 2956 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2957 |
|
|
A constant in the range of 0 to @minus{}255.
|
| 2958 |
|
|
|
| 2959 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 2960 |
|
|
|
| 2961 |
|
|
@item PDP-11---@file{config/pdp11/constraints.md}
|
| 2962 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 2963 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 2964 |
|
|
Floating point registers AC0 through AC3. These can be loaded from/to
|
| 2965 |
|
|
memory with a single instruction.
|
| 2966 |
|
|
|
| 2967 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 2968 |
|
|
Odd numbered general registers (R1, R3, R5). These are used for
|
| 2969 |
|
|
16-bit multiply operations.
|
| 2970 |
|
|
|
| 2971 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 2972 |
|
|
Any of the floating point registers (AC0 through AC5).
|
| 2973 |
|
|
|
| 2974 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 2975 |
|
|
Floating point constant 0.
|
| 2976 |
|
|
|
| 2977 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 2978 |
|
|
An integer constant that fits in 16 bits.
|
| 2979 |
|
|
|
| 2980 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 2981 |
|
|
An integer constant whose low order 16 bits are zero.
|
| 2982 |
|
|
|
| 2983 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 2984 |
|
|
An integer constant that does not meet the constraints for codes
|
| 2985 |
|
|
@samp{I} or @samp{J}.
|
| 2986 |
|
|
|
| 2987 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 2988 |
|
|
The integer constant 1.
|
| 2989 |
|
|
|
| 2990 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 2991 |
|
|
The integer constant @minus{}1.
|
| 2992 |
|
|
|
| 2993 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 2994 |
|
|
The integer constant 0.
|
| 2995 |
|
|
|
| 2996 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 2997 |
|
|
Integer constants @minus{}4 through @minus{}1 and 1 through 4; shifts by these
|
| 2998 |
|
|
amounts are handled as multiple single-bit shifts rather than a single
|
| 2999 |
|
|
variable-length shift.
|
| 3000 |
|
|
|
| 3001 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3002 |
|
|
A memory reference which requires an additional word (address or
|
| 3003 |
|
|
offset) after the opcode.
|
| 3004 |
|
|
|
| 3005 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 3006 |
|
|
A memory reference that is encoded within the opcode.
|
| 3007 |
|
|
|
| 3008 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3009 |
|
|
|
| 3010 |
|
|
@item RL78---@file{config/rl78/constraints.md}
|
| 3011 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3012 |
|
|
|
| 3013 |
|
|
@item Int3
|
| 3014 |
|
|
An integer constant in the range 1 @dots{} 7.
|
| 3015 |
|
|
@item Int8
|
| 3016 |
|
|
An integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 255.
|
| 3017 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3018 |
|
|
An integer constant in the range @minus{}255 @dots{} 0
|
| 3019 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3020 |
|
|
The integer constant 1.
|
| 3021 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3022 |
|
|
The integer constant -1.
|
| 3023 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3024 |
|
|
The integer constant 0.
|
| 3025 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3026 |
|
|
The integer constant 2.
|
| 3027 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 3028 |
|
|
The integer constant -2.
|
| 3029 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 3030 |
|
|
An integer constant in the range 1 @dots{} 15.
|
| 3031 |
|
|
@item Qbi
|
| 3032 |
|
|
The built-in compare types--eq, ne, gtu, ltu, geu, and leu.
|
| 3033 |
|
|
@item Qsc
|
| 3034 |
|
|
The synthetic compare types--gt, lt, ge, and le.
|
| 3035 |
|
|
@item Wab
|
| 3036 |
|
|
A memory reference with an absolute address.
|
| 3037 |
|
|
@item Wbc
|
| 3038 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{BC} as a base register, with an optional offset.
|
| 3039 |
|
|
@item Wca
|
| 3040 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{AX}, @code{BC}, @code{DE}, or @code{HL} for the address, for calls.
|
| 3041 |
|
|
@item Wcv
|
| 3042 |
|
|
A memory reference using any 16-bit register pair for the address, for calls.
|
| 3043 |
|
|
@item Wd2
|
| 3044 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{DE} as a base register, with an optional offset.
|
| 3045 |
|
|
@item Wde
|
| 3046 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{DE} as a base register, without any offset.
|
| 3047 |
|
|
@item Wfr
|
| 3048 |
|
|
Any memory reference to an address in the far address space.
|
| 3049 |
|
|
@item Wh1
|
| 3050 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{HL} as a base register, with an optional one-byte offset.
|
| 3051 |
|
|
@item Whb
|
| 3052 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{HL} as a base register, with @code{B} or @code{C} as the index register.
|
| 3053 |
|
|
@item Whl
|
| 3054 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{HL} as a base register, without any offset.
|
| 3055 |
|
|
@item Ws1
|
| 3056 |
|
|
A memory reference using @code{SP} as a base register, with an optional one-byte offset.
|
| 3057 |
|
|
@item Y
|
| 3058 |
|
|
Any memory reference to an address in the near address space.
|
| 3059 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 3060 |
|
|
The @code{AX} register.
|
| 3061 |
|
|
@item B
|
| 3062 |
|
|
The @code{BC} register.
|
| 3063 |
|
|
@item D
|
| 3064 |
|
|
The @code{DE} register.
|
| 3065 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 3066 |
|
|
@code{A} through @code{L} registers.
|
| 3067 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 3068 |
|
|
The @code{SP} register.
|
| 3069 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3070 |
|
|
The @code{HL} register.
|
| 3071 |
|
|
@item Z08W
|
| 3072 |
|
|
The 16-bit @code{R8} register.
|
| 3073 |
|
|
@item Z10W
|
| 3074 |
|
|
The 16-bit @code{R10} register.
|
| 3075 |
|
|
@item Zint
|
| 3076 |
|
|
The registers reserved for interrupts (@code{R24} to @code{R31}).
|
| 3077 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 3078 |
|
|
The @code{A} register.
|
| 3079 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 3080 |
|
|
The @code{B} register.
|
| 3081 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 3082 |
|
|
The @code{C} register.
|
| 3083 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 3084 |
|
|
The @code{D} register.
|
| 3085 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 3086 |
|
|
The @code{E} register.
|
| 3087 |
|
|
@item h
|
| 3088 |
|
|
The @code{H} register.
|
| 3089 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 3090 |
|
|
The @code{L} register.
|
| 3091 |
|
|
@item v
|
| 3092 |
|
|
The virtual registers.
|
| 3093 |
|
|
@item w
|
| 3094 |
|
|
The @code{PSW} register.
|
| 3095 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 3096 |
|
|
The @code{X} register.
|
| 3097 |
|
|
|
| 3098 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3099 |
|
|
|
| 3100 |
|
|
@item RX---@file{config/rx/constraints.md}
|
| 3101 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3102 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3103 |
|
|
An address which does not involve register indirect addressing or
|
| 3104 |
|
|
pre/post increment/decrement addressing.
|
| 3105 |
|
|
|
| 3106 |
|
|
@item Symbol
|
| 3107 |
|
|
A symbol reference.
|
| 3108 |
|
|
|
| 3109 |
|
|
@item Int08
|
| 3110 |
|
|
A constant in the range @minus{}256 to 255, inclusive.
|
| 3111 |
|
|
|
| 3112 |
|
|
@item Sint08
|
| 3113 |
|
|
A constant in the range @minus{}128 to 127, inclusive.
|
| 3114 |
|
|
|
| 3115 |
|
|
@item Sint16
|
| 3116 |
|
|
A constant in the range @minus{}32768 to 32767, inclusive.
|
| 3117 |
|
|
|
| 3118 |
|
|
@item Sint24
|
| 3119 |
|
|
A constant in the range @minus{}8388608 to 8388607, inclusive.
|
| 3120 |
|
|
|
| 3121 |
|
|
@item Uint04
|
| 3122 |
|
|
A constant in the range 0 to 15, inclusive.
|
| 3123 |
|
|
|
| 3124 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3125 |
|
|
|
| 3126 |
|
|
@need 1000
|
| 3127 |
|
|
@item SPARC---@file{config/sparc/sparc.h}
|
| 3128 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3129 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 3130 |
|
|
Floating-point register on the SPARC-V8 architecture and
|
| 3131 |
|
|
lower floating-point register on the SPARC-V9 architecture.
|
| 3132 |
|
|
|
| 3133 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 3134 |
|
|
Floating-point register. It is equivalent to @samp{f} on the
|
| 3135 |
|
|
SPARC-V8 architecture and contains both lower and upper
|
| 3136 |
|
|
floating-point registers on the SPARC-V9 architecture.
|
| 3137 |
|
|
|
| 3138 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 3139 |
|
|
Floating-point condition code register.
|
| 3140 |
|
|
|
| 3141 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 3142 |
|
|
Lower floating-point register. It is only valid on the SPARC-V9
|
| 3143 |
|
|
architecture when the Visual Instruction Set is available.
|
| 3144 |
|
|
|
| 3145 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 3146 |
|
|
Floating-point register. It is only valid on the SPARC-V9 architecture
|
| 3147 |
|
|
when the Visual Instruction Set is available.
|
| 3148 |
|
|
|
| 3149 |
|
|
@item h
|
| 3150 |
|
|
64-bit global or out register for the SPARC-V8+ architecture.
|
| 3151 |
|
|
|
| 3152 |
|
|
@item D
|
| 3153 |
|
|
A vector constant
|
| 3154 |
|
|
|
| 3155 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3156 |
|
|
Signed 13-bit constant
|
| 3157 |
|
|
|
| 3158 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3159 |
|
|
Zero
|
| 3160 |
|
|
|
| 3161 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3162 |
|
|
32-bit constant with the low 12 bits clear (a constant that can be
|
| 3163 |
|
|
loaded with the @code{sethi} instruction)
|
| 3164 |
|
|
|
| 3165 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3166 |
|
|
A constant in the range supported by @code{movcc} instructions
|
| 3167 |
|
|
|
| 3168 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3169 |
|
|
A constant in the range supported by @code{movrcc} instructions
|
| 3170 |
|
|
|
| 3171 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3172 |
|
|
Same as @samp{K}, except that it verifies that bits that are not in the
|
| 3173 |
|
|
lower 32-bit range are all zero. Must be used instead of @samp{K} for
|
| 3174 |
|
|
modes wider than @code{SImode}
|
| 3175 |
|
|
|
| 3176 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 3177 |
|
|
The constant 4096
|
| 3178 |
|
|
|
| 3179 |
|
|
@item G
|
| 3180 |
|
|
Floating-point zero
|
| 3181 |
|
|
|
| 3182 |
|
|
@item H
|
| 3183 |
|
|
Signed 13-bit constant, sign-extended to 32 or 64 bits
|
| 3184 |
|
|
|
| 3185 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3186 |
|
|
Floating-point constant whose integral representation can
|
| 3187 |
|
|
be moved into an integer register using a single sethi
|
| 3188 |
|
|
instruction
|
| 3189 |
|
|
|
| 3190 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 3191 |
|
|
Floating-point constant whose integral representation can
|
| 3192 |
|
|
be moved into an integer register using a single mov
|
| 3193 |
|
|
instruction
|
| 3194 |
|
|
|
| 3195 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 3196 |
|
|
Floating-point constant whose integral representation can
|
| 3197 |
|
|
be moved into an integer register using a high/lo_sum
|
| 3198 |
|
|
instruction sequence
|
| 3199 |
|
|
|
| 3200 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3201 |
|
|
Memory address aligned to an 8-byte boundary
|
| 3202 |
|
|
|
| 3203 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 3204 |
|
|
Even register
|
| 3205 |
|
|
|
| 3206 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 3207 |
|
|
Memory address for @samp{e} constraint registers
|
| 3208 |
|
|
|
| 3209 |
|
|
@item Y
|
| 3210 |
|
|
Vector zero
|
| 3211 |
|
|
|
| 3212 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3213 |
|
|
|
| 3214 |
|
|
@item SPU---@file{config/spu/spu.h}
|
| 3215 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3216 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 3217 |
|
|
An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
|
| 3218 |
|
|
|
| 3219 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 3220 |
|
|
An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
|
| 3221 |
|
|
|
| 3222 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 3223 |
|
|
An immediate for the @code{iohl} instruction. const_int is treated as a 64 bit value.
|
| 3224 |
|
|
|
| 3225 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 3226 |
|
|
An immediate which can be loaded with @code{fsmbi}.
|
| 3227 |
|
|
|
| 3228 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 3229 |
|
|
An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
|
| 3230 |
|
|
|
| 3231 |
|
|
@item B
|
| 3232 |
|
|
An immediate for most arithmetic instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
|
| 3233 |
|
|
|
| 3234 |
|
|
@item C
|
| 3235 |
|
|
An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
|
| 3236 |
|
|
|
| 3237 |
|
|
@item D
|
| 3238 |
|
|
An immediate for the @code{iohl} instruction. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
|
| 3239 |
|
|
|
| 3240 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3241 |
|
|
A constant in the range [@minus{}64, 63] for shift/rotate instructions.
|
| 3242 |
|
|
|
| 3243 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3244 |
|
|
An unsigned 7-bit constant for conversion/nop/channel instructions.
|
| 3245 |
|
|
|
| 3246 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3247 |
|
|
A signed 10-bit constant for most arithmetic instructions.
|
| 3248 |
|
|
|
| 3249 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3250 |
|
|
A signed 16 bit immediate for @code{stop}.
|
| 3251 |
|
|
|
| 3252 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3253 |
|
|
An unsigned 16-bit constant for @code{iohl} and @code{fsmbi}.
|
| 3254 |
|
|
|
| 3255 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 3256 |
|
|
An unsigned 7-bit constant whose 3 least significant bits are 0.
|
| 3257 |
|
|
|
| 3258 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 3259 |
|
|
An unsigned 3-bit constant for 16-byte rotates and shifts
|
| 3260 |
|
|
|
| 3261 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 3262 |
|
|
Call operand, reg, for indirect calls
|
| 3263 |
|
|
|
| 3264 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 3265 |
|
|
Call operand, symbol, for relative calls.
|
| 3266 |
|
|
|
| 3267 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3268 |
|
|
Call operand, const_int, for absolute calls.
|
| 3269 |
|
|
|
| 3270 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 3271 |
|
|
An immediate which can be loaded with the il/ila/ilh/ilhu instructions. const_int is sign extended to 128 bit.
|
| 3272 |
|
|
|
| 3273 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 3274 |
|
|
An immediate for shift and rotate instructions. const_int is treated as a 32 bit value.
|
| 3275 |
|
|
|
| 3276 |
|
|
@item Y
|
| 3277 |
|
|
An immediate for and/xor/or instructions. const_int is sign extended as a 128 bit.
|
| 3278 |
|
|
|
| 3279 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 3280 |
|
|
An immediate for the @code{iohl} instruction. const_int is sign extended to 128 bit.
|
| 3281 |
|
|
|
| 3282 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3283 |
|
|
|
| 3284 |
|
|
@item S/390 and zSeries---@file{config/s390/s390.h}
|
| 3285 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3286 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 3287 |
|
|
Address register (general purpose register except r0)
|
| 3288 |
|
|
|
| 3289 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 3290 |
|
|
Condition code register
|
| 3291 |
|
|
|
| 3292 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 3293 |
|
|
Data register (arbitrary general purpose register)
|
| 3294 |
|
|
|
| 3295 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 3296 |
|
|
Floating-point register
|
| 3297 |
|
|
|
| 3298 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3299 |
|
|
Unsigned 8-bit constant (0--255)
|
| 3300 |
|
|
|
| 3301 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3302 |
|
|
Unsigned 12-bit constant (0--4095)
|
| 3303 |
|
|
|
| 3304 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3305 |
|
|
Signed 16-bit constant (@minus{}32768--32767)
|
| 3306 |
|
|
|
| 3307 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3308 |
|
|
Value appropriate as displacement.
|
| 3309 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3310 |
|
|
@item (0..4095)
|
| 3311 |
|
|
for short displacement
|
| 3312 |
|
|
@item (@minus{}524288..524287)
|
| 3313 |
|
|
for long displacement
|
| 3314 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3315 |
|
|
|
| 3316 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3317 |
|
|
Constant integer with a value of 0x7fffffff.
|
| 3318 |
|
|
|
| 3319 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3320 |
|
|
Multiple letter constraint followed by 4 parameter letters.
|
| 3321 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3322 |
|
|
@item 0..9:
|
| 3323 |
|
|
number of the part counting from most to least significant
|
| 3324 |
|
|
@item H,Q:
|
| 3325 |
|
|
mode of the part
|
| 3326 |
|
|
@item D,S,H:
|
| 3327 |
|
|
mode of the containing operand
|
| 3328 |
|
|
@item 0,F:
|
| 3329 |
|
|
value of the other parts (F---all bits set)
|
| 3330 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3331 |
|
|
The constraint matches if the specified part of a constant
|
| 3332 |
|
|
has a value different from its other parts.
|
| 3333 |
|
|
|
| 3334 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3335 |
|
|
Memory reference without index register and with short displacement.
|
| 3336 |
|
|
|
| 3337 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 3338 |
|
|
Memory reference with index register and short displacement.
|
| 3339 |
|
|
|
| 3340 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 3341 |
|
|
Memory reference without index register but with long displacement.
|
| 3342 |
|
|
|
| 3343 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3344 |
|
|
Memory reference with index register and long displacement.
|
| 3345 |
|
|
|
| 3346 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 3347 |
|
|
Pointer with short displacement.
|
| 3348 |
|
|
|
| 3349 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 3350 |
|
|
Pointer with long displacement.
|
| 3351 |
|
|
|
| 3352 |
|
|
@item Y
|
| 3353 |
|
|
Shift count operand.
|
| 3354 |
|
|
|
| 3355 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3356 |
|
|
|
| 3357 |
|
|
@item Score family---@file{config/score/score.h}
|
| 3358 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3359 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 3360 |
|
|
Registers from r0 to r32.
|
| 3361 |
|
|
|
| 3362 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 3363 |
|
|
Registers from r0 to r16.
|
| 3364 |
|
|
|
| 3365 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 3366 |
|
|
r8---r11 or r22---r27 registers.
|
| 3367 |
|
|
|
| 3368 |
|
|
@item h
|
| 3369 |
|
|
hi register.
|
| 3370 |
|
|
|
| 3371 |
|
|
@item l
|
| 3372 |
|
|
lo register.
|
| 3373 |
|
|
|
| 3374 |
|
|
@item x
|
| 3375 |
|
|
hi + lo register.
|
| 3376 |
|
|
|
| 3377 |
|
|
@item q
|
| 3378 |
|
|
cnt register.
|
| 3379 |
|
|
|
| 3380 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 3381 |
|
|
lcb register.
|
| 3382 |
|
|
|
| 3383 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 3384 |
|
|
scb register.
|
| 3385 |
|
|
|
| 3386 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 3387 |
|
|
cnt + lcb + scb register.
|
| 3388 |
|
|
|
| 3389 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 3390 |
|
|
cr0---cr15 register.
|
| 3391 |
|
|
|
| 3392 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 3393 |
|
|
cp1 registers.
|
| 3394 |
|
|
|
| 3395 |
|
|
@item f
|
| 3396 |
|
|
cp2 registers.
|
| 3397 |
|
|
|
| 3398 |
|
|
@item i
|
| 3399 |
|
|
cp3 registers.
|
| 3400 |
|
|
|
| 3401 |
|
|
@item j
|
| 3402 |
|
|
cp1 + cp2 + cp3 registers.
|
| 3403 |
|
|
|
| 3404 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3405 |
|
|
High 16-bit constant (32-bit constant with 16 LSBs zero).
|
| 3406 |
|
|
|
| 3407 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3408 |
|
|
Unsigned 5 bit integer (in the range 0 to 31).
|
| 3409 |
|
|
|
| 3410 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3411 |
|
|
Unsigned 16 bit integer (in the range 0 to 65535).
|
| 3412 |
|
|
|
| 3413 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3414 |
|
|
Signed 16 bit integer (in the range @minus{}32768 to 32767).
|
| 3415 |
|
|
|
| 3416 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3417 |
|
|
Unsigned 14 bit integer (in the range 0 to 16383).
|
| 3418 |
|
|
|
| 3419 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3420 |
|
|
Signed 14 bit integer (in the range @minus{}8192 to 8191).
|
| 3421 |
|
|
|
| 3422 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 3423 |
|
|
Any SYMBOL_REF.
|
| 3424 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3425 |
|
|
|
| 3426 |
|
|
@item Xstormy16---@file{config/stormy16/stormy16.h}
|
| 3427 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3428 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 3429 |
|
|
Register r0.
|
| 3430 |
|
|
|
| 3431 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 3432 |
|
|
Register r1.
|
| 3433 |
|
|
|
| 3434 |
|
|
@item c
|
| 3435 |
|
|
Register r2.
|
| 3436 |
|
|
|
| 3437 |
|
|
@item d
|
| 3438 |
|
|
Register r8.
|
| 3439 |
|
|
|
| 3440 |
|
|
@item e
|
| 3441 |
|
|
Registers r0 through r7.
|
| 3442 |
|
|
|
| 3443 |
|
|
@item t
|
| 3444 |
|
|
Registers r0 and r1.
|
| 3445 |
|
|
|
| 3446 |
|
|
@item y
|
| 3447 |
|
|
The carry register.
|
| 3448 |
|
|
|
| 3449 |
|
|
@item z
|
| 3450 |
|
|
Registers r8 and r9.
|
| 3451 |
|
|
|
| 3452 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3453 |
|
|
A constant between 0 and 3 inclusive.
|
| 3454 |
|
|
|
| 3455 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3456 |
|
|
A constant that has exactly one bit set.
|
| 3457 |
|
|
|
| 3458 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3459 |
|
|
A constant that has exactly one bit clear.
|
| 3460 |
|
|
|
| 3461 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3462 |
|
|
A constant between 0 and 255 inclusive.
|
| 3463 |
|
|
|
| 3464 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3465 |
|
|
A constant between @minus{}255 and 0 inclusive.
|
| 3466 |
|
|
|
| 3467 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3468 |
|
|
A constant between @minus{}3 and 0 inclusive.
|
| 3469 |
|
|
|
| 3470 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 3471 |
|
|
A constant between 1 and 4 inclusive.
|
| 3472 |
|
|
|
| 3473 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 3474 |
|
|
A constant between @minus{}4 and @minus{}1 inclusive.
|
| 3475 |
|
|
|
| 3476 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3477 |
|
|
A memory reference that is a stack push.
|
| 3478 |
|
|
|
| 3479 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 3480 |
|
|
A memory reference that is a stack pop.
|
| 3481 |
|
|
|
| 3482 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 3483 |
|
|
A memory reference that refers to a constant address of known value.
|
| 3484 |
|
|
|
| 3485 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3486 |
|
|
The register indicated by Rx (not implemented yet).
|
| 3487 |
|
|
|
| 3488 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 3489 |
|
|
A constant that is not between 2 and 15 inclusive.
|
| 3490 |
|
|
|
| 3491 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 3492 |
|
|
The constant 0.
|
| 3493 |
|
|
|
| 3494 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3495 |
|
|
|
| 3496 |
|
|
@item TI C6X family---@file{config/c6x/constraints.md}
|
| 3497 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3498 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 3499 |
|
|
Register file A (A0--A31).
|
| 3500 |
|
|
|
| 3501 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 3502 |
|
|
Register file B (B0--B31).
|
| 3503 |
|
|
|
| 3504 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 3505 |
|
|
Predicate registers in register file A (A0--A2 on C64X and
|
| 3506 |
|
|
higher, A1 and A2 otherwise).
|
| 3507 |
|
|
|
| 3508 |
|
|
@item B
|
| 3509 |
|
|
Predicate registers in register file B (B0--B2).
|
| 3510 |
|
|
|
| 3511 |
|
|
@item C
|
| 3512 |
|
|
A call-used register in register file B (B0--B9, B16--B31).
|
| 3513 |
|
|
|
| 3514 |
|
|
@item Da
|
| 3515 |
|
|
Register file A, excluding predicate registers (A3--A31,
|
| 3516 |
|
|
plus A0 if not C64X or higher).
|
| 3517 |
|
|
|
| 3518 |
|
|
@item Db
|
| 3519 |
|
|
Register file B, excluding predicate registers (B3--B31).
|
| 3520 |
|
|
|
| 3521 |
|
|
@item Iu4
|
| 3522 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 15.
|
| 3523 |
|
|
|
| 3524 |
|
|
@item Iu5
|
| 3525 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 31.
|
| 3526 |
|
|
|
| 3527 |
|
|
@item In5
|
| 3528 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range @minus{}31 @dots{} 0.
|
| 3529 |
|
|
|
| 3530 |
|
|
@item Is5
|
| 3531 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range @minus{}16 @dots{} 15.
|
| 3532 |
|
|
|
| 3533 |
|
|
@item I5x
|
| 3534 |
|
|
Integer constant that can be the operand of an ADDA or a SUBA insn.
|
| 3535 |
|
|
|
| 3536 |
|
|
@item IuB
|
| 3537 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range 0 @dots{} 65535.
|
| 3538 |
|
|
|
| 3539 |
|
|
@item IsB
|
| 3540 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range @minus{}32768 @dots{} 32767.
|
| 3541 |
|
|
|
| 3542 |
|
|
@item IsC
|
| 3543 |
|
|
Integer constant in the range @math{-2^{20}} @dots{} @math{2^{20} - 1}.
|
| 3544 |
|
|
|
| 3545 |
|
|
@item Jc
|
| 3546 |
|
|
Integer constant that is a valid mask for the clr instruction.
|
| 3547 |
|
|
|
| 3548 |
|
|
@item Js
|
| 3549 |
|
|
Integer constant that is a valid mask for the set instruction.
|
| 3550 |
|
|
|
| 3551 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3552 |
|
|
Memory location with A base register.
|
| 3553 |
|
|
|
| 3554 |
|
|
@item R
|
| 3555 |
|
|
Memory location with B base register.
|
| 3556 |
|
|
|
| 3557 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 3558 |
|
|
@item S0
|
| 3559 |
|
|
On C64x+ targets, a GP-relative small data reference.
|
| 3560 |
|
|
|
| 3561 |
|
|
@item S1
|
| 3562 |
|
|
Any kind of @code{SYMBOL_REF}, for use in a call address.
|
| 3563 |
|
|
|
| 3564 |
|
|
@item Si
|
| 3565 |
|
|
Any kind of immediate operand, unless it matches the S0 constraint.
|
| 3566 |
|
|
|
| 3567 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3568 |
|
|
Memory location with B base register, but not using a long offset.
|
| 3569 |
|
|
|
| 3570 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 3571 |
|
|
A memory operand with an address that can't be used in an unaligned access.
|
| 3572 |
|
|
|
| 3573 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 3574 |
|
|
@item Z
|
| 3575 |
|
|
Register B14 (aka DP).
|
| 3576 |
|
|
|
| 3577 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3578 |
|
|
|
| 3579 |
|
|
@item TILE-Gx---@file{config/tilegx/constraints.md}
|
| 3580 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3581 |
|
|
@item R00
|
| 3582 |
|
|
@itemx R01
|
| 3583 |
|
|
@itemx R02
|
| 3584 |
|
|
@itemx R03
|
| 3585 |
|
|
@itemx R04
|
| 3586 |
|
|
@itemx R05
|
| 3587 |
|
|
@itemx R06
|
| 3588 |
|
|
@itemx R07
|
| 3589 |
|
|
@itemx R08
|
| 3590 |
|
|
@itemx R09
|
| 3591 |
|
|
@itemx R010
|
| 3592 |
|
|
Each of these represents a register constraint for an individual
|
| 3593 |
|
|
register, from r0 to r10.
|
| 3594 |
|
|
|
| 3595 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3596 |
|
|
Signed 8-bit integer constant.
|
| 3597 |
|
|
|
| 3598 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3599 |
|
|
Signed 16-bit integer constant.
|
| 3600 |
|
|
|
| 3601 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3602 |
|
|
Unsigned 16-bit integer constant.
|
| 3603 |
|
|
|
| 3604 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3605 |
|
|
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented by one
|
| 3606 |
|
|
(@minus{}129 @dots{} 126).
|
| 3607 |
|
|
|
| 3608 |
|
|
@item m
|
| 3609 |
|
|
Memory operand. If used together with @samp{<} or @samp{>}, the
|
| 3610 |
|
|
operand can have postincrement which requires printing with @samp{%In}
|
| 3611 |
|
|
and @samp{%in} on TILE-Gx. For example:
|
| 3612 |
|
|
|
| 3613 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 3614 |
|
|
asm ("st_add %I0,%1,%i0" : "=m<>" (*mem) : "r" (val));
|
| 3615 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 3616 |
|
|
|
| 3617 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3618 |
|
|
A bit mask suitable for the BFINS instruction.
|
| 3619 |
|
|
|
| 3620 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3621 |
|
|
Integer constant that is a byte tiled out eight times.
|
| 3622 |
|
|
|
| 3623 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 3624 |
|
|
The integer zero constant.
|
| 3625 |
|
|
|
| 3626 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 3627 |
|
|
Integer constant that is a sign-extended byte tiled out as four shorts.
|
| 3628 |
|
|
|
| 3629 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3630 |
|
|
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented
|
| 3631 |
|
|
(@minus{}129 @dots{} 126), but excluding -1.
|
| 3632 |
|
|
|
| 3633 |
|
|
@item S
|
| 3634 |
|
|
Integer constant that has all 1 bits consecutive and starting at bit 0.
|
| 3635 |
|
|
|
| 3636 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3637 |
|
|
A 16-bit fragment of a got, tls, or pc-relative reference.
|
| 3638 |
|
|
|
| 3639 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 3640 |
|
|
Memory operand except postincrement. This is roughly the same as
|
| 3641 |
|
|
@samp{m} when not used together with @samp{<} or @samp{>}.
|
| 3642 |
|
|
|
| 3643 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 3644 |
|
|
An 8-element vector constant with identical elements.
|
| 3645 |
|
|
|
| 3646 |
|
|
@item Y
|
| 3647 |
|
|
A 4-element vector constant with identical elements.
|
| 3648 |
|
|
|
| 3649 |
|
|
@item Z0
|
| 3650 |
|
|
The integer constant 0xffffffff.
|
| 3651 |
|
|
|
| 3652 |
|
|
@item Z1
|
| 3653 |
|
|
The integer constant 0xffffffff00000000.
|
| 3654 |
|
|
|
| 3655 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3656 |
|
|
|
| 3657 |
|
|
@item TILEPro---@file{config/tilepro/constraints.md}
|
| 3658 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3659 |
|
|
@item R00
|
| 3660 |
|
|
@itemx R01
|
| 3661 |
|
|
@itemx R02
|
| 3662 |
|
|
@itemx R03
|
| 3663 |
|
|
@itemx R04
|
| 3664 |
|
|
@itemx R05
|
| 3665 |
|
|
@itemx R06
|
| 3666 |
|
|
@itemx R07
|
| 3667 |
|
|
@itemx R08
|
| 3668 |
|
|
@itemx R09
|
| 3669 |
|
|
@itemx R010
|
| 3670 |
|
|
Each of these represents a register constraint for an individual
|
| 3671 |
|
|
register, from r0 to r10.
|
| 3672 |
|
|
|
| 3673 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3674 |
|
|
Signed 8-bit integer constant.
|
| 3675 |
|
|
|
| 3676 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3677 |
|
|
Signed 16-bit integer constant.
|
| 3678 |
|
|
|
| 3679 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3680 |
|
|
Nonzero integer constant with low 16 bits zero.
|
| 3681 |
|
|
|
| 3682 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3683 |
|
|
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented by one
|
| 3684 |
|
|
(@minus{}129 @dots{} 126).
|
| 3685 |
|
|
|
| 3686 |
|
|
@item m
|
| 3687 |
|
|
Memory operand. If used together with @samp{<} or @samp{>}, the
|
| 3688 |
|
|
operand can have postincrement which requires printing with @samp{%In}
|
| 3689 |
|
|
and @samp{%in} on TILEPro. For example:
|
| 3690 |
|
|
|
| 3691 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 3692 |
|
|
asm ("swadd %I0,%1,%i0" : "=m<>" (mem) : "r" (val));
|
| 3693 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 3694 |
|
|
|
| 3695 |
|
|
@item M
|
| 3696 |
|
|
A bit mask suitable for the MM instruction.
|
| 3697 |
|
|
|
| 3698 |
|
|
@item N
|
| 3699 |
|
|
Integer constant that is a byte tiled out four times.
|
| 3700 |
|
|
|
| 3701 |
|
|
@item O
|
| 3702 |
|
|
The integer zero constant.
|
| 3703 |
|
|
|
| 3704 |
|
|
@item P
|
| 3705 |
|
|
Integer constant that is a sign-extended byte tiled out as two shorts.
|
| 3706 |
|
|
|
| 3707 |
|
|
@item Q
|
| 3708 |
|
|
Integer constant that fits in one signed byte when incremented
|
| 3709 |
|
|
(@minus{}129 @dots{} 126), but excluding -1.
|
| 3710 |
|
|
|
| 3711 |
|
|
@item T
|
| 3712 |
|
|
A symbolic operand, or a 16-bit fragment of a got, tls, or pc-relative
|
| 3713 |
|
|
reference.
|
| 3714 |
|
|
|
| 3715 |
|
|
@item U
|
| 3716 |
|
|
Memory operand except postincrement. This is roughly the same as
|
| 3717 |
|
|
@samp{m} when not used together with @samp{<} or @samp{>}.
|
| 3718 |
|
|
|
| 3719 |
|
|
@item W
|
| 3720 |
|
|
A 4-element vector constant with identical elements.
|
| 3721 |
|
|
|
| 3722 |
|
|
@item Y
|
| 3723 |
|
|
A 2-element vector constant with identical elements.
|
| 3724 |
|
|
|
| 3725 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3726 |
|
|
|
| 3727 |
|
|
@item Xtensa---@file{config/xtensa/constraints.md}
|
| 3728 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 3729 |
|
|
@item a
|
| 3730 |
|
|
General-purpose 32-bit register
|
| 3731 |
|
|
|
| 3732 |
|
|
@item b
|
| 3733 |
|
|
One-bit boolean register
|
| 3734 |
|
|
|
| 3735 |
|
|
@item A
|
| 3736 |
|
|
MAC16 40-bit accumulator register
|
| 3737 |
|
|
|
| 3738 |
|
|
@item I
|
| 3739 |
|
|
Signed 12-bit integer constant, for use in MOVI instructions
|
| 3740 |
|
|
|
| 3741 |
|
|
@item J
|
| 3742 |
|
|
Signed 8-bit integer constant, for use in ADDI instructions
|
| 3743 |
|
|
|
| 3744 |
|
|
@item K
|
| 3745 |
|
|
Integer constant valid for BccI instructions
|
| 3746 |
|
|
|
| 3747 |
|
|
@item L
|
| 3748 |
|
|
Unsigned constant valid for BccUI instructions
|
| 3749 |
|
|
|
| 3750 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3751 |
|
|
|
| 3752 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3753 |
|
|
|
| 3754 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 3755 |
|
|
@node Disable Insn Alternatives
|
| 3756 |
|
|
@subsection Disable insn alternatives using the @code{enabled} attribute
|
| 3757 |
|
|
@cindex enabled
|
| 3758 |
|
|
|
| 3759 |
|
|
The @code{enabled} insn attribute may be used to disable certain insn
|
| 3760 |
|
|
alternatives for machine-specific reasons. This is useful when adding
|
| 3761 |
|
|
new instructions to an existing pattern which are only available for
|
| 3762 |
|
|
certain cpu architecture levels as specified with the @code{-march=}
|
| 3763 |
|
|
option.
|
| 3764 |
|
|
|
| 3765 |
|
|
If an insn alternative is disabled, then it will never be used. The
|
| 3766 |
|
|
compiler treats the constraints for the disabled alternative as
|
| 3767 |
|
|
unsatisfiable.
|
| 3768 |
|
|
|
| 3769 |
|
|
In order to make use of the @code{enabled} attribute a back end has to add
|
| 3770 |
|
|
in the machine description files:
|
| 3771 |
|
|
|
| 3772 |
|
|
@enumerate
|
| 3773 |
|
|
@item
|
| 3774 |
|
|
A definition of the @code{enabled} insn attribute. The attribute is
|
| 3775 |
|
|
defined as usual using the @code{define_attr} command. This
|
| 3776 |
|
|
definition should be based on other insn attributes and/or target flags.
|
| 3777 |
|
|
The @code{enabled} attribute is a numeric attribute and should evaluate to
|
| 3778 |
|
|
@code{(const_int 1)} for an enabled alternative and to
|
| 3779 |
|
|
@code{(const_int 0)} otherwise.
|
| 3780 |
|
|
@item
|
| 3781 |
|
|
A definition of another insn attribute used to describe for what
|
| 3782 |
|
|
reason an insn alternative might be available or
|
| 3783 |
|
|
not. E.g. @code{cpu_facility} as in the example below.
|
| 3784 |
|
|
@item
|
| 3785 |
|
|
An assignment for the second attribute to each insn definition
|
| 3786 |
|
|
combining instructions which are not all available under the same
|
| 3787 |
|
|
circumstances. (Note: It obviously only makes sense for definitions
|
| 3788 |
|
|
with more than one alternative. Otherwise the insn pattern should be
|
| 3789 |
|
|
disabled or enabled using the insn condition.)
|
| 3790 |
|
|
@end enumerate
|
| 3791 |
|
|
|
| 3792 |
|
|
E.g. the following two patterns could easily be merged using the @code{enabled}
|
| 3793 |
|
|
attribute:
|
| 3794 |
|
|
|
| 3795 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 3796 |
|
|
|
| 3797 |
|
|
(define_insn "*movdi_old"
|
| 3798 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d")
|
| 3799 |
|
|
(match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" " d"))]
|
| 3800 |
|
|
"!TARGET_NEW"
|
| 3801 |
|
|
"lgr %0,%1")
|
| 3802 |
|
|
|
| 3803 |
|
|
(define_insn "*movdi_new"
|
| 3804 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d,f,d")
|
| 3805 |
|
|
(match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" " d,d,f"))]
|
| 3806 |
|
|
"TARGET_NEW"
|
| 3807 |
|
|
"@@
|
| 3808 |
|
|
lgr %0,%1
|
| 3809 |
|
|
ldgr %0,%1
|
| 3810 |
|
|
lgdr %0,%1")
|
| 3811 |
|
|
|
| 3812 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 3813 |
|
|
|
| 3814 |
|
|
to:
|
| 3815 |
|
|
|
| 3816 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 3817 |
|
|
|
| 3818 |
|
|
(define_insn "*movdi_combined"
|
| 3819 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d,f,d")
|
| 3820 |
|
|
(match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" " d,d,f"))]
|
| 3821 |
|
|
""
|
| 3822 |
|
|
"@@
|
| 3823 |
|
|
lgr %0,%1
|
| 3824 |
|
|
ldgr %0,%1
|
| 3825 |
|
|
lgdr %0,%1"
|
| 3826 |
|
|
[(set_attr "cpu_facility" "*,new,new")])
|
| 3827 |
|
|
|
| 3828 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 3829 |
|
|
|
| 3830 |
|
|
with the @code{enabled} attribute defined like this:
|
| 3831 |
|
|
|
| 3832 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 3833 |
|
|
|
| 3834 |
|
|
(define_attr "cpu_facility" "standard,new" (const_string "standard"))
|
| 3835 |
|
|
|
| 3836 |
|
|
(define_attr "enabled" ""
|
| 3837 |
|
|
(cond [(eq_attr "cpu_facility" "standard") (const_int 1)
|
| 3838 |
|
|
(and (eq_attr "cpu_facility" "new")
|
| 3839 |
|
|
(ne (symbol_ref "TARGET_NEW") (const_int 0)))
|
| 3840 |
|
|
(const_int 1)]
|
| 3841 |
|
|
(const_int 0)))
|
| 3842 |
|
|
|
| 3843 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 3844 |
|
|
|
| 3845 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 3846 |
|
|
|
| 3847 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 3848 |
|
|
@node Define Constraints
|
| 3849 |
|
|
@subsection Defining Machine-Specific Constraints
|
| 3850 |
|
|
@cindex defining constraints
|
| 3851 |
|
|
@cindex constraints, defining
|
| 3852 |
|
|
|
| 3853 |
|
|
Machine-specific constraints fall into two categories: register and
|
| 3854 |
|
|
non-register constraints. Within the latter category, constraints
|
| 3855 |
|
|
which allow subsets of all possible memory or address operands should
|
| 3856 |
|
|
be specially marked, to give @code{reload} more information.
|
| 3857 |
|
|
|
| 3858 |
|
|
Machine-specific constraints can be given names of arbitrary length,
|
| 3859 |
|
|
but they must be entirely composed of letters, digits, underscores
|
| 3860 |
|
|
(@samp{_}), and angle brackets (@samp{< >}). Like C identifiers, they
|
| 3861 |
|
|
must begin with a letter or underscore.
|
| 3862 |
|
|
|
| 3863 |
|
|
In order to avoid ambiguity in operand constraint strings, no
|
| 3864 |
|
|
constraint can have a name that begins with any other constraint's
|
| 3865 |
|
|
name. For example, if @code{x} is defined as a constraint name,
|
| 3866 |
|
|
@code{xy} may not be, and vice versa. As a consequence of this rule,
|
| 3867 |
|
|
no constraint may begin with one of the generic constraint letters:
|
| 3868 |
|
|
@samp{E F V X g i m n o p r s}.
|
| 3869 |
|
|
|
| 3870 |
|
|
Register constraints correspond directly to register classes.
|
| 3871 |
|
|
@xref{Register Classes}. There is thus not much flexibility in their
|
| 3872 |
|
|
definitions.
|
| 3873 |
|
|
|
| 3874 |
|
|
@deffn {MD Expression} define_register_constraint name regclass docstring
|
| 3875 |
|
|
All three arguments are string constants.
|
| 3876 |
|
|
@var{name} is the name of the constraint, as it will appear in
|
| 3877 |
|
|
@code{match_operand} expressions. If @var{name} is a multi-letter
|
| 3878 |
|
|
constraint its length shall be the same for all constraints starting
|
| 3879 |
|
|
with the same letter. @var{regclass} can be either the
|
| 3880 |
|
|
name of the corresponding register class (@pxref{Register Classes}),
|
| 3881 |
|
|
or a C expression which evaluates to the appropriate register class.
|
| 3882 |
|
|
If it is an expression, it must have no side effects, and it cannot
|
| 3883 |
|
|
look at the operand. The usual use of expressions is to map some
|
| 3884 |
|
|
register constraints to @code{NO_REGS} when the register class
|
| 3885 |
|
|
is not available on a given subarchitecture.
|
| 3886 |
|
|
|
| 3887 |
|
|
@var{docstring} is a sentence documenting the meaning of the
|
| 3888 |
|
|
constraint. Docstrings are explained further below.
|
| 3889 |
|
|
@end deffn
|
| 3890 |
|
|
|
| 3891 |
|
|
Non-register constraints are more like predicates: the constraint
|
| 3892 |
|
|
definition gives a Boolean expression which indicates whether the
|
| 3893 |
|
|
constraint matches.
|
| 3894 |
|
|
|
| 3895 |
|
|
@deffn {MD Expression} define_constraint name docstring exp
|
| 3896 |
|
|
The @var{name} and @var{docstring} arguments are the same as for
|
| 3897 |
|
|
@code{define_register_constraint}, but note that the docstring comes
|
| 3898 |
|
|
immediately after the name for these expressions. @var{exp} is an RTL
|
| 3899 |
|
|
expression, obeying the same rules as the RTL expressions in predicate
|
| 3900 |
|
|
definitions. @xref{Defining Predicates}, for details. If it
|
| 3901 |
|
|
evaluates true, the constraint matches; if it evaluates false, it
|
| 3902 |
|
|
doesn't. Constraint expressions should indicate which RTL codes they
|
| 3903 |
|
|
might match, just like predicate expressions.
|
| 3904 |
|
|
|
| 3905 |
|
|
@code{match_test} C expressions have access to the
|
| 3906 |
|
|
following variables:
|
| 3907 |
|
|
|
| 3908 |
|
|
@table @var
|
| 3909 |
|
|
@item op
|
| 3910 |
|
|
The RTL object defining the operand.
|
| 3911 |
|
|
@item mode
|
| 3912 |
|
|
The machine mode of @var{op}.
|
| 3913 |
|
|
@item ival
|
| 3914 |
|
|
@samp{INTVAL (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is a @code{const_int}.
|
| 3915 |
|
|
@item hval
|
| 3916 |
|
|
@samp{CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is an integer
|
| 3917 |
|
|
@code{const_double}.
|
| 3918 |
|
|
@item lval
|
| 3919 |
|
|
@samp{CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is an integer
|
| 3920 |
|
|
@code{const_double}.
|
| 3921 |
|
|
@item rval
|
| 3922 |
|
|
@samp{CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (@var{op})}, if @var{op} is a floating-point
|
| 3923 |
|
|
@code{const_double}.
|
| 3924 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 3925 |
|
|
|
| 3926 |
|
|
The @var{*val} variables should only be used once another piece of the
|
| 3927 |
|
|
expression has verified that @var{op} is the appropriate kind of RTL
|
| 3928 |
|
|
object.
|
| 3929 |
|
|
@end deffn
|
| 3930 |
|
|
|
| 3931 |
|
|
Most non-register constraints should be defined with
|
| 3932 |
|
|
@code{define_constraint}. The remaining two definition expressions
|
| 3933 |
|
|
are only appropriate for constraints that should be handled specially
|
| 3934 |
|
|
by @code{reload} if they fail to match.
|
| 3935 |
|
|
|
| 3936 |
|
|
@deffn {MD Expression} define_memory_constraint name docstring exp
|
| 3937 |
|
|
Use this expression for constraints that match a subset of all memory
|
| 3938 |
|
|
operands: that is, @code{reload} can make them match by converting the
|
| 3939 |
|
|
operand to the form @samp{@w{(mem (reg @var{X}))}}, where @var{X} is a
|
| 3940 |
|
|
base register (from the register class specified by
|
| 3941 |
|
|
@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}, @pxref{Register Classes}).
|
| 3942 |
|
|
|
| 3943 |
|
|
For example, on the S/390, some instructions do not accept arbitrary
|
| 3944 |
|
|
memory references, but only those that do not make use of an index
|
| 3945 |
|
|
register. The constraint letter @samp{Q} is defined to represent a
|
| 3946 |
|
|
memory address of this type. If @samp{Q} is defined with
|
| 3947 |
|
|
@code{define_memory_constraint}, a @samp{Q} constraint can handle any
|
| 3948 |
|
|
memory operand, because @code{reload} knows it can simply copy the
|
| 3949 |
|
|
memory address into a base register if required. This is analogous to
|
| 3950 |
|
|
the way an @samp{o} constraint can handle any memory operand.
|
| 3951 |
|
|
|
| 3952 |
|
|
The syntax and semantics are otherwise identical to
|
| 3953 |
|
|
@code{define_constraint}.
|
| 3954 |
|
|
@end deffn
|
| 3955 |
|
|
|
| 3956 |
|
|
@deffn {MD Expression} define_address_constraint name docstring exp
|
| 3957 |
|
|
Use this expression for constraints that match a subset of all address
|
| 3958 |
|
|
operands: that is, @code{reload} can make the constraint match by
|
| 3959 |
|
|
converting the operand to the form @samp{@w{(reg @var{X})}}, again
|
| 3960 |
|
|
with @var{X} a base register.
|
| 3961 |
|
|
|
| 3962 |
|
|
Constraints defined with @code{define_address_constraint} can only be
|
| 3963 |
|
|
used with the @code{address_operand} predicate, or machine-specific
|
| 3964 |
|
|
predicates that work the same way. They are treated analogously to
|
| 3965 |
|
|
the generic @samp{p} constraint.
|
| 3966 |
|
|
|
| 3967 |
|
|
The syntax and semantics are otherwise identical to
|
| 3968 |
|
|
@code{define_constraint}.
|
| 3969 |
|
|
@end deffn
|
| 3970 |
|
|
|
| 3971 |
|
|
For historical reasons, names beginning with the letters @samp{G H}
|
| 3972 |
|
|
are reserved for constraints that match only @code{const_double}s, and
|
| 3973 |
|
|
names beginning with the letters @samp{I J K L M N O P} are reserved
|
| 3974 |
|
|
for constraints that match only @code{const_int}s. This may change in
|
| 3975 |
|
|
the future. For the time being, constraints with these names must be
|
| 3976 |
|
|
written in a stylized form, so that @code{genpreds} can tell you did
|
| 3977 |
|
|
it correctly:
|
| 3978 |
|
|
|
| 3979 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 3980 |
|
|
@group
|
| 3981 |
|
|
(define_constraint "[@var{GHIJKLMNOP}]@dots{}"
|
| 3982 |
|
|
"@var{doc}@dots{}"
|
| 3983 |
|
|
(and (match_code "const_int") ; @r{@code{const_double} for G/H}
|
| 3984 |
|
|
@var{condition}@dots{})) ; @r{usually a @code{match_test}}
|
| 3985 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 3986 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 3987 |
|
|
@c the semicolons line up in the formatted manual
|
| 3988 |
|
|
|
| 3989 |
|
|
It is fine to use names beginning with other letters for constraints
|
| 3990 |
|
|
that match @code{const_double}s or @code{const_int}s.
|
| 3991 |
|
|
|
| 3992 |
|
|
Each docstring in a constraint definition should be one or more complete
|
| 3993 |
|
|
sentences, marked up in Texinfo format. @emph{They are currently unused.}
|
| 3994 |
|
|
In the future they will be copied into the GCC manual, in @ref{Machine
|
| 3995 |
|
|
Constraints}, replacing the hand-maintained tables currently found in
|
| 3996 |
|
|
that section. Also, in the future the compiler may use this to give
|
| 3997 |
|
|
more helpful diagnostics when poor choice of @code{asm} constraints
|
| 3998 |
|
|
causes a reload failure.
|
| 3999 |
|
|
|
| 4000 |
|
|
If you put the pseudo-Texinfo directive @samp{@@internal} at the
|
| 4001 |
|
|
beginning of a docstring, then (in the future) it will appear only in
|
| 4002 |
|
|
the internals manual's version of the machine-specific constraint tables.
|
| 4003 |
|
|
Use this for constraints that should not appear in @code{asm} statements.
|
| 4004 |
|
|
|
| 4005 |
|
|
@node C Constraint Interface
|
| 4006 |
|
|
@subsection Testing constraints from C
|
| 4007 |
|
|
@cindex testing constraints
|
| 4008 |
|
|
@cindex constraints, testing
|
| 4009 |
|
|
|
| 4010 |
|
|
It is occasionally useful to test a constraint from C code rather than
|
| 4011 |
|
|
implicitly via the constraint string in a @code{match_operand}. The
|
| 4012 |
|
|
generated file @file{tm_p.h} declares a few interfaces for working
|
| 4013 |
|
|
with machine-specific constraints. None of these interfaces work with
|
| 4014 |
|
|
the generic constraints described in @ref{Simple Constraints}. This
|
| 4015 |
|
|
may change in the future.
|
| 4016 |
|
|
|
| 4017 |
|
|
@strong{Warning:} @file{tm_p.h} may declare other functions that
|
| 4018 |
|
|
operate on constraints, besides the ones documented here. Do not use
|
| 4019 |
|
|
those functions from machine-dependent code. They exist to implement
|
| 4020 |
|
|
the old constraint interface that machine-independent components of
|
| 4021 |
|
|
the compiler still expect. They will change or disappear in the
|
| 4022 |
|
|
future.
|
| 4023 |
|
|
|
| 4024 |
|
|
Some valid constraint names are not valid C identifiers, so there is a
|
| 4025 |
|
|
mangling scheme for referring to them from C@. Constraint names that
|
| 4026 |
|
|
do not contain angle brackets or underscores are left unchanged.
|
| 4027 |
|
|
Underscores are doubled, each @samp{<} is replaced with @samp{_l}, and
|
| 4028 |
|
|
each @samp{>} with @samp{_g}. Here are some examples:
|
| 4029 |
|
|
|
| 4030 |
|
|
@c the @c's prevent double blank lines in the printed manual.
|
| 4031 |
|
|
@example
|
| 4032 |
|
|
@multitable {Original} {Mangled}
|
| 4033 |
|
|
@item @strong{Original} @tab @strong{Mangled} @c
|
| 4034 |
|
|
@item @code{x} @tab @code{x} @c
|
| 4035 |
|
|
@item @code{P42x} @tab @code{P42x} @c
|
| 4036 |
|
|
@item @code{P4_x} @tab @code{P4__x} @c
|
| 4037 |
|
|
@item @code{P4>x} @tab @code{P4_gx} @c
|
| 4038 |
|
|
@item @code{P4>>} @tab @code{P4_g_g} @c
|
| 4039 |
|
|
@item @code{P4_g>} @tab @code{P4__g_g} @c
|
| 4040 |
|
|
@end multitable
|
| 4041 |
|
|
@end example
|
| 4042 |
|
|
|
| 4043 |
|
|
Throughout this section, the variable @var{c} is either a constraint
|
| 4044 |
|
|
in the abstract sense, or a constant from @code{enum constraint_num};
|
| 4045 |
|
|
the variable @var{m} is a mangled constraint name (usually as part of
|
| 4046 |
|
|
a larger identifier).
|
| 4047 |
|
|
|
| 4048 |
|
|
@deftp Enum constraint_num
|
| 4049 |
|
|
For each machine-specific constraint, there is a corresponding
|
| 4050 |
|
|
enumeration constant: @samp{CONSTRAINT_} plus the mangled name of the
|
| 4051 |
|
|
constraint. Functions that take an @code{enum constraint_num} as an
|
| 4052 |
|
|
argument expect one of these constants.
|
| 4053 |
|
|
|
| 4054 |
|
|
Machine-independent constraints do not have associated constants.
|
| 4055 |
|
|
This may change in the future.
|
| 4056 |
|
|
@end deftp
|
| 4057 |
|
|
|
| 4058 |
|
|
@deftypefun {inline bool} satisfies_constraint_@var{m} (rtx @var{exp})
|
| 4059 |
|
|
For each machine-specific, non-register constraint @var{m}, there is
|
| 4060 |
|
|
one of these functions; it returns @code{true} if @var{exp} satisfies the
|
| 4061 |
|
|
constraint. These functions are only visible if @file{rtl.h} was included
|
| 4062 |
|
|
before @file{tm_p.h}.
|
| 4063 |
|
|
@end deftypefun
|
| 4064 |
|
|
|
| 4065 |
|
|
@deftypefun bool constraint_satisfied_p (rtx @var{exp}, enum constraint_num @var{c})
|
| 4066 |
|
|
Like the @code{satisfies_constraint_@var{m}} functions, but the
|
| 4067 |
|
|
constraint to test is given as an argument, @var{c}. If @var{c}
|
| 4068 |
|
|
specifies a register constraint, this function will always return
|
| 4069 |
|
|
@code{false}.
|
| 4070 |
|
|
@end deftypefun
|
| 4071 |
|
|
|
| 4072 |
|
|
@deftypefun {enum reg_class} regclass_for_constraint (enum constraint_num @var{c})
|
| 4073 |
|
|
Returns the register class associated with @var{c}. If @var{c} is not
|
| 4074 |
|
|
a register constraint, or those registers are not available for the
|
| 4075 |
|
|
currently selected subtarget, returns @code{NO_REGS}.
|
| 4076 |
|
|
@end deftypefun
|
| 4077 |
|
|
|
| 4078 |
|
|
Here is an example use of @code{satisfies_constraint_@var{m}}. In
|
| 4079 |
|
|
peephole optimizations (@pxref{Peephole Definitions}), operand
|
| 4080 |
|
|
constraint strings are ignored, so if there are relevant constraints,
|
| 4081 |
|
|
they must be tested in the C condition. In the example, the
|
| 4082 |
|
|
optimization is applied if operand 2 does @emph{not} satisfy the
|
| 4083 |
|
|
@samp{K} constraint. (This is a simplified version of a peephole
|
| 4084 |
|
|
definition from the i386 machine description.)
|
| 4085 |
|
|
|
| 4086 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 4087 |
|
|
(define_peephole2
|
| 4088 |
|
|
[(match_scratch:SI 3 "r")
|
| 4089 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
|
| 4090 |
|
|
(mult:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "")
|
| 4091 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "immediate_operand" "")))]
|
| 4092 |
|
|
|
| 4093 |
|
|
"!satisfies_constraint_K (operands[2])"
|
| 4094 |
|
|
|
| 4095 |
|
|
[(set (match_dup 3) (match_dup 1))
|
| 4096 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 0) (mult:SI (match_dup 3) (match_dup 2)))]
|
| 4097 |
|
|
|
| 4098 |
|
|
"")
|
| 4099 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 4100 |
|
|
|
| 4101 |
|
|
@node Standard Names
|
| 4102 |
|
|
@section Standard Pattern Names For Generation
|
| 4103 |
|
|
@cindex standard pattern names
|
| 4104 |
|
|
@cindex pattern names
|
| 4105 |
|
|
@cindex names, pattern
|
| 4106 |
|
|
|
| 4107 |
|
|
Here is a table of the instruction names that are meaningful in the RTL
|
| 4108 |
|
|
generation pass of the compiler. Giving one of these names to an
|
| 4109 |
|
|
instruction pattern tells the RTL generation pass that it can use the
|
| 4110 |
|
|
pattern to accomplish a certain task.
|
| 4111 |
|
|
|
| 4112 |
|
|
@table @asis
|
| 4113 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mov@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4114 |
|
|
@item @samp{mov@var{m}}
|
| 4115 |
|
|
Here @var{m} stands for a two-letter machine mode name, in lowercase.
|
| 4116 |
|
|
This instruction pattern moves data with that machine mode from operand
|
| 4117 |
|
|
1 to operand 0. For example, @samp{movsi} moves full-word data.
|
| 4118 |
|
|
|
| 4119 |
|
|
If operand 0 is a @code{subreg} with mode @var{m} of a register whose
|
| 4120 |
|
|
own mode is wider than @var{m}, the effect of this instruction is
|
| 4121 |
|
|
to store the specified value in the part of the register that corresponds
|
| 4122 |
|
|
to mode @var{m}. Bits outside of @var{m}, but which are within the
|
| 4123 |
|
|
same target word as the @code{subreg} are undefined. Bits which are
|
| 4124 |
|
|
outside the target word are left unchanged.
|
| 4125 |
|
|
|
| 4126 |
|
|
This class of patterns is special in several ways. First of all, each
|
| 4127 |
|
|
of these names up to and including full word size @emph{must} be defined,
|
| 4128 |
|
|
because there is no other way to copy a datum from one place to another.
|
| 4129 |
|
|
If there are patterns accepting operands in larger modes,
|
| 4130 |
|
|
@samp{mov@var{m}} must be defined for integer modes of those sizes.
|
| 4131 |
|
|
|
| 4132 |
|
|
Second, these patterns are not used solely in the RTL generation pass.
|
| 4133 |
|
|
Even the reload pass can generate move insns to copy values from stack
|
| 4134 |
|
|
slots into temporary registers. When it does so, one of the operands is
|
| 4135 |
|
|
a hard register and the other is an operand that can need to be reloaded
|
| 4136 |
|
|
into a register.
|
| 4137 |
|
|
|
| 4138 |
|
|
@findex force_reg
|
| 4139 |
|
|
Therefore, when given such a pair of operands, the pattern must generate
|
| 4140 |
|
|
RTL which needs no reloading and needs no temporary registers---no
|
| 4141 |
|
|
registers other than the operands. For example, if you support the
|
| 4142 |
|
|
pattern with a @code{define_expand}, then in such a case the
|
| 4143 |
|
|
@code{define_expand} mustn't call @code{force_reg} or any other such
|
| 4144 |
|
|
function which might generate new pseudo registers.
|
| 4145 |
|
|
|
| 4146 |
|
|
This requirement exists even for subword modes on a RISC machine where
|
| 4147 |
|
|
fetching those modes from memory normally requires several insns and
|
| 4148 |
|
|
some temporary registers.
|
| 4149 |
|
|
|
| 4150 |
|
|
@findex change_address
|
| 4151 |
|
|
During reload a memory reference with an invalid address may be passed
|
| 4152 |
|
|
as an operand. Such an address will be replaced with a valid address
|
| 4153 |
|
|
later in the reload pass. In this case, nothing may be done with the
|
| 4154 |
|
|
address except to use it as it stands. If it is copied, it will not be
|
| 4155 |
|
|
replaced with a valid address. No attempt should be made to make such
|
| 4156 |
|
|
an address into a valid address and no routine (such as
|
| 4157 |
|
|
@code{change_address}) that will do so may be called. Note that
|
| 4158 |
|
|
@code{general_operand} will fail when applied to such an address.
|
| 4159 |
|
|
|
| 4160 |
|
|
@findex reload_in_progress
|
| 4161 |
|
|
The global variable @code{reload_in_progress} (which must be explicitly
|
| 4162 |
|
|
declared if required) can be used to determine whether such special
|
| 4163 |
|
|
handling is required.
|
| 4164 |
|
|
|
| 4165 |
|
|
The variety of operands that have reloads depends on the rest of the
|
| 4166 |
|
|
machine description, but typically on a RISC machine these can only be
|
| 4167 |
|
|
pseudo registers that did not get hard registers, while on other
|
| 4168 |
|
|
machines explicit memory references will get optional reloads.
|
| 4169 |
|
|
|
| 4170 |
|
|
If a scratch register is required to move an object to or from memory,
|
| 4171 |
|
|
it can be allocated using @code{gen_reg_rtx} prior to life analysis.
|
| 4172 |
|
|
|
| 4173 |
|
|
If there are cases which need scratch registers during or after reload,
|
| 4174 |
|
|
you must provide an appropriate secondary_reload target hook.
|
| 4175 |
|
|
|
| 4176 |
|
|
@findex can_create_pseudo_p
|
| 4177 |
|
|
The macro @code{can_create_pseudo_p} can be used to determine if it
|
| 4178 |
|
|
is unsafe to create new pseudo registers. If this variable is nonzero, then
|
| 4179 |
|
|
it is unsafe to call @code{gen_reg_rtx} to allocate a new pseudo.
|
| 4180 |
|
|
|
| 4181 |
|
|
The constraints on a @samp{mov@var{m}} must permit moving any hard
|
| 4182 |
|
|
register to any other hard register provided that
|
| 4183 |
|
|
@code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} permits mode @var{m} in both registers and
|
| 4184 |
|
|
@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their classes returns a value
|
| 4185 |
|
|
of 2.
|
| 4186 |
|
|
|
| 4187 |
|
|
It is obligatory to support floating point @samp{mov@var{m}}
|
| 4188 |
|
|
instructions into and out of any registers that can hold fixed point
|
| 4189 |
|
|
values, because unions and structures (which have modes @code{SImode} or
|
| 4190 |
|
|
@code{DImode}) can be in those registers and they may have floating
|
| 4191 |
|
|
point members.
|
| 4192 |
|
|
|
| 4193 |
|
|
There may also be a need to support fixed point @samp{mov@var{m}}
|
| 4194 |
|
|
instructions in and out of floating point registers. Unfortunately, I
|
| 4195 |
|
|
have forgotten why this was so, and I don't know whether it is still
|
| 4196 |
|
|
true. If @code{HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} rejects fixed point values in
|
| 4197 |
|
|
floating point registers, then the constraints of the fixed point
|
| 4198 |
|
|
@samp{mov@var{m}} instructions must be designed to avoid ever trying to
|
| 4199 |
|
|
reload into a floating point register.
|
| 4200 |
|
|
|
| 4201 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reload_in} instruction pattern
|
| 4202 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reload_out} instruction pattern
|
| 4203 |
|
|
@item @samp{reload_in@var{m}}
|
| 4204 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{reload_out@var{m}}
|
| 4205 |
|
|
These named patterns have been obsoleted by the target hook
|
| 4206 |
|
|
@code{secondary_reload}.
|
| 4207 |
|
|
|
| 4208 |
|
|
Like @samp{mov@var{m}}, but used when a scratch register is required to
|
| 4209 |
|
|
move between operand 0 and operand 1. Operand 2 describes the scratch
|
| 4210 |
|
|
register. See the discussion of the @code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS}
|
| 4211 |
|
|
macro in @pxref{Register Classes}.
|
| 4212 |
|
|
|
| 4213 |
|
|
There are special restrictions on the form of the @code{match_operand}s
|
| 4214 |
|
|
used in these patterns. First, only the predicate for the reload
|
| 4215 |
|
|
operand is examined, i.e., @code{reload_in} examines operand 1, but not
|
| 4216 |
|
|
the predicates for operand 0 or 2. Second, there may be only one
|
| 4217 |
|
|
alternative in the constraints. Third, only a single register class
|
| 4218 |
|
|
letter may be used for the constraint; subsequent constraint letters
|
| 4219 |
|
|
are ignored. As a special exception, an empty constraint string
|
| 4220 |
|
|
matches the @code{ALL_REGS} register class. This may relieve ports
|
| 4221 |
|
|
of the burden of defining an @code{ALL_REGS} constraint letter just
|
| 4222 |
|
|
for these patterns.
|
| 4223 |
|
|
|
| 4224 |
|
|
@cindex @code{movstrict@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4225 |
|
|
@item @samp{movstrict@var{m}}
|
| 4226 |
|
|
Like @samp{mov@var{m}} except that if operand 0 is a @code{subreg}
|
| 4227 |
|
|
with mode @var{m} of a register whose natural mode is wider,
|
| 4228 |
|
|
the @samp{movstrict@var{m}} instruction is guaranteed not to alter
|
| 4229 |
|
|
any of the register except the part which belongs to mode @var{m}.
|
| 4230 |
|
|
|
| 4231 |
|
|
@cindex @code{movmisalign@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4232 |
|
|
@item @samp{movmisalign@var{m}}
|
| 4233 |
|
|
This variant of a move pattern is designed to load or store a value
|
| 4234 |
|
|
from a memory address that is not naturally aligned for its mode.
|
| 4235 |
|
|
For a store, the memory will be in operand 0; for a load, the memory
|
| 4236 |
|
|
will be in operand 1. The other operand is guaranteed not to be a
|
| 4237 |
|
|
memory, so that it's easy to tell whether this is a load or store.
|
| 4238 |
|
|
|
| 4239 |
|
|
This pattern is used by the autovectorizer, and when expanding a
|
| 4240 |
|
|
@code{MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF} expression.
|
| 4241 |
|
|
|
| 4242 |
|
|
@cindex @code{load_multiple} instruction pattern
|
| 4243 |
|
|
@item @samp{load_multiple}
|
| 4244 |
|
|
Load several consecutive memory locations into consecutive registers.
|
| 4245 |
|
|
Operand 0 is the first of the consecutive registers, operand 1
|
| 4246 |
|
|
is the first memory location, and operand 2 is a constant: the
|
| 4247 |
|
|
number of consecutive registers.
|
| 4248 |
|
|
|
| 4249 |
|
|
Define this only if the target machine really has such an instruction;
|
| 4250 |
|
|
do not define this if the most efficient way of loading consecutive
|
| 4251 |
|
|
registers from memory is to do them one at a time.
|
| 4252 |
|
|
|
| 4253 |
|
|
On some machines, there are restrictions as to which consecutive
|
| 4254 |
|
|
registers can be stored into memory, such as particular starting or
|
| 4255 |
|
|
ending register numbers or only a range of valid counts. For those
|
| 4256 |
|
|
machines, use a @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions})
|
| 4257 |
|
|
and make the pattern fail if the restrictions are not met.
|
| 4258 |
|
|
|
| 4259 |
|
|
Write the generated insn as a @code{parallel} with elements being a
|
| 4260 |
|
|
@code{set} of one register from the appropriate memory location (you may
|
| 4261 |
|
|
also need @code{use} or @code{clobber} elements). Use a
|
| 4262 |
|
|
@code{match_parallel} (@pxref{RTL Template}) to recognize the insn. See
|
| 4263 |
|
|
@file{rs6000.md} for examples of the use of this insn pattern.
|
| 4264 |
|
|
|
| 4265 |
|
|
@cindex @samp{store_multiple} instruction pattern
|
| 4266 |
|
|
@item @samp{store_multiple}
|
| 4267 |
|
|
Similar to @samp{load_multiple}, but store several consecutive registers
|
| 4268 |
|
|
into consecutive memory locations. Operand 0 is the first of the
|
| 4269 |
|
|
consecutive memory locations, operand 1 is the first register, and
|
| 4270 |
|
|
operand 2 is a constant: the number of consecutive registers.
|
| 4271 |
|
|
|
| 4272 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_load_lanes@var{m}@var{n}} instruction pattern
|
| 4273 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_load_lanes@var{m}@var{n}}
|
| 4274 |
|
|
Perform an interleaved load of several vectors from memory operand 1
|
| 4275 |
|
|
into register operand 0. Both operands have mode @var{m}. The register
|
| 4276 |
|
|
operand is viewed as holding consecutive vectors of mode @var{n},
|
| 4277 |
|
|
while the memory operand is a flat array that contains the same number
|
| 4278 |
|
|
of elements. The operation is equivalent to:
|
| 4279 |
|
|
|
| 4280 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 4281 |
|
|
int c = GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{m}) / GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{n});
|
| 4282 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < GET_MODE_NUNITS (@var{n}); j++)
|
| 4283 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
|
| 4284 |
|
|
operand0[i][j] = operand1[j * c + i];
|
| 4285 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 4286 |
|
|
|
| 4287 |
|
|
For example, @samp{vec_load_lanestiv4hi} loads 8 16-bit values
|
| 4288 |
|
|
from memory into a register of mode @samp{TI}@. The register
|
| 4289 |
|
|
contains two consecutive vectors of mode @samp{V4HI}@.
|
| 4290 |
|
|
|
| 4291 |
|
|
This pattern can only be used if:
|
| 4292 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 4293 |
|
|
TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P (@var{n}, @var{c})
|
| 4294 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 4295 |
|
|
is true. GCC assumes that, if a target supports this kind of
|
| 4296 |
|
|
instruction for some mode @var{n}, it also supports unaligned
|
| 4297 |
|
|
loads for vectors of mode @var{n}.
|
| 4298 |
|
|
|
| 4299 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_store_lanes@var{m}@var{n}} instruction pattern
|
| 4300 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_store_lanes@var{m}@var{n}}
|
| 4301 |
|
|
Equivalent to @samp{vec_load_lanes@var{m}@var{n}}, with the memory
|
| 4302 |
|
|
and register operands reversed. That is, the instruction is
|
| 4303 |
|
|
equivalent to:
|
| 4304 |
|
|
|
| 4305 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 4306 |
|
|
int c = GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{m}) / GET_MODE_SIZE (@var{n});
|
| 4307 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < GET_MODE_NUNITS (@var{n}); j++)
|
| 4308 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < c; i++)
|
| 4309 |
|
|
operand0[j * c + i] = operand1[i][j];
|
| 4310 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 4311 |
|
|
|
| 4312 |
|
|
for a memory operand 0 and register operand 1.
|
| 4313 |
|
|
|
| 4314 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_set@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4315 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_set@var{m}}
|
| 4316 |
|
|
Set given field in the vector value. Operand 0 is the vector to modify,
|
| 4317 |
|
|
operand 1 is new value of field and operand 2 specify the field index.
|
| 4318 |
|
|
|
| 4319 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_extract@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4320 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_extract@var{m}}
|
| 4321 |
|
|
Extract given field from the vector value. Operand 1 is the vector, operand 2
|
| 4322 |
|
|
specify field index and operand 0 place to store value into.
|
| 4323 |
|
|
|
| 4324 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_init@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4325 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_init@var{m}}
|
| 4326 |
|
|
Initialize the vector to given values. Operand 0 is the vector to initialize
|
| 4327 |
|
|
and operand 1 is parallel containing values for individual fields.
|
| 4328 |
|
|
|
| 4329 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vcond@var{m}@var{n}} instruction pattern
|
| 4330 |
|
|
@item @samp{vcond@var{m}@var{n}}
|
| 4331 |
|
|
Output a conditional vector move. Operand 0 is the destination to
|
| 4332 |
|
|
receive a combination of operand 1 and operand 2, which are of mode @var{m},
|
| 4333 |
|
|
dependent on the outcome of the predicate in operand 3 which is a
|
| 4334 |
|
|
vector comparison with operands of mode @var{n} in operands 4 and 5. The
|
| 4335 |
|
|
modes @var{m} and @var{n} should have the same size. Operand 0
|
| 4336 |
|
|
will be set to the value @var{op1} & @var{msk} | @var{op2} & ~@var{msk}
|
| 4337 |
|
|
where @var{msk} is computed by element-wise evaluation of the vector
|
| 4338 |
|
|
comparison with a truth value of all-ones and a false value of all-zeros.
|
| 4339 |
|
|
|
| 4340 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4341 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_perm@var{m}}
|
| 4342 |
|
|
Output a (variable) vector permutation. Operand 0 is the destination
|
| 4343 |
|
|
to receive elements from operand 1 and operand 2, which are of mode
|
| 4344 |
|
|
@var{m}. Operand 3 is the @dfn{selector}. It is an integral mode
|
| 4345 |
|
|
vector of the same width and number of elements as mode @var{m}.
|
| 4346 |
|
|
|
| 4347 |
|
|
The input elements are numbered from 0 in operand 1 through
|
| 4348 |
|
|
@math{2*@var{N}-1} in operand 2. The elements of the selector must
|
| 4349 |
|
|
be computed modulo @math{2*@var{N}}. Note that if
|
| 4350 |
|
|
@code{rtx_equal_p(operand1, operand2)}, this can be implemented
|
| 4351 |
|
|
with just operand 1 and selector elements modulo @var{N}.
|
| 4352 |
|
|
|
| 4353 |
|
|
In order to make things easy for a number of targets, if there is no
|
| 4354 |
|
|
@samp{vec_perm} pattern for mode @var{m}, but there is for mode @var{q}
|
| 4355 |
|
|
where @var{q} is a vector of @code{QImode} of the same width as @var{m},
|
| 4356 |
|
|
the middle-end will lower the mode @var{m} @code{VEC_PERM_EXPR} to
|
| 4357 |
|
|
mode @var{q}.
|
| 4358 |
|
|
|
| 4359 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_perm_const@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4360 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_perm_const@var{m}}
|
| 4361 |
|
|
Like @samp{vec_perm} except that the permutation is a compile-time
|
| 4362 |
|
|
constant. That is, operand 3, the @dfn{selector}, is a @code{CONST_VECTOR}.
|
| 4363 |
|
|
|
| 4364 |
|
|
Some targets cannot perform a permutation with a variable selector,
|
| 4365 |
|
|
but can efficiently perform a constant permutation. Further, the
|
| 4366 |
|
|
target hook @code{vec_perm_ok} is queried to determine if the
|
| 4367 |
|
|
specific constant permutation is available efficiently; the named
|
| 4368 |
|
|
pattern is never expanded without @code{vec_perm_ok} returning true.
|
| 4369 |
|
|
|
| 4370 |
|
|
There is no need for a target to supply both @samp{vec_perm@var{m}}
|
| 4371 |
|
|
and @samp{vec_perm_const@var{m}} if the former can trivially implement
|
| 4372 |
|
|
the operation with, say, the vector constant loaded into a register.
|
| 4373 |
|
|
|
| 4374 |
|
|
@cindex @code{push@var{m}1} instruction pattern
|
| 4375 |
|
|
@item @samp{push@var{m}1}
|
| 4376 |
|
|
Output a push instruction. Operand 0 is value to push. Used only when
|
| 4377 |
|
|
@code{PUSH_ROUNDING} is defined. For historical reason, this pattern may be
|
| 4378 |
|
|
missing and in such case an @code{mov} expander is used instead, with a
|
| 4379 |
|
|
@code{MEM} expression forming the push operation. The @code{mov} expander
|
| 4380 |
|
|
method is deprecated.
|
| 4381 |
|
|
|
| 4382 |
|
|
@cindex @code{add@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4383 |
|
|
@item @samp{add@var{m}3}
|
| 4384 |
|
|
Add operand 2 and operand 1, storing the result in operand 0. All operands
|
| 4385 |
|
|
must have mode @var{m}. This can be used even on two-address machines, by
|
| 4386 |
|
|
means of constraints requiring operands 1 and 0 to be the same location.
|
| 4387 |
|
|
|
| 4388 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssadd@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4389 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usadd@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4390 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sub@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4391 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sssub@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4392 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ussub@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4393 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mul@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4394 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssmul@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4395 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usmul@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4396 |
|
|
@cindex @code{div@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4397 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssdiv@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4398 |
|
|
@cindex @code{udiv@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4399 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usdiv@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4400 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mod@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4401 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umod@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4402 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umin@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4403 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umax@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4404 |
|
|
@cindex @code{and@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4405 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ior@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4406 |
|
|
@cindex @code{xor@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4407 |
|
|
@item @samp{ssadd@var{m}3}, @samp{usadd@var{m}3}
|
| 4408 |
|
|
@item @samp{sub@var{m}3}, @samp{sssub@var{m}3}, @samp{ussub@var{m}3}
|
| 4409 |
|
|
@item @samp{mul@var{m}3}, @samp{ssmul@var{m}3}, @samp{usmul@var{m}3}
|
| 4410 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{div@var{m}3}, @samp{ssdiv@var{m}3}
|
| 4411 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{udiv@var{m}3}, @samp{usdiv@var{m}3}
|
| 4412 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{mod@var{m}3}, @samp{umod@var{m}3}
|
| 4413 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{umin@var{m}3}, @samp{umax@var{m}3}
|
| 4414 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{and@var{m}3}, @samp{ior@var{m}3}, @samp{xor@var{m}3}
|
| 4415 |
|
|
Similar, for other arithmetic operations.
|
| 4416 |
|
|
|
| 4417 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fma@var{m}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4418 |
|
|
@item @samp{fma@var{m}4}
|
| 4419 |
|
|
Multiply operand 2 and operand 1, then add operand 3, storing the
|
| 4420 |
|
|
result in operand 0. All operands must have mode @var{m}. This
|
| 4421 |
|
|
pattern is used to implement the @code{fma}, @code{fmaf}, and
|
| 4422 |
|
|
@code{fmal} builtin functions from the ISO C99 standard. The
|
| 4423 |
|
|
@code{fma} operation may produce different results than doing the
|
| 4424 |
|
|
multiply followed by the add if the machine does not perform a
|
| 4425 |
|
|
rounding step between the operations.
|
| 4426 |
|
|
|
| 4427 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fms@var{m}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4428 |
|
|
@item @samp{fms@var{m}4}
|
| 4429 |
|
|
Like @code{fma@var{m}4}, except operand 3 subtracted from the
|
| 4430 |
|
|
product instead of added to the product. This is represented
|
| 4431 |
|
|
in the rtl as
|
| 4432 |
|
|
|
| 4433 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 4434 |
|
|
(fma:@var{m} @var{op1} @var{op2} (neg:@var{m} @var{op3}))
|
| 4435 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 4436 |
|
|
|
| 4437 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fnma@var{m}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4438 |
|
|
@item @samp{fnma@var{m}4}
|
| 4439 |
|
|
Like @code{fma@var{m}4} except that the intermediate product
|
| 4440 |
|
|
is negated before being added to operand 3. This is represented
|
| 4441 |
|
|
in the rtl as
|
| 4442 |
|
|
|
| 4443 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 4444 |
|
|
(fma:@var{m} (neg:@var{m} @var{op1}) @var{op2} @var{op3})
|
| 4445 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 4446 |
|
|
|
| 4447 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fnms@var{m}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4448 |
|
|
@item @samp{fnms@var{m}4}
|
| 4449 |
|
|
Like @code{fms@var{m}4} except that the intermediate product
|
| 4450 |
|
|
is negated before subtracting operand 3. This is represented
|
| 4451 |
|
|
in the rtl as
|
| 4452 |
|
|
|
| 4453 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 4454 |
|
|
(fma:@var{m} (neg:@var{m} @var{op1}) @var{op2} (neg:@var{m} @var{op3}))
|
| 4455 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 4456 |
|
|
|
| 4457 |
|
|
@cindex @code{min@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4458 |
|
|
@cindex @code{max@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4459 |
|
|
@item @samp{smin@var{m}3}, @samp{smax@var{m}3}
|
| 4460 |
|
|
Signed minimum and maximum operations. When used with floating point,
|
| 4461 |
|
|
if both operands are zeros, or if either operand is @code{NaN}, then
|
| 4462 |
|
|
it is unspecified which of the two operands is returned as the result.
|
| 4463 |
|
|
|
| 4464 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reduc_smin_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4465 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reduc_smax_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4466 |
|
|
@item @samp{reduc_smin_@var{m}}, @samp{reduc_smax_@var{m}}
|
| 4467 |
|
|
Find the signed minimum/maximum of the elements of a vector. The vector is
|
| 4468 |
|
|
operand 1, and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of
|
| 4469 |
|
|
operand 0 (also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same
|
| 4470 |
|
|
modes.
|
| 4471 |
|
|
|
| 4472 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reduc_umin_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4473 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reduc_umax_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4474 |
|
|
@item @samp{reduc_umin_@var{m}}, @samp{reduc_umax_@var{m}}
|
| 4475 |
|
|
Find the unsigned minimum/maximum of the elements of a vector. The vector is
|
| 4476 |
|
|
operand 1, and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of
|
| 4477 |
|
|
operand 0 (also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same
|
| 4478 |
|
|
modes.
|
| 4479 |
|
|
|
| 4480 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reduc_splus_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4481 |
|
|
@item @samp{reduc_splus_@var{m}}
|
| 4482 |
|
|
Compute the sum of the signed elements of a vector. The vector is operand 1,
|
| 4483 |
|
|
and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of operand 0
|
| 4484 |
|
|
(also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same modes.
|
| 4485 |
|
|
|
| 4486 |
|
|
@cindex @code{reduc_uplus_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4487 |
|
|
@item @samp{reduc_uplus_@var{m}}
|
| 4488 |
|
|
Compute the sum of the unsigned elements of a vector. The vector is operand 1,
|
| 4489 |
|
|
and the scalar result is stored in the least significant bits of operand 0
|
| 4490 |
|
|
(also a vector). The output and input vector should have the same modes.
|
| 4491 |
|
|
|
| 4492 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sdot_prod@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4493 |
|
|
@item @samp{sdot_prod@var{m}}
|
| 4494 |
|
|
@cindex @code{udot_prod@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4495 |
|
|
@item @samp{udot_prod@var{m}}
|
| 4496 |
|
|
Compute the sum of the products of two signed/unsigned elements.
|
| 4497 |
|
|
Operand 1 and operand 2 are of the same mode. Their product, which is of a
|
| 4498 |
|
|
wider mode, is computed and added to operand 3. Operand 3 is of a mode equal or
|
| 4499 |
|
|
wider than the mode of the product. The result is placed in operand 0, which
|
| 4500 |
|
|
is of the same mode as operand 3.
|
| 4501 |
|
|
|
| 4502 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssum_widen@var{m3}} instruction pattern
|
| 4503 |
|
|
@item @samp{ssum_widen@var{m3}}
|
| 4504 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usum_widen@var{m3}} instruction pattern
|
| 4505 |
|
|
@item @samp{usum_widen@var{m3}}
|
| 4506 |
|
|
Operands 0 and 2 are of the same mode, which is wider than the mode of
|
| 4507 |
|
|
operand 1. Add operand 1 to operand 2 and place the widened result in
|
| 4508 |
|
|
operand 0. (This is used express accumulation of elements into an accumulator
|
| 4509 |
|
|
of a wider mode.)
|
| 4510 |
|
|
|
| 4511 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_shl_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4512 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_shr_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4513 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_shl_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_shr_@var{m}}
|
| 4514 |
|
|
Whole vector left/right shift in bits.
|
| 4515 |
|
|
Operand 1 is a vector to be shifted.
|
| 4516 |
|
|
Operand 2 is an integer shift amount in bits.
|
| 4517 |
|
|
Operand 0 is where the resulting shifted vector is stored.
|
| 4518 |
|
|
The output and input vectors should have the same modes.
|
| 4519 |
|
|
|
| 4520 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_pack_trunc_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4521 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_pack_trunc_@var{m}}
|
| 4522 |
|
|
Narrow (demote) and merge the elements of two vectors. Operands 1 and 2
|
| 4523 |
|
|
are vectors of the same mode having N integral or floating point elements
|
| 4524 |
|
|
of size S@. Operand 0 is the resulting vector in which 2*N elements of
|
| 4525 |
|
|
size N/2 are concatenated after narrowing them down using truncation.
|
| 4526 |
|
|
|
| 4527 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_pack_ssat_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4528 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_pack_usat_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4529 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_pack_ssat_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_pack_usat_@var{m}}
|
| 4530 |
|
|
Narrow (demote) and merge the elements of two vectors. Operands 1 and 2
|
| 4531 |
|
|
are vectors of the same mode having N integral elements of size S.
|
| 4532 |
|
|
Operand 0 is the resulting vector in which the elements of the two input
|
| 4533 |
|
|
vectors are concatenated after narrowing them down using signed/unsigned
|
| 4534 |
|
|
saturating arithmetic.
|
| 4535 |
|
|
|
| 4536 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_pack_sfix_trunc_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4537 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_pack_ufix_trunc_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4538 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_pack_sfix_trunc_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_pack_ufix_trunc_@var{m}}
|
| 4539 |
|
|
Narrow, convert to signed/unsigned integral type and merge the elements
|
| 4540 |
|
|
of two vectors. Operands 1 and 2 are vectors of the same mode having N
|
| 4541 |
|
|
floating point elements of size S@. Operand 0 is the resulting vector
|
| 4542 |
|
|
in which 2*N elements of size N/2 are concatenated.
|
| 4543 |
|
|
|
| 4544 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4545 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4546 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_unpacks_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacks_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4547 |
|
|
Extract and widen (promote) the high/low part of a vector of signed
|
| 4548 |
|
|
integral or floating point elements. The input vector (operand 1) has N
|
| 4549 |
|
|
elements of size S@. Widen (promote) the high/low elements of the vector
|
| 4550 |
|
|
using signed or floating point extension and place the resulting N/2
|
| 4551 |
|
|
values of size 2*S in the output vector (operand 0).
|
| 4552 |
|
|
|
| 4553 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4554 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4555 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_unpacku_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacku_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4556 |
|
|
Extract and widen (promote) the high/low part of a vector of unsigned
|
| 4557 |
|
|
integral elements. The input vector (operand 1) has N elements of size S.
|
| 4558 |
|
|
Widen (promote) the high/low elements of the vector using zero extension and
|
| 4559 |
|
|
place the resulting N/2 values of size 2*S in the output vector (operand 0).
|
| 4560 |
|
|
|
| 4561 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_float_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4562 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacks_float_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4563 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_float_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4564 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_unpacku_float_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4565 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_unpacks_float_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacks_float_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4566 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{vec_unpacku_float_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_unpacku_float_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4567 |
|
|
Extract, convert to floating point type and widen the high/low part of a
|
| 4568 |
|
|
vector of signed/unsigned integral elements. The input vector (operand 1)
|
| 4569 |
|
|
has N elements of size S@. Convert the high/low elements of the vector using
|
| 4570 |
|
|
floating point conversion and place the resulting N/2 values of size 2*S in
|
| 4571 |
|
|
the output vector (operand 0).
|
| 4572 |
|
|
|
| 4573 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_umult_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4574 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_umult_lo__@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4575 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_smult_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4576 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_smult_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4577 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_widen_umult_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_widen_umult_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4578 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{vec_widen_smult_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_widen_smult_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4579 |
|
|
Signed/Unsigned widening multiplication. The two inputs (operands 1 and 2)
|
| 4580 |
|
|
are vectors with N signed/unsigned elements of size S@. Multiply the high/low
|
| 4581 |
|
|
elements of the two vectors, and put the N/2 products of size 2*S in the
|
| 4582 |
|
|
output vector (operand 0).
|
| 4583 |
|
|
|
| 4584 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_ushiftl_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4585 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_ushiftl_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4586 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_sshiftl_hi_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4587 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vec_widen_sshiftl_lo_@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4588 |
|
|
@item @samp{vec_widen_ushiftl_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_widen_ushiftl_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4589 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{vec_widen_sshiftl_hi_@var{m}}, @samp{vec_widen_sshiftl_lo_@var{m}}
|
| 4590 |
|
|
Signed/Unsigned widening shift left. The first input (operand 1) is a vector
|
| 4591 |
|
|
with N signed/unsigned elements of size S@. Operand 2 is a constant. Shift
|
| 4592 |
|
|
the high/low elements of operand 1, and put the N/2 results of size 2*S in the
|
| 4593 |
|
|
output vector (operand 0).
|
| 4594 |
|
|
|
| 4595 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mulhisi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4596 |
|
|
@item @samp{mulhisi3}
|
| 4597 |
|
|
Multiply operands 1 and 2, which have mode @code{HImode}, and store
|
| 4598 |
|
|
a @code{SImode} product in operand 0.
|
| 4599 |
|
|
|
| 4600 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mulqihi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4601 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mulsidi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4602 |
|
|
@item @samp{mulqihi3}, @samp{mulsidi3}
|
| 4603 |
|
|
Similar widening-multiplication instructions of other widths.
|
| 4604 |
|
|
|
| 4605 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umulqihi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4606 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umulhisi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4607 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umulsidi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4608 |
|
|
@item @samp{umulqihi3}, @samp{umulhisi3}, @samp{umulsidi3}
|
| 4609 |
|
|
Similar widening-multiplication instructions that do unsigned
|
| 4610 |
|
|
multiplication.
|
| 4611 |
|
|
|
| 4612 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usmulqihi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4613 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usmulhisi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4614 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usmulsidi3} instruction pattern
|
| 4615 |
|
|
@item @samp{usmulqihi3}, @samp{usmulhisi3}, @samp{usmulsidi3}
|
| 4616 |
|
|
Similar widening-multiplication instructions that interpret the first
|
| 4617 |
|
|
operand as unsigned and the second operand as signed, then do a signed
|
| 4618 |
|
|
multiplication.
|
| 4619 |
|
|
|
| 4620 |
|
|
@cindex @code{smul@var{m}3_highpart} instruction pattern
|
| 4621 |
|
|
@item @samp{smul@var{m}3_highpart}
|
| 4622 |
|
|
Perform a signed multiplication of operands 1 and 2, which have mode
|
| 4623 |
|
|
@var{m}, and store the most significant half of the product in operand 0.
|
| 4624 |
|
|
The least significant half of the product is discarded.
|
| 4625 |
|
|
|
| 4626 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umul@var{m}3_highpart} instruction pattern
|
| 4627 |
|
|
@item @samp{umul@var{m}3_highpart}
|
| 4628 |
|
|
Similar, but the multiplication is unsigned.
|
| 4629 |
|
|
|
| 4630 |
|
|
@cindex @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4631 |
|
|
@item @samp{madd@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4632 |
|
|
Multiply operands 1 and 2, sign-extend them to mode @var{n}, add
|
| 4633 |
|
|
operand 3, and store the result in operand 0. Operands 1 and 2
|
| 4634 |
|
|
have mode @var{m} and operands 0 and 3 have mode @var{n}.
|
| 4635 |
|
|
Both modes must be integer or fixed-point modes and @var{n} must be twice
|
| 4636 |
|
|
the size of @var{m}.
|
| 4637 |
|
|
|
| 4638 |
|
|
In other words, @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4} is like
|
| 4639 |
|
|
@code{mul@var{m}@var{n}3} except that it also adds operand 3.
|
| 4640 |
|
|
|
| 4641 |
|
|
These instructions are not allowed to @code{FAIL}.
|
| 4642 |
|
|
|
| 4643 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umadd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4644 |
|
|
@item @samp{umadd@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4645 |
|
|
Like @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4}, but zero-extend the multiplication
|
| 4646 |
|
|
operands instead of sign-extending them.
|
| 4647 |
|
|
|
| 4648 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssmadd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4649 |
|
|
@item @samp{ssmadd@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4650 |
|
|
Like @code{madd@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
|
| 4651 |
|
|
signed-saturating.
|
| 4652 |
|
|
|
| 4653 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usmadd@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4654 |
|
|
@item @samp{usmadd@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4655 |
|
|
Like @code{umadd@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
|
| 4656 |
|
|
unsigned-saturating.
|
| 4657 |
|
|
|
| 4658 |
|
|
@cindex @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4659 |
|
|
@item @samp{msub@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4660 |
|
|
Multiply operands 1 and 2, sign-extend them to mode @var{n}, subtract the
|
| 4661 |
|
|
result from operand 3, and store the result in operand 0. Operands 1 and 2
|
| 4662 |
|
|
have mode @var{m} and operands 0 and 3 have mode @var{n}.
|
| 4663 |
|
|
Both modes must be integer or fixed-point modes and @var{n} must be twice
|
| 4664 |
|
|
the size of @var{m}.
|
| 4665 |
|
|
|
| 4666 |
|
|
In other words, @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4} is like
|
| 4667 |
|
|
@code{mul@var{m}@var{n}3} except that it also subtracts the result
|
| 4668 |
|
|
from operand 3.
|
| 4669 |
|
|
|
| 4670 |
|
|
These instructions are not allowed to @code{FAIL}.
|
| 4671 |
|
|
|
| 4672 |
|
|
@cindex @code{umsub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4673 |
|
|
@item @samp{umsub@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4674 |
|
|
Like @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4}, but zero-extend the multiplication
|
| 4675 |
|
|
operands instead of sign-extending them.
|
| 4676 |
|
|
|
| 4677 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssmsub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4678 |
|
|
@item @samp{ssmsub@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4679 |
|
|
Like @code{msub@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
|
| 4680 |
|
|
signed-saturating.
|
| 4681 |
|
|
|
| 4682 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usmsub@var{m}@var{n}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4683 |
|
|
@item @samp{usmsub@var{m}@var{n}4}
|
| 4684 |
|
|
Like @code{umsub@var{m}@var{n}4}, but all involved operations must be
|
| 4685 |
|
|
unsigned-saturating.
|
| 4686 |
|
|
|
| 4687 |
|
|
@cindex @code{divmod@var{m}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4688 |
|
|
@item @samp{divmod@var{m}4}
|
| 4689 |
|
|
Signed division that produces both a quotient and a remainder.
|
| 4690 |
|
|
Operand 1 is divided by operand 2 to produce a quotient stored
|
| 4691 |
|
|
in operand 0 and a remainder stored in operand 3.
|
| 4692 |
|
|
|
| 4693 |
|
|
For machines with an instruction that produces both a quotient and a
|
| 4694 |
|
|
remainder, provide a pattern for @samp{divmod@var{m}4} but do not
|
| 4695 |
|
|
provide patterns for @samp{div@var{m}3} and @samp{mod@var{m}3}. This
|
| 4696 |
|
|
allows optimization in the relatively common case when both the quotient
|
| 4697 |
|
|
and remainder are computed.
|
| 4698 |
|
|
|
| 4699 |
|
|
If an instruction that just produces a quotient or just a remainder
|
| 4700 |
|
|
exists and is more efficient than the instruction that produces both,
|
| 4701 |
|
|
write the output routine of @samp{divmod@var{m}4} to call
|
| 4702 |
|
|
@code{find_reg_note} and look for a @code{REG_UNUSED} note on the
|
| 4703 |
|
|
quotient or remainder and generate the appropriate instruction.
|
| 4704 |
|
|
|
| 4705 |
|
|
@cindex @code{udivmod@var{m}4} instruction pattern
|
| 4706 |
|
|
@item @samp{udivmod@var{m}4}
|
| 4707 |
|
|
Similar, but does unsigned division.
|
| 4708 |
|
|
|
| 4709 |
|
|
@anchor{shift patterns}
|
| 4710 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4711 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4712 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4713 |
|
|
@item @samp{ashl@var{m}3}, @samp{ssashl@var{m}3}, @samp{usashl@var{m}3}
|
| 4714 |
|
|
Arithmetic-shift operand 1 left by a number of bits specified by operand
|
| 4715 |
|
|
2, and store the result in operand 0. Here @var{m} is the mode of
|
| 4716 |
|
|
operand 0 and operand 1; operand 2's mode is specified by the
|
| 4717 |
|
|
instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert the operand to that
|
| 4718 |
|
|
mode before generating the instruction. The meaning of out-of-range shift
|
| 4719 |
|
|
counts can optionally be specified by @code{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}.
|
| 4720 |
|
|
@xref{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}. Operand 2 is always a scalar type.
|
| 4721 |
|
|
|
| 4722 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ashr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4723 |
|
|
@cindex @code{lshr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4724 |
|
|
@cindex @code{rotl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4725 |
|
|
@cindex @code{rotr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4726 |
|
|
@item @samp{ashr@var{m}3}, @samp{lshr@var{m}3}, @samp{rotl@var{m}3}, @samp{rotr@var{m}3}
|
| 4727 |
|
|
Other shift and rotate instructions, analogous to the
|
| 4728 |
|
|
@code{ashl@var{m}3} instructions. Operand 2 is always a scalar type.
|
| 4729 |
|
|
|
| 4730 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vashl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4731 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vashr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4732 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vlshr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4733 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vrotl@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4734 |
|
|
@cindex @code{vrotr@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4735 |
|
|
@item @samp{vashl@var{m}3}, @samp{vashr@var{m}3}, @samp{vlshr@var{m}3}, @samp{vrotl@var{m}3}, @samp{vrotr@var{m}3}
|
| 4736 |
|
|
Vector shift and rotate instructions that take vectors as operand 2
|
| 4737 |
|
|
instead of a scalar type.
|
| 4738 |
|
|
|
| 4739 |
|
|
@cindex @code{neg@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4740 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ssneg@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4741 |
|
|
@cindex @code{usneg@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4742 |
|
|
@item @samp{neg@var{m}2}, @samp{ssneg@var{m}2}, @samp{usneg@var{m}2}
|
| 4743 |
|
|
Negate operand 1 and store the result in operand 0.
|
| 4744 |
|
|
|
| 4745 |
|
|
@cindex @code{abs@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4746 |
|
|
@item @samp{abs@var{m}2}
|
| 4747 |
|
|
Store the absolute value of operand 1 into operand 0.
|
| 4748 |
|
|
|
| 4749 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sqrt@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4750 |
|
|
@item @samp{sqrt@var{m}2}
|
| 4751 |
|
|
Store the square root of operand 1 into operand 0.
|
| 4752 |
|
|
|
| 4753 |
|
|
The @code{sqrt} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4754 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{sqrtf}
|
| 4755 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4756 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4757 |
|
|
|
| 4758 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fmod@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4759 |
|
|
@item @samp{fmod@var{m}3}
|
| 4760 |
|
|
Store the remainder of dividing operand 1 by operand 2 into
|
| 4761 |
|
|
operand 0, rounded towards zero to an integer.
|
| 4762 |
|
|
|
| 4763 |
|
|
The @code{fmod} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4764 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{fmodf}
|
| 4765 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4766 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4767 |
|
|
|
| 4768 |
|
|
@cindex @code{remainder@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4769 |
|
|
@item @samp{remainder@var{m}3}
|
| 4770 |
|
|
Store the remainder of dividing operand 1 by operand 2 into
|
| 4771 |
|
|
operand 0, rounded to the nearest integer.
|
| 4772 |
|
|
|
| 4773 |
|
|
The @code{remainder} built-in function of C always uses the mode
|
| 4774 |
|
|
which corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the
|
| 4775 |
|
|
@code{remainderf} built-in function uses the mode which corresponds
|
| 4776 |
|
|
to the C data type @code{float}.
|
| 4777 |
|
|
|
| 4778 |
|
|
@cindex @code{cos@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4779 |
|
|
@item @samp{cos@var{m}2}
|
| 4780 |
|
|
Store the cosine of operand 1 into operand 0.
|
| 4781 |
|
|
|
| 4782 |
|
|
The @code{cos} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4783 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{cosf}
|
| 4784 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4785 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4786 |
|
|
|
| 4787 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sin@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4788 |
|
|
@item @samp{sin@var{m}2}
|
| 4789 |
|
|
Store the sine of operand 1 into operand 0.
|
| 4790 |
|
|
|
| 4791 |
|
|
The @code{sin} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4792 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{sinf}
|
| 4793 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4794 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4795 |
|
|
|
| 4796 |
|
|
@cindex @code{exp@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4797 |
|
|
@item @samp{exp@var{m}2}
|
| 4798 |
|
|
Store the exponential of operand 1 into operand 0.
|
| 4799 |
|
|
|
| 4800 |
|
|
The @code{exp} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4801 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{expf}
|
| 4802 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4803 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4804 |
|
|
|
| 4805 |
|
|
@cindex @code{log@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4806 |
|
|
@item @samp{log@var{m}2}
|
| 4807 |
|
|
Store the natural logarithm of operand 1 into operand 0.
|
| 4808 |
|
|
|
| 4809 |
|
|
The @code{log} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4810 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{logf}
|
| 4811 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4812 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4813 |
|
|
|
| 4814 |
|
|
@cindex @code{pow@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4815 |
|
|
@item @samp{pow@var{m}3}
|
| 4816 |
|
|
Store the value of operand 1 raised to the exponent operand 2
|
| 4817 |
|
|
into operand 0.
|
| 4818 |
|
|
|
| 4819 |
|
|
The @code{pow} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4820 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{powf}
|
| 4821 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4822 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4823 |
|
|
|
| 4824 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atan2@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4825 |
|
|
@item @samp{atan2@var{m}3}
|
| 4826 |
|
|
Store the arc tangent (inverse tangent) of operand 1 divided by
|
| 4827 |
|
|
operand 2 into operand 0, using the signs of both arguments to
|
| 4828 |
|
|
determine the quadrant of the result.
|
| 4829 |
|
|
|
| 4830 |
|
|
The @code{atan2} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4831 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{atan2f}
|
| 4832 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4833 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4834 |
|
|
|
| 4835 |
|
|
@cindex @code{floor@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4836 |
|
|
@item @samp{floor@var{m}2}
|
| 4837 |
|
|
Store the largest integral value not greater than argument.
|
| 4838 |
|
|
|
| 4839 |
|
|
The @code{floor} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4840 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{floorf}
|
| 4841 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4842 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4843 |
|
|
|
| 4844 |
|
|
@cindex @code{btrunc@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4845 |
|
|
@item @samp{btrunc@var{m}2}
|
| 4846 |
|
|
Store the argument rounded to integer towards zero.
|
| 4847 |
|
|
|
| 4848 |
|
|
The @code{trunc} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4849 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{truncf}
|
| 4850 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4851 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4852 |
|
|
|
| 4853 |
|
|
@cindex @code{round@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4854 |
|
|
@item @samp{round@var{m}2}
|
| 4855 |
|
|
Store the argument rounded to integer away from zero.
|
| 4856 |
|
|
|
| 4857 |
|
|
The @code{round} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4858 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{roundf}
|
| 4859 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4860 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4861 |
|
|
|
| 4862 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ceil@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4863 |
|
|
@item @samp{ceil@var{m}2}
|
| 4864 |
|
|
Store the argument rounded to integer away from zero.
|
| 4865 |
|
|
|
| 4866 |
|
|
The @code{ceil} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4867 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{ceilf}
|
| 4868 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4869 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4870 |
|
|
|
| 4871 |
|
|
@cindex @code{nearbyint@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4872 |
|
|
@item @samp{nearbyint@var{m}2}
|
| 4873 |
|
|
Store the argument rounded according to the default rounding mode
|
| 4874 |
|
|
|
| 4875 |
|
|
The @code{nearbyint} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4876 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{nearbyintf}
|
| 4877 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4878 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4879 |
|
|
|
| 4880 |
|
|
@cindex @code{rint@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4881 |
|
|
@item @samp{rint@var{m}2}
|
| 4882 |
|
|
Store the argument rounded according to the default rounding mode and
|
| 4883 |
|
|
raise the inexact exception when the result differs in value from
|
| 4884 |
|
|
the argument
|
| 4885 |
|
|
|
| 4886 |
|
|
The @code{rint} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4887 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{rintf}
|
| 4888 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4889 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4890 |
|
|
|
| 4891 |
|
|
@cindex @code{lrint@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4892 |
|
|
@item @samp{lrint@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4893 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
|
| 4894 |
|
|
point mode @var{n} as a signed number according to the current
|
| 4895 |
|
|
rounding mode and store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
|
| 4896 |
|
|
|
| 4897 |
|
|
@cindex @code{lround@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4898 |
|
|
@item @samp{lround@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4899 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
|
| 4900 |
|
|
point mode @var{n} as a signed number rounding to nearest and away
|
| 4901 |
|
|
from zero and store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
|
| 4902 |
|
|
|
| 4903 |
|
|
@cindex @code{lfloor@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4904 |
|
|
@item @samp{lfloor@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4905 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
|
| 4906 |
|
|
point mode @var{n} as a signed number rounding down and store in
|
| 4907 |
|
|
operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
|
| 4908 |
|
|
|
| 4909 |
|
|
@cindex @code{lceil@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4910 |
|
|
@item @samp{lceil@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 4911 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
|
| 4912 |
|
|
point mode @var{n} as a signed number rounding up and store in
|
| 4913 |
|
|
operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
|
| 4914 |
|
|
|
| 4915 |
|
|
@cindex @code{copysign@var{m}3} instruction pattern
|
| 4916 |
|
|
@item @samp{copysign@var{m}3}
|
| 4917 |
|
|
Store a value with the magnitude of operand 1 and the sign of operand
|
| 4918 |
|
|
2 into operand 0.
|
| 4919 |
|
|
|
| 4920 |
|
|
The @code{copysign} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4921 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{double} and the @code{copysignf}
|
| 4922 |
|
|
built-in function uses the mode which corresponds to the C data
|
| 4923 |
|
|
type @code{float}.
|
| 4924 |
|
|
|
| 4925 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ffs@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4926 |
|
|
@item @samp{ffs@var{m}2}
|
| 4927 |
|
|
Store into operand 0 one plus the index of the least significant 1-bit
|
| 4928 |
|
|
of operand 1. If operand 1 is zero, store zero. @var{m} is the mode
|
| 4929 |
|
|
of operand 0; operand 1's mode is specified by the instruction
|
| 4930 |
|
|
pattern, and the compiler will convert the operand to that mode before
|
| 4931 |
|
|
generating the instruction.
|
| 4932 |
|
|
|
| 4933 |
|
|
The @code{ffs} built-in function of C always uses the mode which
|
| 4934 |
|
|
corresponds to the C data type @code{int}.
|
| 4935 |
|
|
|
| 4936 |
|
|
@cindex @code{clz@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4937 |
|
|
@item @samp{clz@var{m}2}
|
| 4938 |
|
|
Store into operand 0 the number of leading 0-bits in @var{x}, starting
|
| 4939 |
|
|
at the most significant bit position. If @var{x} is 0, the
|
| 4940 |
|
|
@code{CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO} (@pxref{Misc}) macro defines if
|
| 4941 |
|
|
the result is undefined or has a useful value.
|
| 4942 |
|
|
@var{m} is the mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode is
|
| 4943 |
|
|
specified by the instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert the
|
| 4944 |
|
|
operand to that mode before generating the instruction.
|
| 4945 |
|
|
|
| 4946 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ctz@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4947 |
|
|
@item @samp{ctz@var{m}2}
|
| 4948 |
|
|
Store into operand 0 the number of trailing 0-bits in @var{x}, starting
|
| 4949 |
|
|
at the least significant bit position. If @var{x} is 0, the
|
| 4950 |
|
|
@code{CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO} (@pxref{Misc}) macro defines if
|
| 4951 |
|
|
the result is undefined or has a useful value.
|
| 4952 |
|
|
@var{m} is the mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode is
|
| 4953 |
|
|
specified by the instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert the
|
| 4954 |
|
|
operand to that mode before generating the instruction.
|
| 4955 |
|
|
|
| 4956 |
|
|
@cindex @code{popcount@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4957 |
|
|
@item @samp{popcount@var{m}2}
|
| 4958 |
|
|
Store into operand 0 the number of 1-bits in @var{x}. @var{m} is the
|
| 4959 |
|
|
mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode is specified by the instruction
|
| 4960 |
|
|
pattern, and the compiler will convert the operand to that mode before
|
| 4961 |
|
|
generating the instruction.
|
| 4962 |
|
|
|
| 4963 |
|
|
@cindex @code{parity@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4964 |
|
|
@item @samp{parity@var{m}2}
|
| 4965 |
|
|
Store into operand 0 the parity of @var{x}, i.e.@: the number of 1-bits
|
| 4966 |
|
|
in @var{x} modulo 2. @var{m} is the mode of operand 0; operand 1's mode
|
| 4967 |
|
|
is specified by the instruction pattern, and the compiler will convert
|
| 4968 |
|
|
the operand to that mode before generating the instruction.
|
| 4969 |
|
|
|
| 4970 |
|
|
@cindex @code{one_cmpl@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 4971 |
|
|
@item @samp{one_cmpl@var{m}2}
|
| 4972 |
|
|
Store the bitwise-complement of operand 1 into operand 0.
|
| 4973 |
|
|
|
| 4974 |
|
|
@cindex @code{movmem@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 4975 |
|
|
@item @samp{movmem@var{m}}
|
| 4976 |
|
|
Block move instruction. The destination and source blocks of memory
|
| 4977 |
|
|
are the first two operands, and both are @code{mem:BLK}s with an
|
| 4978 |
|
|
address in mode @code{Pmode}.
|
| 4979 |
|
|
|
| 4980 |
|
|
The number of bytes to move is the third operand, in mode @var{m}.
|
| 4981 |
|
|
Usually, you specify @code{word_mode} for @var{m}. However, if you can
|
| 4982 |
|
|
generate better code knowing the range of valid lengths is smaller than
|
| 4983 |
|
|
those representable in a full word, you should provide a pattern with a
|
| 4984 |
|
|
mode corresponding to the range of values you can handle efficiently
|
| 4985 |
|
|
(e.g., @code{QImode} for values in the range 0--127; note we avoid numbers
|
| 4986 |
|
|
that appear negative) and also a pattern with @code{word_mode}.
|
| 4987 |
|
|
|
| 4988 |
|
|
The fourth operand is the known shared alignment of the source and
|
| 4989 |
|
|
destination, in the form of a @code{const_int} rtx. Thus, if the
|
| 4990 |
|
|
compiler knows that both source and destination are word-aligned,
|
| 4991 |
|
|
it may provide the value 4 for this operand.
|
| 4992 |
|
|
|
| 4993 |
|
|
Optional operands 5 and 6 specify expected alignment and size of block
|
| 4994 |
|
|
respectively. The expected alignment differs from alignment in operand 4
|
| 4995 |
|
|
in a way that the blocks are not required to be aligned according to it in
|
| 4996 |
|
|
all cases. This expected alignment is also in bytes, just like operand 4.
|
| 4997 |
|
|
Expected size, when unknown, is set to @code{(const_int -1)}.
|
| 4998 |
|
|
|
| 4999 |
|
|
Descriptions of multiple @code{movmem@var{m}} patterns can only be
|
| 5000 |
|
|
beneficial if the patterns for smaller modes have fewer restrictions
|
| 5001 |
|
|
on their first, second and fourth operands. Note that the mode @var{m}
|
| 5002 |
|
|
in @code{movmem@var{m}} does not impose any restriction on the mode of
|
| 5003 |
|
|
individually moved data units in the block.
|
| 5004 |
|
|
|
| 5005 |
|
|
These patterns need not give special consideration to the possibility
|
| 5006 |
|
|
that the source and destination strings might overlap.
|
| 5007 |
|
|
|
| 5008 |
|
|
@cindex @code{movstr} instruction pattern
|
| 5009 |
|
|
@item @samp{movstr}
|
| 5010 |
|
|
String copy instruction, with @code{stpcpy} semantics. Operand 0 is
|
| 5011 |
|
|
an output operand in mode @code{Pmode}. The addresses of the
|
| 5012 |
|
|
destination and source strings are operands 1 and 2, and both are
|
| 5013 |
|
|
@code{mem:BLK}s with addresses in mode @code{Pmode}. The execution of
|
| 5014 |
|
|
the expansion of this pattern should store in operand 0 the address in
|
| 5015 |
|
|
which the @code{NUL} terminator was stored in the destination string.
|
| 5016 |
|
|
|
| 5017 |
|
|
@cindex @code{setmem@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 5018 |
|
|
@item @samp{setmem@var{m}}
|
| 5019 |
|
|
Block set instruction. The destination string is the first operand,
|
| 5020 |
|
|
given as a @code{mem:BLK} whose address is in mode @code{Pmode}. The
|
| 5021 |
|
|
number of bytes to set is the second operand, in mode @var{m}. The value to
|
| 5022 |
|
|
initialize the memory with is the third operand. Targets that only support the
|
| 5023 |
|
|
clearing of memory should reject any value that is not the constant 0. See
|
| 5024 |
|
|
@samp{movmem@var{m}} for a discussion of the choice of mode.
|
| 5025 |
|
|
|
| 5026 |
|
|
The fourth operand is the known alignment of the destination, in the form
|
| 5027 |
|
|
of a @code{const_int} rtx. Thus, if the compiler knows that the
|
| 5028 |
|
|
destination is word-aligned, it may provide the value 4 for this
|
| 5029 |
|
|
operand.
|
| 5030 |
|
|
|
| 5031 |
|
|
Optional operands 5 and 6 specify expected alignment and size of block
|
| 5032 |
|
|
respectively. The expected alignment differs from alignment in operand 4
|
| 5033 |
|
|
in a way that the blocks are not required to be aligned according to it in
|
| 5034 |
|
|
all cases. This expected alignment is also in bytes, just like operand 4.
|
| 5035 |
|
|
Expected size, when unknown, is set to @code{(const_int -1)}.
|
| 5036 |
|
|
|
| 5037 |
|
|
The use for multiple @code{setmem@var{m}} is as for @code{movmem@var{m}}.
|
| 5038 |
|
|
|
| 5039 |
|
|
@cindex @code{cmpstrn@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 5040 |
|
|
@item @samp{cmpstrn@var{m}}
|
| 5041 |
|
|
String compare instruction, with five operands. Operand 0 is the output;
|
| 5042 |
|
|
it has mode @var{m}. The remaining four operands are like the operands
|
| 5043 |
|
|
of @samp{movmem@var{m}}. The two memory blocks specified are compared
|
| 5044 |
|
|
byte by byte in lexicographic order starting at the beginning of each
|
| 5045 |
|
|
string. The instruction is not allowed to prefetch more than one byte
|
| 5046 |
|
|
at a time since either string may end in the first byte and reading past
|
| 5047 |
|
|
that may access an invalid page or segment and cause a fault. The
|
| 5048 |
|
|
comparison terminates early if the fetched bytes are different or if
|
| 5049 |
|
|
they are equal to zero. The effect of the instruction is to store a
|
| 5050 |
|
|
value in operand 0 whose sign indicates the result of the comparison.
|
| 5051 |
|
|
|
| 5052 |
|
|
@cindex @code{cmpstr@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 5053 |
|
|
@item @samp{cmpstr@var{m}}
|
| 5054 |
|
|
String compare instruction, without known maximum length. Operand 0 is the
|
| 5055 |
|
|
output; it has mode @var{m}. The second and third operand are the blocks of
|
| 5056 |
|
|
memory to be compared; both are @code{mem:BLK} with an address in mode
|
| 5057 |
|
|
@code{Pmode}.
|
| 5058 |
|
|
|
| 5059 |
|
|
The fourth operand is the known shared alignment of the source and
|
| 5060 |
|
|
destination, in the form of a @code{const_int} rtx. Thus, if the
|
| 5061 |
|
|
compiler knows that both source and destination are word-aligned,
|
| 5062 |
|
|
it may provide the value 4 for this operand.
|
| 5063 |
|
|
|
| 5064 |
|
|
The two memory blocks specified are compared byte by byte in lexicographic
|
| 5065 |
|
|
order starting at the beginning of each string. The instruction is not allowed
|
| 5066 |
|
|
to prefetch more than one byte at a time since either string may end in the
|
| 5067 |
|
|
first byte and reading past that may access an invalid page or segment and
|
| 5068 |
|
|
cause a fault. The comparison will terminate when the fetched bytes
|
| 5069 |
|
|
are different or if they are equal to zero. The effect of the
|
| 5070 |
|
|
instruction is to store a value in operand 0 whose sign indicates the
|
| 5071 |
|
|
result of the comparison.
|
| 5072 |
|
|
|
| 5073 |
|
|
@cindex @code{cmpmem@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 5074 |
|
|
@item @samp{cmpmem@var{m}}
|
| 5075 |
|
|
Block compare instruction, with five operands like the operands
|
| 5076 |
|
|
of @samp{cmpstr@var{m}}. The two memory blocks specified are compared
|
| 5077 |
|
|
byte by byte in lexicographic order starting at the beginning of each
|
| 5078 |
|
|
block. Unlike @samp{cmpstr@var{m}} the instruction can prefetch
|
| 5079 |
|
|
any bytes in the two memory blocks. Also unlike @samp{cmpstr@var{m}}
|
| 5080 |
|
|
the comparison will not stop if both bytes are zero. The effect of
|
| 5081 |
|
|
the instruction is to store a value in operand 0 whose sign indicates
|
| 5082 |
|
|
the result of the comparison.
|
| 5083 |
|
|
|
| 5084 |
|
|
@cindex @code{strlen@var{m}} instruction pattern
|
| 5085 |
|
|
@item @samp{strlen@var{m}}
|
| 5086 |
|
|
Compute the length of a string, with three operands.
|
| 5087 |
|
|
Operand 0 is the result (of mode @var{m}), operand 1 is
|
| 5088 |
|
|
a @code{mem} referring to the first character of the string,
|
| 5089 |
|
|
operand 2 is the character to search for (normally zero),
|
| 5090 |
|
|
and operand 3 is a constant describing the known alignment
|
| 5091 |
|
|
of the beginning of the string.
|
| 5092 |
|
|
|
| 5093 |
|
|
@cindex @code{float@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5094 |
|
|
@item @samp{float@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5095 |
|
|
Convert signed integer operand 1 (valid for fixed point mode @var{m}) to
|
| 5096 |
|
|
floating point mode @var{n} and store in operand 0 (which has mode
|
| 5097 |
|
|
@var{n}).
|
| 5098 |
|
|
|
| 5099 |
|
|
@cindex @code{floatuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5100 |
|
|
@item @samp{floatuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5101 |
|
|
Convert unsigned integer operand 1 (valid for fixed point mode @var{m})
|
| 5102 |
|
|
to floating point mode @var{n} and store in operand 0 (which has mode
|
| 5103 |
|
|
@var{n}).
|
| 5104 |
|
|
|
| 5105 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fix@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5106 |
|
|
@item @samp{fix@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5107 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
|
| 5108 |
|
|
point mode @var{n} as a signed number and store in operand 0 (which
|
| 5109 |
|
|
has mode @var{n}). This instruction's result is defined only when
|
| 5110 |
|
|
the value of operand 1 is an integer.
|
| 5111 |
|
|
|
| 5112 |
|
|
If the machine description defines this pattern, it also needs to
|
| 5113 |
|
|
define the @code{ftrunc} pattern.
|
| 5114 |
|
|
|
| 5115 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fixuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5116 |
|
|
@item @samp{fixuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5117 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to fixed
|
| 5118 |
|
|
point mode @var{n} as an unsigned number and store in operand 0 (which
|
| 5119 |
|
|
has mode @var{n}). This instruction's result is defined only when the
|
| 5120 |
|
|
value of operand 1 is an integer.
|
| 5121 |
|
|
|
| 5122 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ftrunc@var{m}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5123 |
|
|
@item @samp{ftrunc@var{m}2}
|
| 5124 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}) to an
|
| 5125 |
|
|
integer value, still represented in floating point mode @var{m}, and
|
| 5126 |
|
|
store it in operand 0 (valid for floating point mode @var{m}).
|
| 5127 |
|
|
|
| 5128 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fix_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5129 |
|
|
@item @samp{fix_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5130 |
|
|
Like @samp{fix@var{m}@var{n}2} but works for any floating point value
|
| 5131 |
|
|
of mode @var{m} by converting the value to an integer.
|
| 5132 |
|
|
|
| 5133 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fixuns_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5134 |
|
|
@item @samp{fixuns_trunc@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5135 |
|
|
Like @samp{fixuns@var{m}@var{n}2} but works for any floating point
|
| 5136 |
|
|
value of mode @var{m} by converting the value to an integer.
|
| 5137 |
|
|
|
| 5138 |
|
|
@cindex @code{trunc@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5139 |
|
|
@item @samp{trunc@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5140 |
|
|
Truncate operand 1 (valid for mode @var{m}) to mode @var{n} and
|
| 5141 |
|
|
store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Both modes must be fixed
|
| 5142 |
|
|
point or both floating point.
|
| 5143 |
|
|
|
| 5144 |
|
|
@cindex @code{extend@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5145 |
|
|
@item @samp{extend@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5146 |
|
|
Sign-extend operand 1 (valid for mode @var{m}) to mode @var{n} and
|
| 5147 |
|
|
store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Both modes must be fixed
|
| 5148 |
|
|
point or both floating point.
|
| 5149 |
|
|
|
| 5150 |
|
|
@cindex @code{zero_extend@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5151 |
|
|
@item @samp{zero_extend@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5152 |
|
|
Zero-extend operand 1 (valid for mode @var{m}) to mode @var{n} and
|
| 5153 |
|
|
store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Both modes must be fixed
|
| 5154 |
|
|
point.
|
| 5155 |
|
|
|
| 5156 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fract@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5157 |
|
|
@item @samp{fract@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5158 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 of mode @var{m} to mode @var{n} and store in
|
| 5159 |
|
|
operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Mode @var{m} and mode @var{n}
|
| 5160 |
|
|
could be fixed-point to fixed-point, signed integer to fixed-point,
|
| 5161 |
|
|
fixed-point to signed integer, floating-point to fixed-point,
|
| 5162 |
|
|
or fixed-point to floating-point.
|
| 5163 |
|
|
When overflows or underflows happen, the results are undefined.
|
| 5164 |
|
|
|
| 5165 |
|
|
@cindex @code{satfract@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5166 |
|
|
@item @samp{satfract@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5167 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 of mode @var{m} to mode @var{n} and store in
|
| 5168 |
|
|
operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Mode @var{m} and mode @var{n}
|
| 5169 |
|
|
could be fixed-point to fixed-point, signed integer to fixed-point,
|
| 5170 |
|
|
or floating-point to fixed-point.
|
| 5171 |
|
|
When overflows or underflows happen, the instruction saturates the
|
| 5172 |
|
|
results to the maximum or the minimum.
|
| 5173 |
|
|
|
| 5174 |
|
|
@cindex @code{fractuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5175 |
|
|
@item @samp{fractuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5176 |
|
|
Convert operand 1 of mode @var{m} to mode @var{n} and store in
|
| 5177 |
|
|
operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}). Mode @var{m} and mode @var{n}
|
| 5178 |
|
|
could be unsigned integer to fixed-point, or
|
| 5179 |
|
|
fixed-point to unsigned integer.
|
| 5180 |
|
|
When overflows or underflows happen, the results are undefined.
|
| 5181 |
|
|
|
| 5182 |
|
|
@cindex @code{satfractuns@var{m}@var{n}2} instruction pattern
|
| 5183 |
|
|
@item @samp{satfractuns@var{m}@var{n}2}
|
| 5184 |
|
|
Convert unsigned integer operand 1 of mode @var{m} to fixed-point mode
|
| 5185 |
|
|
@var{n} and store in operand 0 (which has mode @var{n}).
|
| 5186 |
|
|
When overflows or underflows happen, the instruction saturates the
|
| 5187 |
|
|
results to the maximum or the minimum.
|
| 5188 |
|
|
|
| 5189 |
|
|
@cindex @code{extv} instruction pattern
|
| 5190 |
|
|
@item @samp{extv}
|
| 5191 |
|
|
Extract a bit-field from operand 1 (a register or memory operand), where
|
| 5192 |
|
|
operand 2 specifies the width in bits and operand 3 the starting bit,
|
| 5193 |
|
|
and store it in operand 0. Operand 0 must have mode @code{word_mode}.
|
| 5194 |
|
|
Operand 1 may have mode @code{byte_mode} or @code{word_mode}; often
|
| 5195 |
|
|
@code{word_mode} is allowed only for registers. Operands 2 and 3 must
|
| 5196 |
|
|
be valid for @code{word_mode}.
|
| 5197 |
|
|
|
| 5198 |
|
|
The RTL generation pass generates this instruction only with constants
|
| 5199 |
|
|
for operands 2 and 3 and the constant is never zero for operand 2.
|
| 5200 |
|
|
|
| 5201 |
|
|
The bit-field value is sign-extended to a full word integer
|
| 5202 |
|
|
before it is stored in operand 0.
|
| 5203 |
|
|
|
| 5204 |
|
|
@cindex @code{extzv} instruction pattern
|
| 5205 |
|
|
@item @samp{extzv}
|
| 5206 |
|
|
Like @samp{extv} except that the bit-field value is zero-extended.
|
| 5207 |
|
|
|
| 5208 |
|
|
@cindex @code{insv} instruction pattern
|
| 5209 |
|
|
@item @samp{insv}
|
| 5210 |
|
|
Store operand 3 (which must be valid for @code{word_mode}) into a
|
| 5211 |
|
|
bit-field in operand 0, where operand 1 specifies the width in bits and
|
| 5212 |
|
|
operand 2 the starting bit. Operand 0 may have mode @code{byte_mode} or
|
| 5213 |
|
|
@code{word_mode}; often @code{word_mode} is allowed only for registers.
|
| 5214 |
|
|
Operands 1 and 2 must be valid for @code{word_mode}.
|
| 5215 |
|
|
|
| 5216 |
|
|
The RTL generation pass generates this instruction only with constants
|
| 5217 |
|
|
for operands 1 and 2 and the constant is never zero for operand 1.
|
| 5218 |
|
|
|
| 5219 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mov@var{mode}cc} instruction pattern
|
| 5220 |
|
|
@item @samp{mov@var{mode}cc}
|
| 5221 |
|
|
Conditionally move operand 2 or operand 3 into operand 0 according to the
|
| 5222 |
|
|
comparison in operand 1. If the comparison is true, operand 2 is moved
|
| 5223 |
|
|
into operand 0, otherwise operand 3 is moved.
|
| 5224 |
|
|
|
| 5225 |
|
|
The mode of the operands being compared need not be the same as the operands
|
| 5226 |
|
|
being moved. Some machines, sparc64 for example, have instructions that
|
| 5227 |
|
|
conditionally move an integer value based on the floating point condition
|
| 5228 |
|
|
codes and vice versa.
|
| 5229 |
|
|
|
| 5230 |
|
|
If the machine does not have conditional move instructions, do not
|
| 5231 |
|
|
define these patterns.
|
| 5232 |
|
|
|
| 5233 |
|
|
@cindex @code{add@var{mode}cc} instruction pattern
|
| 5234 |
|
|
@item @samp{add@var{mode}cc}
|
| 5235 |
|
|
Similar to @samp{mov@var{mode}cc} but for conditional addition. Conditionally
|
| 5236 |
|
|
move operand 2 or (operands 2 + operand 3) into operand 0 according to the
|
| 5237 |
|
|
comparison in operand 1. If the comparison is true, operand 2 is moved into
|
| 5238 |
|
|
operand 0, otherwise (operand 2 + operand 3) is moved.
|
| 5239 |
|
|
|
| 5240 |
|
|
@cindex @code{cstore@var{mode}4} instruction pattern
|
| 5241 |
|
|
@item @samp{cstore@var{mode}4}
|
| 5242 |
|
|
Store zero or nonzero in operand 0 according to whether a comparison
|
| 5243 |
|
|
is true. Operand 1 is a comparison operator. Operand 2 and operand 3
|
| 5244 |
|
|
are the first and second operand of the comparison, respectively.
|
| 5245 |
|
|
You specify the mode that operand 0 must have when you write the
|
| 5246 |
|
|
@code{match_operand} expression. The compiler automatically sees which
|
| 5247 |
|
|
mode you have used and supplies an operand of that mode.
|
| 5248 |
|
|
|
| 5249 |
|
|
The value stored for a true condition must have 1 as its low bit, or
|
| 5250 |
|
|
else must be negative. Otherwise the instruction is not suitable and
|
| 5251 |
|
|
you should omit it from the machine description. You describe to the
|
| 5252 |
|
|
compiler exactly which value is stored by defining the macro
|
| 5253 |
|
|
@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} (@pxref{Misc}). If a description cannot be
|
| 5254 |
|
|
found that can be used for all the possible comparison operators, you
|
| 5255 |
|
|
should pick one and use a @code{define_expand} to map all results
|
| 5256 |
|
|
onto the one you chose.
|
| 5257 |
|
|
|
| 5258 |
|
|
These operations may @code{FAIL}, but should do so only in relatively
|
| 5259 |
|
|
uncommon cases; if they would @code{FAIL} for common cases involving
|
| 5260 |
|
|
integer comparisons, it is best to restrict the predicates to not
|
| 5261 |
|
|
allow these operands. Likewise if a given comparison operator will
|
| 5262 |
|
|
always fail, independent of the operands (for floating-point modes, the
|
| 5263 |
|
|
@code{ordered_comparison_operator} predicate is often useful in this case).
|
| 5264 |
|
|
|
| 5265 |
|
|
If this pattern is omitted, the compiler will generate a conditional
|
| 5266 |
|
|
branch---for example, it may copy a constant one to the target and branching
|
| 5267 |
|
|
around an assignment of zero to the target---or a libcall. If the predicate
|
| 5268 |
|
|
for operand 1 only rejects some operators, it will also try reordering the
|
| 5269 |
|
|
operands and/or inverting the result value (e.g.@: by an exclusive OR).
|
| 5270 |
|
|
These possibilities could be cheaper or equivalent to the instructions
|
| 5271 |
|
|
used for the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern followed by those required
|
| 5272 |
|
|
to convert a positive result from @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} to 1; in this
|
| 5273 |
|
|
case, you can and should make operand 1's predicate reject some operators
|
| 5274 |
|
|
in the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern, or remove the pattern altogether
|
| 5275 |
|
|
from the machine description.
|
| 5276 |
|
|
|
| 5277 |
|
|
@cindex @code{cbranch@var{mode}4} instruction pattern
|
| 5278 |
|
|
@item @samp{cbranch@var{mode}4}
|
| 5279 |
|
|
Conditional branch instruction combined with a compare instruction.
|
| 5280 |
|
|
Operand 0 is a comparison operator. Operand 1 and operand 2 are the
|
| 5281 |
|
|
first and second operands of the comparison, respectively. Operand 3
|
| 5282 |
|
|
is a @code{label_ref} that refers to the label to jump to.
|
| 5283 |
|
|
|
| 5284 |
|
|
@cindex @code{jump} instruction pattern
|
| 5285 |
|
|
@item @samp{jump}
|
| 5286 |
|
|
A jump inside a function; an unconditional branch. Operand 0 is the
|
| 5287 |
|
|
@code{label_ref} of the label to jump to. This pattern name is mandatory
|
| 5288 |
|
|
on all machines.
|
| 5289 |
|
|
|
| 5290 |
|
|
@cindex @code{call} instruction pattern
|
| 5291 |
|
|
@item @samp{call}
|
| 5292 |
|
|
Subroutine call instruction returning no value. Operand 0 is the
|
| 5293 |
|
|
function to call; operand 1 is the number of bytes of arguments pushed
|
| 5294 |
|
|
as a @code{const_int}; operand 2 is the number of registers used as
|
| 5295 |
|
|
operands.
|
| 5296 |
|
|
|
| 5297 |
|
|
On most machines, operand 2 is not actually stored into the RTL
|
| 5298 |
|
|
pattern. It is supplied for the sake of some RISC machines which need
|
| 5299 |
|
|
to put this information into the assembler code; they can put it in
|
| 5300 |
|
|
the RTL instead of operand 1.
|
| 5301 |
|
|
|
| 5302 |
|
|
Operand 0 should be a @code{mem} RTX whose address is the address of the
|
| 5303 |
|
|
function. Note, however, that this address can be a @code{symbol_ref}
|
| 5304 |
|
|
expression even if it would not be a legitimate memory address on the
|
| 5305 |
|
|
target machine. If it is also not a valid argument for a call
|
| 5306 |
|
|
instruction, the pattern for this operation should be a
|
| 5307 |
|
|
@code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions}) that places the
|
| 5308 |
|
|
address into a register and uses that register in the call instruction.
|
| 5309 |
|
|
|
| 5310 |
|
|
@cindex @code{call_value} instruction pattern
|
| 5311 |
|
|
@item @samp{call_value}
|
| 5312 |
|
|
Subroutine call instruction returning a value. Operand 0 is the hard
|
| 5313 |
|
|
register in which the value is returned. There are three more
|
| 5314 |
|
|
operands, the same as the three operands of the @samp{call}
|
| 5315 |
|
|
instruction (but with numbers increased by one).
|
| 5316 |
|
|
|
| 5317 |
|
|
Subroutines that return @code{BLKmode} objects use the @samp{call}
|
| 5318 |
|
|
insn.
|
| 5319 |
|
|
|
| 5320 |
|
|
@cindex @code{call_pop} instruction pattern
|
| 5321 |
|
|
@cindex @code{call_value_pop} instruction pattern
|
| 5322 |
|
|
@item @samp{call_pop}, @samp{call_value_pop}
|
| 5323 |
|
|
Similar to @samp{call} and @samp{call_value}, except used if defined and
|
| 5324 |
|
|
if @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is nonzero. They should emit a @code{parallel}
|
| 5325 |
|
|
that contains both the function call and a @code{set} to indicate the
|
| 5326 |
|
|
adjustment made to the frame pointer.
|
| 5327 |
|
|
|
| 5328 |
|
|
For machines where @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} can be nonzero, the use of these
|
| 5329 |
|
|
patterns increases the number of functions for which the frame pointer
|
| 5330 |
|
|
can be eliminated, if desired.
|
| 5331 |
|
|
|
| 5332 |
|
|
@cindex @code{untyped_call} instruction pattern
|
| 5333 |
|
|
@item @samp{untyped_call}
|
| 5334 |
|
|
Subroutine call instruction returning a value of any type. Operand 0 is
|
| 5335 |
|
|
the function to call; operand 1 is a memory location where the result of
|
| 5336 |
|
|
calling the function is to be stored; operand 2 is a @code{parallel}
|
| 5337 |
|
|
expression where each element is a @code{set} expression that indicates
|
| 5338 |
|
|
the saving of a function return value into the result block.
|
| 5339 |
|
|
|
| 5340 |
|
|
This instruction pattern should be defined to support
|
| 5341 |
|
|
@code{__builtin_apply} on machines where special instructions are needed
|
| 5342 |
|
|
to call a subroutine with arbitrary arguments or to save the value
|
| 5343 |
|
|
returned. This instruction pattern is required on machines that have
|
| 5344 |
|
|
multiple registers that can hold a return value
|
| 5345 |
|
|
(i.e.@: @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} is true for more than one register).
|
| 5346 |
|
|
|
| 5347 |
|
|
@cindex @code{return} instruction pattern
|
| 5348 |
|
|
@item @samp{return}
|
| 5349 |
|
|
Subroutine return instruction. This instruction pattern name should be
|
| 5350 |
|
|
defined only if a single instruction can do all the work of returning
|
| 5351 |
|
|
from a function.
|
| 5352 |
|
|
|
| 5353 |
|
|
Like the @samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, this pattern is also used after the
|
| 5354 |
|
|
RTL generation phase. In this case it is to support machines where
|
| 5355 |
|
|
multiple instructions are usually needed to return from a function, but
|
| 5356 |
|
|
some class of functions only requires one instruction to implement a
|
| 5357 |
|
|
return. Normally, the applicable functions are those which do not need
|
| 5358 |
|
|
to save any registers or allocate stack space.
|
| 5359 |
|
|
|
| 5360 |
|
|
It is valid for this pattern to expand to an instruction using
|
| 5361 |
|
|
@code{simple_return} if no epilogue is required.
|
| 5362 |
|
|
|
| 5363 |
|
|
@cindex @code{simple_return} instruction pattern
|
| 5364 |
|
|
@item @samp{simple_return}
|
| 5365 |
|
|
Subroutine return instruction. This instruction pattern name should be
|
| 5366 |
|
|
defined only if a single instruction can do all the work of returning
|
| 5367 |
|
|
from a function on a path where no epilogue is required. This pattern
|
| 5368 |
|
|
is very similar to the @code{return} instruction pattern, but it is emitted
|
| 5369 |
|
|
only by the shrink-wrapping optimization on paths where the function
|
| 5370 |
|
|
prologue has not been executed, and a function return should occur without
|
| 5371 |
|
|
any of the effects of the epilogue. Additional uses may be introduced on
|
| 5372 |
|
|
paths where both the prologue and the epilogue have executed.
|
| 5373 |
|
|
|
| 5374 |
|
|
@findex reload_completed
|
| 5375 |
|
|
@findex leaf_function_p
|
| 5376 |
|
|
For such machines, the condition specified in this pattern should only
|
| 5377 |
|
|
be true when @code{reload_completed} is nonzero and the function's
|
| 5378 |
|
|
epilogue would only be a single instruction. For machines with register
|
| 5379 |
|
|
windows, the routine @code{leaf_function_p} may be used to determine if
|
| 5380 |
|
|
a register window push is required.
|
| 5381 |
|
|
|
| 5382 |
|
|
Machines that have conditional return instructions should define patterns
|
| 5383 |
|
|
such as
|
| 5384 |
|
|
|
| 5385 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 5386 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 5387 |
|
|
[(set (pc)
|
| 5388 |
|
|
(if_then_else (match_operator
|
| 5389 |
|
|
|
| 5390 |
|
|
[(cc0) (const_int 0)])
|
| 5391 |
|
|
(return)
|
| 5392 |
|
|
(pc)))]
|
| 5393 |
|
|
"@var{condition}"
|
| 5394 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 5395 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 5396 |
|
|
|
| 5397 |
|
|
where @var{condition} would normally be the same condition specified on the
|
| 5398 |
|
|
named @samp{return} pattern.
|
| 5399 |
|
|
|
| 5400 |
|
|
@cindex @code{untyped_return} instruction pattern
|
| 5401 |
|
|
@item @samp{untyped_return}
|
| 5402 |
|
|
Untyped subroutine return instruction. This instruction pattern should
|
| 5403 |
|
|
be defined to support @code{__builtin_return} on machines where special
|
| 5404 |
|
|
instructions are needed to return a value of any type.
|
| 5405 |
|
|
|
| 5406 |
|
|
Operand 0 is a memory location where the result of calling a function
|
| 5407 |
|
|
with @code{__builtin_apply} is stored; operand 1 is a @code{parallel}
|
| 5408 |
|
|
expression where each element is a @code{set} expression that indicates
|
| 5409 |
|
|
the restoring of a function return value from the result block.
|
| 5410 |
|
|
|
| 5411 |
|
|
@cindex @code{nop} instruction pattern
|
| 5412 |
|
|
@item @samp{nop}
|
| 5413 |
|
|
No-op instruction. This instruction pattern name should always be defined
|
| 5414 |
|
|
to output a no-op in assembler code. @code{(const_int 0)} will do as an
|
| 5415 |
|
|
RTL pattern.
|
| 5416 |
|
|
|
| 5417 |
|
|
@cindex @code{indirect_jump} instruction pattern
|
| 5418 |
|
|
@item @samp{indirect_jump}
|
| 5419 |
|
|
An instruction to jump to an address which is operand zero.
|
| 5420 |
|
|
This pattern name is mandatory on all machines.
|
| 5421 |
|
|
|
| 5422 |
|
|
@cindex @code{casesi} instruction pattern
|
| 5423 |
|
|
@item @samp{casesi}
|
| 5424 |
|
|
Instruction to jump through a dispatch table, including bounds checking.
|
| 5425 |
|
|
This instruction takes five operands:
|
| 5426 |
|
|
|
| 5427 |
|
|
@enumerate
|
| 5428 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5429 |
|
|
The index to dispatch on, which has mode @code{SImode}.
|
| 5430 |
|
|
|
| 5431 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5432 |
|
|
The lower bound for indices in the table, an integer constant.
|
| 5433 |
|
|
|
| 5434 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5435 |
|
|
The total range of indices in the table---the largest index
|
| 5436 |
|
|
minus the smallest one (both inclusive).
|
| 5437 |
|
|
|
| 5438 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5439 |
|
|
A label that precedes the table itself.
|
| 5440 |
|
|
|
| 5441 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5442 |
|
|
A label to jump to if the index has a value outside the bounds.
|
| 5443 |
|
|
@end enumerate
|
| 5444 |
|
|
|
| 5445 |
|
|
The table is an @code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec} inside of a
|
| 5446 |
|
|
@code{jump_insn}. The number of elements in the table is one plus the
|
| 5447 |
|
|
difference between the upper bound and the lower bound.
|
| 5448 |
|
|
|
| 5449 |
|
|
@cindex @code{tablejump} instruction pattern
|
| 5450 |
|
|
@item @samp{tablejump}
|
| 5451 |
|
|
Instruction to jump to a variable address. This is a low-level
|
| 5452 |
|
|
capability which can be used to implement a dispatch table when there
|
| 5453 |
|
|
is no @samp{casesi} pattern.
|
| 5454 |
|
|
|
| 5455 |
|
|
This pattern requires two operands: the address or offset, and a label
|
| 5456 |
|
|
which should immediately precede the jump table. If the macro
|
| 5457 |
|
|
@code{CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE} evaluates to a nonzero value then the first
|
| 5458 |
|
|
operand is an offset which counts from the address of the table; otherwise,
|
| 5459 |
|
|
it is an absolute address to jump to. In either case, the first operand has
|
| 5460 |
|
|
mode @code{Pmode}.
|
| 5461 |
|
|
|
| 5462 |
|
|
The @samp{tablejump} insn is always the last insn before the jump
|
| 5463 |
|
|
table it uses. Its assembler code normally has no need to use the
|
| 5464 |
|
|
second operand, but you should incorporate it in the RTL pattern so
|
| 5465 |
|
|
that the jump optimizer will not delete the table as unreachable code.
|
| 5466 |
|
|
|
| 5467 |
|
|
|
| 5468 |
|
|
@cindex @code{decrement_and_branch_until_zero} instruction pattern
|
| 5469 |
|
|
@item @samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero}
|
| 5470 |
|
|
Conditional branch instruction that decrements a register and
|
| 5471 |
|
|
jumps if the register is nonzero. Operand 0 is the register to
|
| 5472 |
|
|
decrement and test; operand 1 is the label to jump to if the
|
| 5473 |
|
|
register is nonzero. @xref{Looping Patterns}.
|
| 5474 |
|
|
|
| 5475 |
|
|
This optional instruction pattern is only used by the combiner,
|
| 5476 |
|
|
typically for loops reversed by the loop optimizer when strength
|
| 5477 |
|
|
reduction is enabled.
|
| 5478 |
|
|
|
| 5479 |
|
|
@cindex @code{doloop_end} instruction pattern
|
| 5480 |
|
|
@item @samp{doloop_end}
|
| 5481 |
|
|
Conditional branch instruction that decrements a register and jumps if
|
| 5482 |
|
|
the register is nonzero. This instruction takes five operands: Operand
|
| 5483 |
|
|
|
| 5484 |
|
|
iterations as a @code{const_int} or @code{const0_rtx} if this cannot be
|
| 5485 |
|
|
determined until run-time; operand 2 is the actual or estimated maximum
|
| 5486 |
|
|
number of iterations as a @code{const_int}; operand 3 is the number of
|
| 5487 |
|
|
enclosed loops as a @code{const_int} (an innermost loop has a value of
|
| 5488 |
|
|
1); operand 4 is the label to jump to if the register is nonzero.
|
| 5489 |
|
|
@xref{Looping Patterns}.
|
| 5490 |
|
|
|
| 5491 |
|
|
This optional instruction pattern should be defined for machines with
|
| 5492 |
|
|
low-overhead looping instructions as the loop optimizer will try to
|
| 5493 |
|
|
modify suitable loops to utilize it. If nested low-overhead looping is
|
| 5494 |
|
|
not supported, use a @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions})
|
| 5495 |
|
|
and make the pattern fail if operand 3 is not @code{const1_rtx}.
|
| 5496 |
|
|
Similarly, if the actual or estimated maximum number of iterations is
|
| 5497 |
|
|
too large for this instruction, make it fail.
|
| 5498 |
|
|
|
| 5499 |
|
|
@cindex @code{doloop_begin} instruction pattern
|
| 5500 |
|
|
@item @samp{doloop_begin}
|
| 5501 |
|
|
Companion instruction to @code{doloop_end} required for machines that
|
| 5502 |
|
|
need to perform some initialization, such as loading special registers
|
| 5503 |
|
|
used by a low-overhead looping instruction. If initialization insns do
|
| 5504 |
|
|
not always need to be emitted, use a @code{define_expand}
|
| 5505 |
|
|
(@pxref{Expander Definitions}) and make it fail.
|
| 5506 |
|
|
|
| 5507 |
|
|
|
| 5508 |
|
|
@cindex @code{canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare} instruction pattern
|
| 5509 |
|
|
@item @samp{canonicalize_funcptr_for_compare}
|
| 5510 |
|
|
Canonicalize the function pointer in operand 1 and store the result
|
| 5511 |
|
|
into operand 0.
|
| 5512 |
|
|
|
| 5513 |
|
|
Operand 0 is always a @code{reg} and has mode @code{Pmode}; operand 1
|
| 5514 |
|
|
may be a @code{reg}, @code{mem}, @code{symbol_ref}, @code{const_int}, etc
|
| 5515 |
|
|
and also has mode @code{Pmode}.
|
| 5516 |
|
|
|
| 5517 |
|
|
Canonicalization of a function pointer usually involves computing
|
| 5518 |
|
|
the address of the function which would be called if the function
|
| 5519 |
|
|
pointer were used in an indirect call.
|
| 5520 |
|
|
|
| 5521 |
|
|
Only define this pattern if function pointers on the target machine
|
| 5522 |
|
|
can have different values but still call the same function when
|
| 5523 |
|
|
used in an indirect call.
|
| 5524 |
|
|
|
| 5525 |
|
|
@cindex @code{save_stack_block} instruction pattern
|
| 5526 |
|
|
@cindex @code{save_stack_function} instruction pattern
|
| 5527 |
|
|
@cindex @code{save_stack_nonlocal} instruction pattern
|
| 5528 |
|
|
@cindex @code{restore_stack_block} instruction pattern
|
| 5529 |
|
|
@cindex @code{restore_stack_function} instruction pattern
|
| 5530 |
|
|
@cindex @code{restore_stack_nonlocal} instruction pattern
|
| 5531 |
|
|
@item @samp{save_stack_block}
|
| 5532 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{save_stack_function}
|
| 5533 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{save_stack_nonlocal}
|
| 5534 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{restore_stack_block}
|
| 5535 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{restore_stack_function}
|
| 5536 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{restore_stack_nonlocal}
|
| 5537 |
|
|
Most machines save and restore the stack pointer by copying it to or
|
| 5538 |
|
|
from an object of mode @code{Pmode}. Do not define these patterns on
|
| 5539 |
|
|
such machines.
|
| 5540 |
|
|
|
| 5541 |
|
|
Some machines require special handling for stack pointer saves and
|
| 5542 |
|
|
restores. On those machines, define the patterns corresponding to the
|
| 5543 |
|
|
non-standard cases by using a @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander
|
| 5544 |
|
|
Definitions}) that produces the required insns. The three types of
|
| 5545 |
|
|
saves and restores are:
|
| 5546 |
|
|
|
| 5547 |
|
|
@enumerate
|
| 5548 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5549 |
|
|
@samp{save_stack_block} saves the stack pointer at the start of a block
|
| 5550 |
|
|
that allocates a variable-sized object, and @samp{restore_stack_block}
|
| 5551 |
|
|
restores the stack pointer when the block is exited.
|
| 5552 |
|
|
|
| 5553 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5554 |
|
|
@samp{save_stack_function} and @samp{restore_stack_function} do a
|
| 5555 |
|
|
similar job for the outermost block of a function and are used when the
|
| 5556 |
|
|
function allocates variable-sized objects or calls @code{alloca}. Only
|
| 5557 |
|
|
the epilogue uses the restored stack pointer, allowing a simpler save or
|
| 5558 |
|
|
restore sequence on some machines.
|
| 5559 |
|
|
|
| 5560 |
|
|
@item
|
| 5561 |
|
|
@samp{save_stack_nonlocal} is used in functions that contain labels
|
| 5562 |
|
|
branched to by nested functions. It saves the stack pointer in such a
|
| 5563 |
|
|
way that the inner function can use @samp{restore_stack_nonlocal} to
|
| 5564 |
|
|
restore the stack pointer. The compiler generates code to restore the
|
| 5565 |
|
|
frame and argument pointer registers, but some machines require saving
|
| 5566 |
|
|
and restoring additional data such as register window information or
|
| 5567 |
|
|
stack backchains. Place insns in these patterns to save and restore any
|
| 5568 |
|
|
such required data.
|
| 5569 |
|
|
@end enumerate
|
| 5570 |
|
|
|
| 5571 |
|
|
When saving the stack pointer, operand 0 is the save area and operand 1
|
| 5572 |
|
|
is the stack pointer. The mode used to allocate the save area defaults
|
| 5573 |
|
|
to @code{Pmode} but you can override that choice by defining the
|
| 5574 |
|
|
@code{STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE} macro (@pxref{Storage Layout}). You must
|
| 5575 |
|
|
specify an integral mode, or @code{VOIDmode} if no save area is needed
|
| 5576 |
|
|
for a particular type of save (either because no save is needed or
|
| 5577 |
|
|
because a machine-specific save area can be used). Operand 0 is the
|
| 5578 |
|
|
stack pointer and operand 1 is the save area for restore operations. If
|
| 5579 |
|
|
@samp{save_stack_block} is defined, operand 0 must not be
|
| 5580 |
|
|
@code{VOIDmode} since these saves can be arbitrarily nested.
|
| 5581 |
|
|
|
| 5582 |
|
|
A save area is a @code{mem} that is at a constant offset from
|
| 5583 |
|
|
@code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx} when the stack pointer is saved for use by
|
| 5584 |
|
|
nonlocal gotos and a @code{reg} in the other two cases.
|
| 5585 |
|
|
|
| 5586 |
|
|
@cindex @code{allocate_stack} instruction pattern
|
| 5587 |
|
|
@item @samp{allocate_stack}
|
| 5588 |
|
|
Subtract (or add if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is undefined) operand 1 from
|
| 5589 |
|
|
the stack pointer to create space for dynamically allocated data.
|
| 5590 |
|
|
|
| 5591 |
|
|
Store the resultant pointer to this space into operand 0. If you
|
| 5592 |
|
|
are allocating space from the main stack, do this by emitting a
|
| 5593 |
|
|
move insn to copy @code{virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx} to operand 0.
|
| 5594 |
|
|
If you are allocating the space elsewhere, generate code to copy the
|
| 5595 |
|
|
location of the space to operand 0. In the latter case, you must
|
| 5596 |
|
|
ensure this space gets freed when the corresponding space on the main
|
| 5597 |
|
|
stack is free.
|
| 5598 |
|
|
|
| 5599 |
|
|
Do not define this pattern if all that must be done is the subtraction.
|
| 5600 |
|
|
Some machines require other operations such as stack probes or
|
| 5601 |
|
|
maintaining the back chain. Define this pattern to emit those
|
| 5602 |
|
|
operations in addition to updating the stack pointer.
|
| 5603 |
|
|
|
| 5604 |
|
|
@cindex @code{check_stack} instruction pattern
|
| 5605 |
|
|
@item @samp{check_stack}
|
| 5606 |
|
|
If stack checking (@pxref{Stack Checking}) cannot be done on your system by
|
| 5607 |
|
|
probing the stack, define this pattern to perform the needed check and signal
|
| 5608 |
|
|
an error if the stack has overflowed. The single operand is the address in
|
| 5609 |
|
|
the stack farthest from the current stack pointer that you need to validate.
|
| 5610 |
|
|
Normally, on platforms where this pattern is needed, you would obtain the
|
| 5611 |
|
|
stack limit from a global or thread-specific variable or register.
|
| 5612 |
|
|
|
| 5613 |
|
|
@cindex @code{probe_stack} instruction pattern
|
| 5614 |
|
|
@item @samp{probe_stack}
|
| 5615 |
|
|
If stack checking (@pxref{Stack Checking}) can be done on your system by
|
| 5616 |
|
|
probing the stack but doing it with a ``store zero'' instruction is not valid
|
| 5617 |
|
|
or optimal, define this pattern to do the probing differently and signal an
|
| 5618 |
|
|
error if the stack has overflowed. The single operand is the memory reference
|
| 5619 |
|
|
in the stack that needs to be probed.
|
| 5620 |
|
|
|
| 5621 |
|
|
@cindex @code{nonlocal_goto} instruction pattern
|
| 5622 |
|
|
@item @samp{nonlocal_goto}
|
| 5623 |
|
|
Emit code to generate a non-local goto, e.g., a jump from one function
|
| 5624 |
|
|
to a label in an outer function. This pattern has four arguments,
|
| 5625 |
|
|
each representing a value to be used in the jump. The first
|
| 5626 |
|
|
argument is to be loaded into the frame pointer, the second is
|
| 5627 |
|
|
the address to branch to (code to dispatch to the actual label),
|
| 5628 |
|
|
the third is the address of a location where the stack is saved,
|
| 5629 |
|
|
and the last is the address of the label, to be placed in the
|
| 5630 |
|
|
location for the incoming static chain.
|
| 5631 |
|
|
|
| 5632 |
|
|
On most machines you need not define this pattern, since GCC will
|
| 5633 |
|
|
already generate the correct code, which is to load the frame pointer
|
| 5634 |
|
|
and static chain, restore the stack (using the
|
| 5635 |
|
|
@samp{restore_stack_nonlocal} pattern, if defined), and jump indirectly
|
| 5636 |
|
|
to the dispatcher. You need only define this pattern if this code will
|
| 5637 |
|
|
not work on your machine.
|
| 5638 |
|
|
|
| 5639 |
|
|
@cindex @code{nonlocal_goto_receiver} instruction pattern
|
| 5640 |
|
|
@item @samp{nonlocal_goto_receiver}
|
| 5641 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, contains code needed at the target of a
|
| 5642 |
|
|
nonlocal goto after the code already generated by GCC@. You will not
|
| 5643 |
|
|
normally need to define this pattern. A typical reason why you might
|
| 5644 |
|
|
need this pattern is if some value, such as a pointer to a global table,
|
| 5645 |
|
|
must be restored when the frame pointer is restored. Note that a nonlocal
|
| 5646 |
|
|
goto only occurs within a unit-of-translation, so a global table pointer
|
| 5647 |
|
|
that is shared by all functions of a given module need not be restored.
|
| 5648 |
|
|
There are no arguments.
|
| 5649 |
|
|
|
| 5650 |
|
|
@cindex @code{exception_receiver} instruction pattern
|
| 5651 |
|
|
@item @samp{exception_receiver}
|
| 5652 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, contains code needed at the site of an
|
| 5653 |
|
|
exception handler that isn't needed at the site of a nonlocal goto. You
|
| 5654 |
|
|
will not normally need to define this pattern. A typical reason why you
|
| 5655 |
|
|
might need this pattern is if some value, such as a pointer to a global
|
| 5656 |
|
|
table, must be restored after control flow is branched to the handler of
|
| 5657 |
|
|
an exception. There are no arguments.
|
| 5658 |
|
|
|
| 5659 |
|
|
@cindex @code{builtin_setjmp_setup} instruction pattern
|
| 5660 |
|
|
@item @samp{builtin_setjmp_setup}
|
| 5661 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, contains additional code needed to initialize
|
| 5662 |
|
|
the @code{jmp_buf}. You will not normally need to define this pattern.
|
| 5663 |
|
|
A typical reason why you might need this pattern is if some value, such
|
| 5664 |
|
|
as a pointer to a global table, must be restored. Though it is
|
| 5665 |
|
|
preferred that the pointer value be recalculated if possible (given the
|
| 5666 |
|
|
address of a label for instance). The single argument is a pointer to
|
| 5667 |
|
|
the @code{jmp_buf}. Note that the buffer is five words long and that
|
| 5668 |
|
|
the first three are normally used by the generic mechanism.
|
| 5669 |
|
|
|
| 5670 |
|
|
@cindex @code{builtin_setjmp_receiver} instruction pattern
|
| 5671 |
|
|
@item @samp{builtin_setjmp_receiver}
|
| 5672 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, contains code needed at the site of a
|
| 5673 |
|
|
built-in setjmp that isn't needed at the site of a nonlocal goto. You
|
| 5674 |
|
|
will not normally need to define this pattern. A typical reason why you
|
| 5675 |
|
|
might need this pattern is if some value, such as a pointer to a global
|
| 5676 |
|
|
table, must be restored. It takes one argument, which is the label
|
| 5677 |
|
|
to which builtin_longjmp transfered control; this pattern may be emitted
|
| 5678 |
|
|
at a small offset from that label.
|
| 5679 |
|
|
|
| 5680 |
|
|
@cindex @code{builtin_longjmp} instruction pattern
|
| 5681 |
|
|
@item @samp{builtin_longjmp}
|
| 5682 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, performs the entire action of the longjmp.
|
| 5683 |
|
|
You will not normally need to define this pattern unless you also define
|
| 5684 |
|
|
@code{builtin_setjmp_setup}. The single argument is a pointer to the
|
| 5685 |
|
|
@code{jmp_buf}.
|
| 5686 |
|
|
|
| 5687 |
|
|
@cindex @code{eh_return} instruction pattern
|
| 5688 |
|
|
@item @samp{eh_return}
|
| 5689 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, affects the way @code{__builtin_eh_return},
|
| 5690 |
|
|
and thence the call frame exception handling library routines, are
|
| 5691 |
|
|
built. It is intended to handle non-trivial actions needed along
|
| 5692 |
|
|
the abnormal return path.
|
| 5693 |
|
|
|
| 5694 |
|
|
The address of the exception handler to which the function should return
|
| 5695 |
|
|
is passed as operand to this pattern. It will normally need to copied by
|
| 5696 |
|
|
the pattern to some special register or memory location.
|
| 5697 |
|
|
If the pattern needs to determine the location of the target call
|
| 5698 |
|
|
frame in order to do so, it may use @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX},
|
| 5699 |
|
|
if defined; it will have already been assigned.
|
| 5700 |
|
|
|
| 5701 |
|
|
If this pattern is not defined, the default action will be to simply
|
| 5702 |
|
|
copy the return address to @code{EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX}. Either
|
| 5703 |
|
|
that macro or this pattern needs to be defined if call frame exception
|
| 5704 |
|
|
handling is to be used.
|
| 5705 |
|
|
|
| 5706 |
|
|
@cindex @code{prologue} instruction pattern
|
| 5707 |
|
|
@anchor{prologue instruction pattern}
|
| 5708 |
|
|
@item @samp{prologue}
|
| 5709 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, emits RTL for entry to a function. The function
|
| 5710 |
|
|
entry is responsible for setting up the stack frame, initializing the frame
|
| 5711 |
|
|
pointer register, saving callee saved registers, etc.
|
| 5712 |
|
|
|
| 5713 |
|
|
Using a prologue pattern is generally preferred over defining
|
| 5714 |
|
|
@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} to emit assembly code for the prologue.
|
| 5715 |
|
|
|
| 5716 |
|
|
The @code{prologue} pattern is particularly useful for targets which perform
|
| 5717 |
|
|
instruction scheduling.
|
| 5718 |
|
|
|
| 5719 |
|
|
@cindex @code{window_save} instruction pattern
|
| 5720 |
|
|
@anchor{window_save instruction pattern}
|
| 5721 |
|
|
@item @samp{window_save}
|
| 5722 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, emits RTL for a register window save. It should
|
| 5723 |
|
|
be defined if the target machine has register windows but the window events
|
| 5724 |
|
|
are decoupled from calls to subroutines. The canonical example is the SPARC
|
| 5725 |
|
|
architecture.
|
| 5726 |
|
|
|
| 5727 |
|
|
@cindex @code{epilogue} instruction pattern
|
| 5728 |
|
|
@anchor{epilogue instruction pattern}
|
| 5729 |
|
|
@item @samp{epilogue}
|
| 5730 |
|
|
This pattern emits RTL for exit from a function. The function
|
| 5731 |
|
|
exit is responsible for deallocating the stack frame, restoring callee saved
|
| 5732 |
|
|
registers and emitting the return instruction.
|
| 5733 |
|
|
|
| 5734 |
|
|
Using an epilogue pattern is generally preferred over defining
|
| 5735 |
|
|
@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to emit assembly code for the epilogue.
|
| 5736 |
|
|
|
| 5737 |
|
|
The @code{epilogue} pattern is particularly useful for targets which perform
|
| 5738 |
|
|
instruction scheduling or which have delay slots for their return instruction.
|
| 5739 |
|
|
|
| 5740 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sibcall_epilogue} instruction pattern
|
| 5741 |
|
|
@item @samp{sibcall_epilogue}
|
| 5742 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, emits RTL for exit from a function without the final
|
| 5743 |
|
|
branch back to the calling function. This pattern will be emitted before any
|
| 5744 |
|
|
sibling call (aka tail call) sites.
|
| 5745 |
|
|
|
| 5746 |
|
|
The @code{sibcall_epilogue} pattern must not clobber any arguments used for
|
| 5747 |
|
|
parameter passing or any stack slots for arguments passed to the current
|
| 5748 |
|
|
function.
|
| 5749 |
|
|
|
| 5750 |
|
|
@cindex @code{trap} instruction pattern
|
| 5751 |
|
|
@item @samp{trap}
|
| 5752 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, signals an error, typically by causing some
|
| 5753 |
|
|
kind of signal to be raised. Among other places, it is used by the Java
|
| 5754 |
|
|
front end to signal `invalid array index' exceptions.
|
| 5755 |
|
|
|
| 5756 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ctrap@var{MM}4} instruction pattern
|
| 5757 |
|
|
@item @samp{ctrap@var{MM}4}
|
| 5758 |
|
|
Conditional trap instruction. Operand 0 is a piece of RTL which
|
| 5759 |
|
|
performs a comparison, and operands 1 and 2 are the arms of the
|
| 5760 |
|
|
comparison. Operand 3 is the trap code, an integer.
|
| 5761 |
|
|
|
| 5762 |
|
|
A typical @code{ctrap} pattern looks like
|
| 5763 |
|
|
|
| 5764 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 5765 |
|
|
(define_insn "ctrapsi4"
|
| 5766 |
|
|
[(trap_if (match_operator 0 "trap_operator"
|
| 5767 |
|
|
[(match_operand 1 "register_operand")
|
| 5768 |
|
|
(match_operand 2 "immediate_operand")])
|
| 5769 |
|
|
(match_operand 3 "const_int_operand" "i"))]
|
| 5770 |
|
|
""
|
| 5771 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 5772 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 5773 |
|
|
|
| 5774 |
|
|
@cindex @code{prefetch} instruction pattern
|
| 5775 |
|
|
@item @samp{prefetch}
|
| 5776 |
|
|
|
| 5777 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, emits code for a non-faulting data prefetch
|
| 5778 |
|
|
instruction. Operand 0 is the address of the memory to prefetch. Operand 1
|
| 5779 |
|
|
is a constant 1 if the prefetch is preparing for a write to the memory
|
| 5780 |
|
|
address, or a constant 0 otherwise. Operand 2 is the expected degree of
|
| 5781 |
|
|
temporal locality of the data and is a value between 0 and 3, inclusive; 0
|
| 5782 |
|
|
means that the data has no temporal locality, so it need not be left in the
|
| 5783 |
|
|
cache after the access; 3 means that the data has a high degree of temporal
|
| 5784 |
|
|
locality and should be left in all levels of cache possible; 1 and 2 mean,
|
| 5785 |
|
|
respectively, a low or moderate degree of temporal locality.
|
| 5786 |
|
|
|
| 5787 |
|
|
Targets that do not support write prefetches or locality hints can ignore
|
| 5788 |
|
|
the values of operands 1 and 2.
|
| 5789 |
|
|
|
| 5790 |
|
|
@cindex @code{blockage} instruction pattern
|
| 5791 |
|
|
@item @samp{blockage}
|
| 5792 |
|
|
|
| 5793 |
|
|
This pattern defines a pseudo insn that prevents the instruction
|
| 5794 |
|
|
scheduler from moving instructions across the boundary defined by the
|
| 5795 |
|
|
blockage insn. Normally an UNSPEC_VOLATILE pattern.
|
| 5796 |
|
|
|
| 5797 |
|
|
@cindex @code{memory_barrier} instruction pattern
|
| 5798 |
|
|
@item @samp{memory_barrier}
|
| 5799 |
|
|
|
| 5800 |
|
|
If the target memory model is not fully synchronous, then this pattern
|
| 5801 |
|
|
should be defined to an instruction that orders both loads and stores
|
| 5802 |
|
|
before the instruction with respect to loads and stores after the instruction.
|
| 5803 |
|
|
This pattern has no operands.
|
| 5804 |
|
|
|
| 5805 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_compare_and_swap@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5806 |
|
|
@item @samp{sync_compare_and_swap@var{mode}}
|
| 5807 |
|
|
|
| 5808 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, emits code for an atomic compare-and-swap
|
| 5809 |
|
|
operation. Operand 1 is the memory on which the atomic operation is
|
| 5810 |
|
|
performed. Operand 2 is the ``old'' value to be compared against the
|
| 5811 |
|
|
current contents of the memory location. Operand 3 is the ``new'' value
|
| 5812 |
|
|
to store in the memory if the compare succeeds. Operand 0 is the result
|
| 5813 |
|
|
of the operation; it should contain the contents of the memory
|
| 5814 |
|
|
before the operation. If the compare succeeds, this should obviously be
|
| 5815 |
|
|
a copy of operand 2.
|
| 5816 |
|
|
|
| 5817 |
|
|
This pattern must show that both operand 0 and operand 1 are modified.
|
| 5818 |
|
|
|
| 5819 |
|
|
This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that all
|
| 5820 |
|
|
memory operations before the atomic operation occur before the atomic
|
| 5821 |
|
|
operation and all memory operations after the atomic operation occur
|
| 5822 |
|
|
after the atomic operation.
|
| 5823 |
|
|
|
| 5824 |
|
|
For targets where the success or failure of the compare-and-swap
|
| 5825 |
|
|
operation is available via the status flags, it is possible to
|
| 5826 |
|
|
avoid a separate compare operation and issue the subsequent
|
| 5827 |
|
|
branch or store-flag operation immediately after the compare-and-swap.
|
| 5828 |
|
|
To this end, GCC will look for a @code{MODE_CC} set in the
|
| 5829 |
|
|
output of @code{sync_compare_and_swap@var{mode}}; if the machine
|
| 5830 |
|
|
description includes such a set, the target should also define special
|
| 5831 |
|
|
@code{cbranchcc4} and/or @code{cstorecc4} instructions. GCC will then
|
| 5832 |
|
|
be able to take the destination of the @code{MODE_CC} set and pass it
|
| 5833 |
|
|
to the @code{cbranchcc4} or @code{cstorecc4} pattern as the first
|
| 5834 |
|
|
operand of the comparison (the second will be @code{(const_int 0)}).
|
| 5835 |
|
|
|
| 5836 |
|
|
For targets where the operating system may provide support for this
|
| 5837 |
|
|
operation via library calls, the @code{sync_compare_and_swap_optab}
|
| 5838 |
|
|
may be initialized to a function with the same interface as the
|
| 5839 |
|
|
@code{__sync_val_compare_and_swap_@var{n}} built-in. If the entire
|
| 5840 |
|
|
set of @var{__sync} builtins are supported via library calls, the
|
| 5841 |
|
|
target can initialize all of the optabs at once with
|
| 5842 |
|
|
@code{init_sync_libfuncs}.
|
| 5843 |
|
|
For the purposes of C++11 @code{std::atomic::is_lock_free}, it is
|
| 5844 |
|
|
assumed that these library calls do @emph{not} use any kind of
|
| 5845 |
|
|
interruptable locking.
|
| 5846 |
|
|
|
| 5847 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5848 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5849 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_ior@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5850 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5851 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5852 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5853 |
|
|
@item @samp{sync_add@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_sub@var{mode}}
|
| 5854 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{sync_ior@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_and@var{mode}}
|
| 5855 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{sync_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_nand@var{mode}}
|
| 5856 |
|
|
|
| 5857 |
|
|
These patterns emit code for an atomic operation on memory.
|
| 5858 |
|
|
Operand 0 is the memory on which the atomic operation is performed.
|
| 5859 |
|
|
Operand 1 is the second operand to the binary operator.
|
| 5860 |
|
|
|
| 5861 |
|
|
This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that all
|
| 5862 |
|
|
memory operations before the atomic operation occur before the atomic
|
| 5863 |
|
|
operation and all memory operations after the atomic operation occur
|
| 5864 |
|
|
after the atomic operation.
|
| 5865 |
|
|
|
| 5866 |
|
|
If these patterns are not defined, the operation will be constructed
|
| 5867 |
|
|
from a compare-and-swap operation, if defined.
|
| 5868 |
|
|
|
| 5869 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_old_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5870 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_old_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5871 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_old_ior@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5872 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_old_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5873 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_old_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5874 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_old_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5875 |
|
|
@item @samp{sync_old_add@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_old_sub@var{mode}}
|
| 5876 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{sync_old_ior@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_old_and@var{mode}}
|
| 5877 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{sync_old_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_old_nand@var{mode}}
|
| 5878 |
|
|
|
| 5879 |
|
|
These patterns are emit code for an atomic operation on memory,
|
| 5880 |
|
|
and return the value that the memory contained before the operation.
|
| 5881 |
|
|
Operand 0 is the result value, operand 1 is the memory on which the
|
| 5882 |
|
|
atomic operation is performed, and operand 2 is the second operand
|
| 5883 |
|
|
to the binary operator.
|
| 5884 |
|
|
|
| 5885 |
|
|
This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that all
|
| 5886 |
|
|
memory operations before the atomic operation occur before the atomic
|
| 5887 |
|
|
operation and all memory operations after the atomic operation occur
|
| 5888 |
|
|
after the atomic operation.
|
| 5889 |
|
|
|
| 5890 |
|
|
If these patterns are not defined, the operation will be constructed
|
| 5891 |
|
|
from a compare-and-swap operation, if defined.
|
| 5892 |
|
|
|
| 5893 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_new_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5894 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_new_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5895 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_new_ior@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5896 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_new_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5897 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_new_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5898 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_new_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5899 |
|
|
@item @samp{sync_new_add@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_new_sub@var{mode}}
|
| 5900 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{sync_new_ior@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_new_and@var{mode}}
|
| 5901 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{sync_new_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{sync_new_nand@var{mode}}
|
| 5902 |
|
|
|
| 5903 |
|
|
These patterns are like their @code{sync_old_@var{op}} counterparts,
|
| 5904 |
|
|
except that they return the value that exists in the memory location
|
| 5905 |
|
|
after the operation, rather than before the operation.
|
| 5906 |
|
|
|
| 5907 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5908 |
|
|
@item @samp{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}}
|
| 5909 |
|
|
|
| 5910 |
|
|
This pattern takes two forms, based on the capabilities of the target.
|
| 5911 |
|
|
In either case, operand 0 is the result of the operand, operand 1 is
|
| 5912 |
|
|
the memory on which the atomic operation is performed, and operand 2
|
| 5913 |
|
|
is the value to set in the lock.
|
| 5914 |
|
|
|
| 5915 |
|
|
In the ideal case, this operation is an atomic exchange operation, in
|
| 5916 |
|
|
which the previous value in memory operand is copied into the result
|
| 5917 |
|
|
operand, and the value operand is stored in the memory operand.
|
| 5918 |
|
|
|
| 5919 |
|
|
For less capable targets, any value operand that is not the constant 1
|
| 5920 |
|
|
should be rejected with @code{FAIL}. In this case the target may use
|
| 5921 |
|
|
an atomic test-and-set bit operation. The result operand should contain
|
| 5922 |
|
|
1 if the bit was previously set and 0 if the bit was previously clear.
|
| 5923 |
|
|
The true contents of the memory operand are implementation defined.
|
| 5924 |
|
|
|
| 5925 |
|
|
This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that the
|
| 5926 |
|
|
pattern as a whole acts as an acquire barrier, that is all memory
|
| 5927 |
|
|
operations after the pattern do not occur until the lock is acquired.
|
| 5928 |
|
|
|
| 5929 |
|
|
If this pattern is not defined, the operation will be constructed from
|
| 5930 |
|
|
a compare-and-swap operation, if defined.
|
| 5931 |
|
|
|
| 5932 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sync_lock_release@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5933 |
|
|
@item @samp{sync_lock_release@var{mode}}
|
| 5934 |
|
|
|
| 5935 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, releases a lock set by
|
| 5936 |
|
|
@code{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}}. Operand 0 is the memory
|
| 5937 |
|
|
that contains the lock; operand 1 is the value to store in the lock.
|
| 5938 |
|
|
|
| 5939 |
|
|
If the target doesn't implement full semantics for
|
| 5940 |
|
|
@code{sync_lock_test_and_set@var{mode}}, any value operand which is not
|
| 5941 |
|
|
the constant 0 should be rejected with @code{FAIL}, and the true contents
|
| 5942 |
|
|
of the memory operand are implementation defined.
|
| 5943 |
|
|
|
| 5944 |
|
|
This pattern must issue any memory barrier instructions such that the
|
| 5945 |
|
|
pattern as a whole acts as a release barrier, that is the lock is
|
| 5946 |
|
|
released only after all previous memory operations have completed.
|
| 5947 |
|
|
|
| 5948 |
|
|
If this pattern is not defined, then a @code{memory_barrier} pattern
|
| 5949 |
|
|
will be emitted, followed by a store of the value to the memory operand.
|
| 5950 |
|
|
|
| 5951 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_compare_and_swap@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5952 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_compare_and_swap@var{mode}}
|
| 5953 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, emits code for an atomic compare-and-swap
|
| 5954 |
|
|
operation with memory model semantics. Operand 2 is the memory on which
|
| 5955 |
|
|
the atomic operation is performed. Operand 0 is an output operand which
|
| 5956 |
|
|
is set to true or false based on whether the operation succeeded. Operand
|
| 5957 |
|
|
1 is an output operand which is set to the contents of the memory before
|
| 5958 |
|
|
the operation was attempted. Operand 3 is the value that is expected to
|
| 5959 |
|
|
be in memory. Operand 4 is the value to put in memory if the expected
|
| 5960 |
|
|
value is found there. Operand 5 is set to 1 if this compare and swap is to
|
| 5961 |
|
|
be treated as a weak operation. Operand 6 is the memory model to be used
|
| 5962 |
|
|
if the operation is a success. Operand 7 is the memory model to be used
|
| 5963 |
|
|
if the operation fails.
|
| 5964 |
|
|
|
| 5965 |
|
|
If memory referred to in operand 2 contains the value in operand 3, then
|
| 5966 |
|
|
operand 4 is stored in memory pointed to by operand 2 and fencing based on
|
| 5967 |
|
|
the memory model in operand 6 is issued.
|
| 5968 |
|
|
|
| 5969 |
|
|
If memory referred to in operand 2 does not contain the value in operand 3,
|
| 5970 |
|
|
then fencing based on the memory model in operand 7 is issued.
|
| 5971 |
|
|
|
| 5972 |
|
|
If a target does not support weak compare-and-swap operations, or the port
|
| 5973 |
|
|
elects not to implement weak operations, the argument in operand 5 can be
|
| 5974 |
|
|
ignored. Note a strong implementation must be provided.
|
| 5975 |
|
|
|
| 5976 |
|
|
If this pattern is not provided, the @code{__atomic_compare_exchange}
|
| 5977 |
|
|
built-in functions will utilize the legacy @code{sync_compare_and_swap}
|
| 5978 |
|
|
pattern with an @code{__ATOMIC_SEQ_CST} memory model.
|
| 5979 |
|
|
|
| 5980 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_load@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5981 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_load@var{mode}}
|
| 5982 |
|
|
This pattern implements an atomic load operation with memory model
|
| 5983 |
|
|
semantics. Operand 1 is the memory address being loaded from. Operand 0
|
| 5984 |
|
|
is the result of the load. Operand 2 is the memory model to be used for
|
| 5985 |
|
|
the load operation.
|
| 5986 |
|
|
|
| 5987 |
|
|
If not present, the @code{__atomic_load} built-in function will either
|
| 5988 |
|
|
resort to a normal load with memory barriers, or a compare-and-swap
|
| 5989 |
|
|
operation if a normal load would not be atomic.
|
| 5990 |
|
|
|
| 5991 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_store@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 5992 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_store@var{mode}}
|
| 5993 |
|
|
This pattern implements an atomic store operation with memory model
|
| 5994 |
|
|
semantics. Operand 0 is the memory address being stored to. Operand 1
|
| 5995 |
|
|
is the value to be written. Operand 2 is the memory model to be used for
|
| 5996 |
|
|
the operation.
|
| 5997 |
|
|
|
| 5998 |
|
|
If not present, the @code{__atomic_store} built-in function will attempt to
|
| 5999 |
|
|
perform a normal store and surround it with any required memory fences. If
|
| 6000 |
|
|
the store would not be atomic, then an @code{__atomic_exchange} is
|
| 6001 |
|
|
attempted with the result being ignored.
|
| 6002 |
|
|
|
| 6003 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_exchange@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6004 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_exchange@var{mode}}
|
| 6005 |
|
|
This pattern implements an atomic exchange operation with memory model
|
| 6006 |
|
|
semantics. Operand 1 is the memory location the operation is performed on.
|
| 6007 |
|
|
Operand 0 is an output operand which is set to the original value contained
|
| 6008 |
|
|
in the memory pointed to by operand 1. Operand 2 is the value to be
|
| 6009 |
|
|
stored. Operand 3 is the memory model to be used.
|
| 6010 |
|
|
|
| 6011 |
|
|
If this pattern is not present, the built-in function
|
| 6012 |
|
|
@code{__atomic_exchange} will attempt to preform the operation with a
|
| 6013 |
|
|
compare and swap loop.
|
| 6014 |
|
|
|
| 6015 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6016 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6017 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_or@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6018 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6019 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6020 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6021 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_add@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_sub@var{mode}}
|
| 6022 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{atomic_or@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_and@var{mode}}
|
| 6023 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{atomic_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_nand@var{mode}}
|
| 6024 |
|
|
|
| 6025 |
|
|
These patterns emit code for an atomic operation on memory with memory
|
| 6026 |
|
|
model semantics. Operand 0 is the memory on which the atomic operation is
|
| 6027 |
|
|
performed. Operand 1 is the second operand to the binary operator.
|
| 6028 |
|
|
Operand 2 is the memory model to be used by the operation.
|
| 6029 |
|
|
|
| 6030 |
|
|
If these patterns are not defined, attempts will be made to use legacy
|
| 6031 |
|
|
@code{sync} patterns, or equivilent patterns which return a result. If
|
| 6032 |
|
|
none of these are available a compare-and-swap loop will be used.
|
| 6033 |
|
|
|
| 6034 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_fetch_add@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6035 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_fetch_sub@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6036 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_fetch_or@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6037 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_fetch_and@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6038 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_fetch_xor@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6039 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_fetch_nand@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6040 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_fetch_add@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_fetch_sub@var{mode}}
|
| 6041 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{atomic_fetch_or@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_fetch_and@var{mode}}
|
| 6042 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{atomic_fetch_xor@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_fetch_nand@var{mode}}
|
| 6043 |
|
|
|
| 6044 |
|
|
These patterns emit code for an atomic operation on memory with memory
|
| 6045 |
|
|
model semantics, and return the original value. Operand 0 is an output
|
| 6046 |
|
|
operand which contains the value of the memory location before the
|
| 6047 |
|
|
operation was performed. Operand 1 is the memory on which the atomic
|
| 6048 |
|
|
operation is performed. Operand 2 is the second operand to the binary
|
| 6049 |
|
|
operator. Operand 3 is the memory model to be used by the operation.
|
| 6050 |
|
|
|
| 6051 |
|
|
If these patterns are not defined, attempts will be made to use legacy
|
| 6052 |
|
|
@code{sync} patterns. If none of these are available a compare-and-swap
|
| 6053 |
|
|
loop will be used.
|
| 6054 |
|
|
|
| 6055 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_add_fetch@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6056 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_sub_fetch@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6057 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_or_fetch@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6058 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_and_fetch@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6059 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_xor_fetch@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6060 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_nand_fetch@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6061 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_add_fetch@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_sub_fetch@var{mode}}
|
| 6062 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{atomic_or_fetch@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_and_fetch@var{mode}}
|
| 6063 |
|
|
@itemx @samp{atomic_xor_fetch@var{mode}}, @samp{atomic_nand_fetch@var{mode}}
|
| 6064 |
|
|
|
| 6065 |
|
|
These patterns emit code for an atomic operation on memory with memory
|
| 6066 |
|
|
model semantics and return the result after the operation is performed.
|
| 6067 |
|
|
Operand 0 is an output operand which contains the value after the
|
| 6068 |
|
|
operation. Operand 1 is the memory on which the atomic operation is
|
| 6069 |
|
|
performed. Operand 2 is the second operand to the binary operator.
|
| 6070 |
|
|
Operand 3 is the memory model to be used by the operation.
|
| 6071 |
|
|
|
| 6072 |
|
|
If these patterns are not defined, attempts will be made to use legacy
|
| 6073 |
|
|
@code{sync} patterns, or equivilent patterns which return the result before
|
| 6074 |
|
|
the operation followed by the arithmetic operation required to produce the
|
| 6075 |
|
|
result. If none of these are available a compare-and-swap loop will be
|
| 6076 |
|
|
used.
|
| 6077 |
|
|
|
| 6078 |
|
|
@cindex @code{atomic_test_and_set} instruction pattern
|
| 6079 |
|
|
@item @samp{atomic_test_and_set}
|
| 6080 |
|
|
|
| 6081 |
|
|
This pattern emits code for @code{__builtin_atomic_test_and_set}.
|
| 6082 |
|
|
Operand 0 is an output operand which is set to true if the previous
|
| 6083 |
|
|
previous contents of the byte was "set", and false otherwise. Operand 1
|
| 6084 |
|
|
is the @code{QImode} memory to be modified. Operand 2 is the memory
|
| 6085 |
|
|
model to be used.
|
| 6086 |
|
|
|
| 6087 |
|
|
The specific value that defines "set" is implementation defined, and
|
| 6088 |
|
|
is normally based on what is performed by the native atomic test and set
|
| 6089 |
|
|
instruction.
|
| 6090 |
|
|
|
| 6091 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mem_thread_fence@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6092 |
|
|
@item @samp{mem_thread_fence@var{mode}}
|
| 6093 |
|
|
This pattern emits code required to implement a thread fence with
|
| 6094 |
|
|
memory model semantics. Operand 0 is the memory model to be used.
|
| 6095 |
|
|
|
| 6096 |
|
|
If this pattern is not specified, all memory models except
|
| 6097 |
|
|
@code{__ATOMIC_RELAXED} will result in issuing a @code{sync_synchronize}
|
| 6098 |
|
|
barrier pattern.
|
| 6099 |
|
|
|
| 6100 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mem_signal_fence@var{mode}} instruction pattern
|
| 6101 |
|
|
@item @samp{mem_signal_fence@var{mode}}
|
| 6102 |
|
|
This pattern emits code required to implement a signal fence with
|
| 6103 |
|
|
memory model semantics. Operand 0 is the memory model to be used.
|
| 6104 |
|
|
|
| 6105 |
|
|
This pattern should impact the compiler optimizers the same way that
|
| 6106 |
|
|
mem_signal_fence does, but it does not need to issue any barrier
|
| 6107 |
|
|
instructions.
|
| 6108 |
|
|
|
| 6109 |
|
|
If this pattern is not specified, all memory models except
|
| 6110 |
|
|
@code{__ATOMIC_RELAXED} will result in issuing a @code{sync_synchronize}
|
| 6111 |
|
|
barrier pattern.
|
| 6112 |
|
|
|
| 6113 |
|
|
@cindex @code{stack_protect_set} instruction pattern
|
| 6114 |
|
|
@item @samp{stack_protect_set}
|
| 6115 |
|
|
|
| 6116 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, moves a @code{ptr_mode} value from the memory
|
| 6117 |
|
|
in operand 1 to the memory in operand 0 without leaving the value in
|
| 6118 |
|
|
a register afterward. This is to avoid leaking the value some place
|
| 6119 |
|
|
that an attacker might use to rewrite the stack guard slot after
|
| 6120 |
|
|
having clobbered it.
|
| 6121 |
|
|
|
| 6122 |
|
|
If this pattern is not defined, then a plain move pattern is generated.
|
| 6123 |
|
|
|
| 6124 |
|
|
@cindex @code{stack_protect_test} instruction pattern
|
| 6125 |
|
|
@item @samp{stack_protect_test}
|
| 6126 |
|
|
|
| 6127 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, compares a @code{ptr_mode} value from the
|
| 6128 |
|
|
memory in operand 1 with the memory in operand 0 without leaving the
|
| 6129 |
|
|
value in a register afterward and branches to operand 2 if the values
|
| 6130 |
|
|
weren't equal.
|
| 6131 |
|
|
|
| 6132 |
|
|
If this pattern is not defined, then a plain compare pattern and
|
| 6133 |
|
|
conditional branch pattern is used.
|
| 6134 |
|
|
|
| 6135 |
|
|
@cindex @code{clear_cache} instruction pattern
|
| 6136 |
|
|
@item @samp{clear_cache}
|
| 6137 |
|
|
|
| 6138 |
|
|
This pattern, if defined, flushes the instruction cache for a region of
|
| 6139 |
|
|
memory. The region is bounded to by the Pmode pointers in operand 0
|
| 6140 |
|
|
inclusive and operand 1 exclusive.
|
| 6141 |
|
|
|
| 6142 |
|
|
If this pattern is not defined, a call to the library function
|
| 6143 |
|
|
@code{__clear_cache} is used.
|
| 6144 |
|
|
|
| 6145 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 6146 |
|
|
|
| 6147 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6148 |
|
|
@c Each of the following nodes are wrapped in separate
|
| 6149 |
|
|
@c "@ifset INTERNALS" to work around memory limits for the default
|
| 6150 |
|
|
@c configuration in older tetex distributions. Known to not work:
|
| 6151 |
|
|
@c tetex-1.0.7, known to work: tetex-2.0.2.
|
| 6152 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6153 |
|
|
@node Pattern Ordering
|
| 6154 |
|
|
@section When the Order of Patterns Matters
|
| 6155 |
|
|
@cindex Pattern Ordering
|
| 6156 |
|
|
@cindex Ordering of Patterns
|
| 6157 |
|
|
|
| 6158 |
|
|
Sometimes an insn can match more than one instruction pattern. Then the
|
| 6159 |
|
|
pattern that appears first in the machine description is the one used.
|
| 6160 |
|
|
Therefore, more specific patterns (patterns that will match fewer things)
|
| 6161 |
|
|
and faster instructions (those that will produce better code when they
|
| 6162 |
|
|
do match) should usually go first in the description.
|
| 6163 |
|
|
|
| 6164 |
|
|
In some cases the effect of ordering the patterns can be used to hide
|
| 6165 |
|
|
a pattern when it is not valid. For example, the 68000 has an
|
| 6166 |
|
|
instruction for converting a fullword to floating point and another
|
| 6167 |
|
|
for converting a byte to floating point. An instruction converting
|
| 6168 |
|
|
an integer to floating point could match either one. We put the
|
| 6169 |
|
|
pattern to convert the fullword first to make sure that one will
|
| 6170 |
|
|
be used rather than the other. (Otherwise a large integer might
|
| 6171 |
|
|
be generated as a single-byte immediate quantity, which would not work.)
|
| 6172 |
|
|
Instead of using this pattern ordering it would be possible to make the
|
| 6173 |
|
|
pattern for convert-a-byte smart enough to deal properly with any
|
| 6174 |
|
|
constant value.
|
| 6175 |
|
|
|
| 6176 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6177 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6178 |
|
|
@node Dependent Patterns
|
| 6179 |
|
|
@section Interdependence of Patterns
|
| 6180 |
|
|
@cindex Dependent Patterns
|
| 6181 |
|
|
@cindex Interdependence of Patterns
|
| 6182 |
|
|
|
| 6183 |
|
|
In some cases machines support instructions identical except for the
|
| 6184 |
|
|
machine mode of one or more operands. For example, there may be
|
| 6185 |
|
|
``sign-extend halfword'' and ``sign-extend byte'' instructions whose
|
| 6186 |
|
|
patterns are
|
| 6187 |
|
|
|
| 6188 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6189 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 0 @dots{})
|
| 6190 |
|
|
(extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 @dots{})))
|
| 6191 |
|
|
|
| 6192 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 0 @dots{})
|
| 6193 |
|
|
(extend:SI (match_operand:QI 1 @dots{})))
|
| 6194 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6195 |
|
|
|
| 6196 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 6197 |
|
|
Constant integers do not specify a machine mode, so an instruction to
|
| 6198 |
|
|
extend a constant value could match either pattern. The pattern it
|
| 6199 |
|
|
actually will match is the one that appears first in the file. For correct
|
| 6200 |
|
|
results, this must be the one for the widest possible mode (@code{HImode},
|
| 6201 |
|
|
here). If the pattern matches the @code{QImode} instruction, the results
|
| 6202 |
|
|
will be incorrect if the constant value does not actually fit that mode.
|
| 6203 |
|
|
|
| 6204 |
|
|
Such instructions to extend constants are rarely generated because they are
|
| 6205 |
|
|
optimized away, but they do occasionally happen in nonoptimized
|
| 6206 |
|
|
compilations.
|
| 6207 |
|
|
|
| 6208 |
|
|
If a constraint in a pattern allows a constant, the reload pass may
|
| 6209 |
|
|
replace a register with a constant permitted by the constraint in some
|
| 6210 |
|
|
cases. Similarly for memory references. Because of this substitution,
|
| 6211 |
|
|
you should not provide separate patterns for increment and decrement
|
| 6212 |
|
|
instructions. Instead, they should be generated from the same pattern
|
| 6213 |
|
|
that supports register-register add insns by examining the operands and
|
| 6214 |
|
|
generating the appropriate machine instruction.
|
| 6215 |
|
|
|
| 6216 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6217 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6218 |
|
|
@node Jump Patterns
|
| 6219 |
|
|
@section Defining Jump Instruction Patterns
|
| 6220 |
|
|
@cindex jump instruction patterns
|
| 6221 |
|
|
@cindex defining jump instruction patterns
|
| 6222 |
|
|
|
| 6223 |
|
|
GCC does not assume anything about how the machine realizes jumps.
|
| 6224 |
|
|
The machine description should define a single pattern, usually
|
| 6225 |
|
|
a @code{define_expand}, which expands to all the required insns.
|
| 6226 |
|
|
|
| 6227 |
|
|
Usually, this would be a comparison insn to set the condition code
|
| 6228 |
|
|
and a separate branch insn testing the condition code and branching
|
| 6229 |
|
|
or not according to its value. For many machines, however,
|
| 6230 |
|
|
separating compares and branches is limiting, which is why the
|
| 6231 |
|
|
more flexible approach with one @code{define_expand} is used in GCC.
|
| 6232 |
|
|
The machine description becomes clearer for architectures that
|
| 6233 |
|
|
have compare-and-branch instructions but no condition code. It also
|
| 6234 |
|
|
works better when different sets of comparison operators are supported
|
| 6235 |
|
|
by different kinds of conditional branches (e.g. integer vs. floating-point),
|
| 6236 |
|
|
or by conditional branches with respect to conditional stores.
|
| 6237 |
|
|
|
| 6238 |
|
|
Two separate insns are always used if the machine description represents
|
| 6239 |
|
|
a condition code register using the legacy RTL expression @code{(cc0)},
|
| 6240 |
|
|
and on most machines that use a separate condition code register
|
| 6241 |
|
|
(@pxref{Condition Code}). For machines that use @code{(cc0)}, in
|
| 6242 |
|
|
fact, the set and use of the condition code must be separate and
|
| 6243 |
|
|
adjacent@footnote{@code{note} insns can separate them, though.}, thus
|
| 6244 |
|
|
allowing flags in @code{cc_status} to be used (@pxref{Condition Code}) and
|
| 6245 |
|
|
so that the comparison and branch insns could be located from each other
|
| 6246 |
|
|
by using the functions @code{prev_cc0_setter} and @code{next_cc0_user}.
|
| 6247 |
|
|
|
| 6248 |
|
|
Even in this case having a single entry point for conditional branches
|
| 6249 |
|
|
is advantageous, because it handles equally well the case where a single
|
| 6250 |
|
|
comparison instruction records the results of both signed and unsigned
|
| 6251 |
|
|
comparison of the given operands (with the branch insns coming in distinct
|
| 6252 |
|
|
signed and unsigned flavors) as in the x86 or SPARC, and the case where
|
| 6253 |
|
|
there are distinct signed and unsigned compare instructions and only
|
| 6254 |
|
|
one set of conditional branch instructions as in the PowerPC.
|
| 6255 |
|
|
|
| 6256 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6257 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6258 |
|
|
@node Looping Patterns
|
| 6259 |
|
|
@section Defining Looping Instruction Patterns
|
| 6260 |
|
|
@cindex looping instruction patterns
|
| 6261 |
|
|
@cindex defining looping instruction patterns
|
| 6262 |
|
|
|
| 6263 |
|
|
Some machines have special jump instructions that can be utilized to
|
| 6264 |
|
|
make loops more efficient. A common example is the 68000 @samp{dbra}
|
| 6265 |
|
|
instruction which performs a decrement of a register and a branch if the
|
| 6266 |
|
|
result was greater than zero. Other machines, in particular digital
|
| 6267 |
|
|
signal processors (DSPs), have special block repeat instructions to
|
| 6268 |
|
|
provide low-overhead loop support. For example, the TI TMS320C3x/C4x
|
| 6269 |
|
|
DSPs have a block repeat instruction that loads special registers to
|
| 6270 |
|
|
mark the top and end of a loop and to count the number of loop
|
| 6271 |
|
|
iterations. This avoids the need for fetching and executing a
|
| 6272 |
|
|
@samp{dbra}-like instruction and avoids pipeline stalls associated with
|
| 6273 |
|
|
the jump.
|
| 6274 |
|
|
|
| 6275 |
|
|
GCC has three special named patterns to support low overhead looping.
|
| 6276 |
|
|
They are @samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero}, @samp{doloop_begin},
|
| 6277 |
|
|
and @samp{doloop_end}. The first pattern,
|
| 6278 |
|
|
@samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero}, is not emitted during RTL
|
| 6279 |
|
|
generation but may be emitted during the instruction combination phase.
|
| 6280 |
|
|
This requires the assistance of the loop optimizer, using information
|
| 6281 |
|
|
collected during strength reduction, to reverse a loop to count down to
|
| 6282 |
|
|
zero. Some targets also require the loop optimizer to add a
|
| 6283 |
|
|
@code{REG_NONNEG} note to indicate that the iteration count is always
|
| 6284 |
|
|
positive. This is needed if the target performs a signed loop
|
| 6285 |
|
|
termination test. For example, the 68000 uses a pattern similar to the
|
| 6286 |
|
|
following for its @code{dbra} instruction:
|
| 6287 |
|
|
|
| 6288 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6289 |
|
|
@group
|
| 6290 |
|
|
(define_insn "decrement_and_branch_until_zero"
|
| 6291 |
|
|
[(set (pc)
|
| 6292 |
|
|
(if_then_else
|
| 6293 |
|
|
(ge (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "+d*am")
|
| 6294 |
|
|
(const_int -1))
|
| 6295 |
|
|
(const_int 0))
|
| 6296 |
|
|
(label_ref (match_operand 1 "" ""))
|
| 6297 |
|
|
(pc)))
|
| 6298 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 0)
|
| 6299 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_dup 0)
|
| 6300 |
|
|
(const_int -1)))]
|
| 6301 |
|
|
"find_reg_note (insn, REG_NONNEG, 0)"
|
| 6302 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 6303 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 6304 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6305 |
|
|
|
| 6306 |
|
|
Note that since the insn is both a jump insn and has an output, it must
|
| 6307 |
|
|
deal with its own reloads, hence the `m' constraints. Also note that
|
| 6308 |
|
|
since this insn is generated by the instruction combination phase
|
| 6309 |
|
|
combining two sequential insns together into an implicit parallel insn,
|
| 6310 |
|
|
the iteration counter needs to be biased by the same amount as the
|
| 6311 |
|
|
decrement operation, in this case @minus{}1. Note that the following similar
|
| 6312 |
|
|
pattern will not be matched by the combiner.
|
| 6313 |
|
|
|
| 6314 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6315 |
|
|
@group
|
| 6316 |
|
|
(define_insn "decrement_and_branch_until_zero"
|
| 6317 |
|
|
[(set (pc)
|
| 6318 |
|
|
(if_then_else
|
| 6319 |
|
|
(ge (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "+d*am")
|
| 6320 |
|
|
(const_int 1))
|
| 6321 |
|
|
(label_ref (match_operand 1 "" ""))
|
| 6322 |
|
|
(pc)))
|
| 6323 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 0)
|
| 6324 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_dup 0)
|
| 6325 |
|
|
(const_int -1)))]
|
| 6326 |
|
|
"find_reg_note (insn, REG_NONNEG, 0)"
|
| 6327 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 6328 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 6329 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6330 |
|
|
|
| 6331 |
|
|
The other two special looping patterns, @samp{doloop_begin} and
|
| 6332 |
|
|
@samp{doloop_end}, are emitted by the loop optimizer for certain
|
| 6333 |
|
|
well-behaved loops with a finite number of loop iterations using
|
| 6334 |
|
|
information collected during strength reduction.
|
| 6335 |
|
|
|
| 6336 |
|
|
The @samp{doloop_end} pattern describes the actual looping instruction
|
| 6337 |
|
|
(or the implicit looping operation) and the @samp{doloop_begin} pattern
|
| 6338 |
|
|
is an optional companion pattern that can be used for initialization
|
| 6339 |
|
|
needed for some low-overhead looping instructions.
|
| 6340 |
|
|
|
| 6341 |
|
|
Note that some machines require the actual looping instruction to be
|
| 6342 |
|
|
emitted at the top of the loop (e.g., the TMS320C3x/C4x DSPs). Emitting
|
| 6343 |
|
|
the true RTL for a looping instruction at the top of the loop can cause
|
| 6344 |
|
|
problems with flow analysis. So instead, a dummy @code{doloop} insn is
|
| 6345 |
|
|
emitted at the end of the loop. The machine dependent reorg pass checks
|
| 6346 |
|
|
for the presence of this @code{doloop} insn and then searches back to
|
| 6347 |
|
|
the top of the loop, where it inserts the true looping insn (provided
|
| 6348 |
|
|
there are no instructions in the loop which would cause problems). Any
|
| 6349 |
|
|
additional labels can be emitted at this point. In addition, if the
|
| 6350 |
|
|
desired special iteration counter register was not allocated, this
|
| 6351 |
|
|
machine dependent reorg pass could emit a traditional compare and jump
|
| 6352 |
|
|
instruction pair.
|
| 6353 |
|
|
|
| 6354 |
|
|
The essential difference between the
|
| 6355 |
|
|
@samp{decrement_and_branch_until_zero} and the @samp{doloop_end}
|
| 6356 |
|
|
patterns is that the loop optimizer allocates an additional pseudo
|
| 6357 |
|
|
register for the latter as an iteration counter. This pseudo register
|
| 6358 |
|
|
cannot be used within the loop (i.e., general induction variables cannot
|
| 6359 |
|
|
be derived from it), however, in many cases the loop induction variable
|
| 6360 |
|
|
may become redundant and removed by the flow pass.
|
| 6361 |
|
|
|
| 6362 |
|
|
|
| 6363 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6364 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6365 |
|
|
@node Insn Canonicalizations
|
| 6366 |
|
|
@section Canonicalization of Instructions
|
| 6367 |
|
|
@cindex canonicalization of instructions
|
| 6368 |
|
|
@cindex insn canonicalization
|
| 6369 |
|
|
|
| 6370 |
|
|
There are often cases where multiple RTL expressions could represent an
|
| 6371 |
|
|
operation performed by a single machine instruction. This situation is
|
| 6372 |
|
|
most commonly encountered with logical, branch, and multiply-accumulate
|
| 6373 |
|
|
instructions. In such cases, the compiler attempts to convert these
|
| 6374 |
|
|
multiple RTL expressions into a single canonical form to reduce the
|
| 6375 |
|
|
number of insn patterns required.
|
| 6376 |
|
|
|
| 6377 |
|
|
In addition to algebraic simplifications, following canonicalizations
|
| 6378 |
|
|
are performed:
|
| 6379 |
|
|
|
| 6380 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 6381 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6382 |
|
|
For commutative and comparison operators, a constant is always made the
|
| 6383 |
|
|
second operand. If a machine only supports a constant as the second
|
| 6384 |
|
|
operand, only patterns that match a constant in the second operand need
|
| 6385 |
|
|
be supplied.
|
| 6386 |
|
|
|
| 6387 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6388 |
|
|
For associative operators, a sequence of operators will always chain
|
| 6389 |
|
|
to the left; for instance, only the left operand of an integer @code{plus}
|
| 6390 |
|
|
can itself be a @code{plus}. @code{and}, @code{ior}, @code{xor},
|
| 6391 |
|
|
@code{plus}, @code{mult}, @code{smin}, @code{smax}, @code{umin}, and
|
| 6392 |
|
|
@code{umax} are associative when applied to integers, and sometimes to
|
| 6393 |
|
|
floating-point.
|
| 6394 |
|
|
|
| 6395 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6396 |
|
|
@cindex @code{neg}, canonicalization of
|
| 6397 |
|
|
@cindex @code{not}, canonicalization of
|
| 6398 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mult}, canonicalization of
|
| 6399 |
|
|
@cindex @code{plus}, canonicalization of
|
| 6400 |
|
|
@cindex @code{minus}, canonicalization of
|
| 6401 |
|
|
For these operators, if only one operand is a @code{neg}, @code{not},
|
| 6402 |
|
|
@code{mult}, @code{plus}, or @code{minus} expression, it will be the
|
| 6403 |
|
|
first operand.
|
| 6404 |
|
|
|
| 6405 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6406 |
|
|
In combinations of @code{neg}, @code{mult}, @code{plus}, and
|
| 6407 |
|
|
@code{minus}, the @code{neg} operations (if any) will be moved inside
|
| 6408 |
|
|
the operations as far as possible. For instance,
|
| 6409 |
|
|
@code{(neg (mult A B))} is canonicalized as @code{(mult (neg A) B)}, but
|
| 6410 |
|
|
@code{(plus (mult (neg B) C) A)} is canonicalized as
|
| 6411 |
|
|
@code{(minus A (mult B C))}.
|
| 6412 |
|
|
|
| 6413 |
|
|
@cindex @code{compare}, canonicalization of
|
| 6414 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6415 |
|
|
For the @code{compare} operator, a constant is always the second operand
|
| 6416 |
|
|
if the first argument is a condition code register or @code{(cc0)}.
|
| 6417 |
|
|
|
| 6418 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6419 |
|
|
An operand of @code{neg}, @code{not}, @code{mult}, @code{plus}, or
|
| 6420 |
|
|
@code{minus} is made the first operand under the same conditions as
|
| 6421 |
|
|
above.
|
| 6422 |
|
|
|
| 6423 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6424 |
|
|
@code{(ltu (plus @var{a} @var{b}) @var{b})} is converted to
|
| 6425 |
|
|
@code{(ltu (plus @var{a} @var{b}) @var{a})}. Likewise with @code{geu} instead
|
| 6426 |
|
|
of @code{ltu}.
|
| 6427 |
|
|
|
| 6428 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6429 |
|
|
@code{(minus @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))} is converted to
|
| 6430 |
|
|
@code{(plus @var{x} (const_int @var{-n}))}.
|
| 6431 |
|
|
|
| 6432 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6433 |
|
|
Within address computations (i.e., inside @code{mem}), a left shift is
|
| 6434 |
|
|
converted into the appropriate multiplication by a power of two.
|
| 6435 |
|
|
|
| 6436 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ior}, canonicalization of
|
| 6437 |
|
|
@cindex @code{and}, canonicalization of
|
| 6438 |
|
|
@cindex De Morgan's law
|
| 6439 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6440 |
|
|
De Morgan's Law is used to move bitwise negation inside a bitwise
|
| 6441 |
|
|
logical-and or logical-or operation. If this results in only one
|
| 6442 |
|
|
operand being a @code{not} expression, it will be the first one.
|
| 6443 |
|
|
|
| 6444 |
|
|
A machine that has an instruction that performs a bitwise logical-and of one
|
| 6445 |
|
|
operand with the bitwise negation of the other should specify the pattern
|
| 6446 |
|
|
for that instruction as
|
| 6447 |
|
|
|
| 6448 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6449 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 6450 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:@var{m} 0 @dots{})
|
| 6451 |
|
|
(and:@var{m} (not:@var{m} (match_operand:@var{m} 1 @dots{}))
|
| 6452 |
|
|
(match_operand:@var{m} 2 @dots{})))]
|
| 6453 |
|
|
"@dots{}"
|
| 6454 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 6455 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6456 |
|
|
|
| 6457 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 6458 |
|
|
Similarly, a pattern for a ``NAND'' instruction should be written
|
| 6459 |
|
|
|
| 6460 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6461 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 6462 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:@var{m} 0 @dots{})
|
| 6463 |
|
|
(ior:@var{m} (not:@var{m} (match_operand:@var{m} 1 @dots{}))
|
| 6464 |
|
|
(not:@var{m} (match_operand:@var{m} 2 @dots{}))))]
|
| 6465 |
|
|
"@dots{}"
|
| 6466 |
|
|
"@dots{}")
|
| 6467 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6468 |
|
|
|
| 6469 |
|
|
In both cases, it is not necessary to include patterns for the many
|
| 6470 |
|
|
logically equivalent RTL expressions.
|
| 6471 |
|
|
|
| 6472 |
|
|
@cindex @code{xor}, canonicalization of
|
| 6473 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6474 |
|
|
The only possible RTL expressions involving both bitwise exclusive-or
|
| 6475 |
|
|
and bitwise negation are @code{(xor:@var{m} @var{x} @var{y})}
|
| 6476 |
|
|
and @code{(not:@var{m} (xor:@var{m} @var{x} @var{y}))}.
|
| 6477 |
|
|
|
| 6478 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6479 |
|
|
The sum of three items, one of which is a constant, will only appear in
|
| 6480 |
|
|
the form
|
| 6481 |
|
|
|
| 6482 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6483 |
|
|
(plus:@var{m} (plus:@var{m} @var{x} @var{y}) @var{constant})
|
| 6484 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6485 |
|
|
|
| 6486 |
|
|
@cindex @code{zero_extract}, canonicalization of
|
| 6487 |
|
|
@cindex @code{sign_extract}, canonicalization of
|
| 6488 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6489 |
|
|
Equality comparisons of a group of bits (usually a single bit) with zero
|
| 6490 |
|
|
will be written using @code{zero_extract} rather than the equivalent
|
| 6491 |
|
|
@code{and} or @code{sign_extract} operations.
|
| 6492 |
|
|
|
| 6493 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mult}, canonicalization of
|
| 6494 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6495 |
|
|
@code{(sign_extend:@var{m1} (mult:@var{m2} (sign_extend:@var{m2} @var{x})
|
| 6496 |
|
|
(sign_extend:@var{m2} @var{y})))} is converted to @code{(mult:@var{m1}
|
| 6497 |
|
|
(sign_extend:@var{m1} @var{x}) (sign_extend:@var{m1} @var{y}))}, and likewise
|
| 6498 |
|
|
for @code{zero_extend}.
|
| 6499 |
|
|
|
| 6500 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6501 |
|
|
@code{(sign_extend:@var{m1} (mult:@var{m2} (ashiftrt:@var{m2}
|
| 6502 |
|
|
@var{x} @var{s}) (sign_extend:@var{m2} @var{y})))} is converted
|
| 6503 |
|
|
to @code{(mult:@var{m1} (sign_extend:@var{m1} (ashiftrt:@var{m2}
|
| 6504 |
|
|
@var{x} @var{s})) (sign_extend:@var{m1} @var{y}))}, and likewise for
|
| 6505 |
|
|
patterns using @code{zero_extend} and @code{lshiftrt}. If the second
|
| 6506 |
|
|
operand of @code{mult} is also a shift, then that is extended also.
|
| 6507 |
|
|
This transformation is only applied when it can be proven that the
|
| 6508 |
|
|
original operation had sufficient precision to prevent overflow.
|
| 6509 |
|
|
|
| 6510 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 6511 |
|
|
|
| 6512 |
|
|
Further canonicalization rules are defined in the function
|
| 6513 |
|
|
@code{commutative_operand_precedence} in @file{gcc/rtlanal.c}.
|
| 6514 |
|
|
|
| 6515 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6516 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6517 |
|
|
@node Expander Definitions
|
| 6518 |
|
|
@section Defining RTL Sequences for Code Generation
|
| 6519 |
|
|
@cindex expander definitions
|
| 6520 |
|
|
@cindex code generation RTL sequences
|
| 6521 |
|
|
@cindex defining RTL sequences for code generation
|
| 6522 |
|
|
|
| 6523 |
|
|
On some target machines, some standard pattern names for RTL generation
|
| 6524 |
|
|
cannot be handled with single insn, but a sequence of RTL insns can
|
| 6525 |
|
|
represent them. For these target machines, you can write a
|
| 6526 |
|
|
@code{define_expand} to specify how to generate the sequence of RTL@.
|
| 6527 |
|
|
|
| 6528 |
|
|
@findex define_expand
|
| 6529 |
|
|
A @code{define_expand} is an RTL expression that looks almost like a
|
| 6530 |
|
|
@code{define_insn}; but, unlike the latter, a @code{define_expand} is used
|
| 6531 |
|
|
only for RTL generation and it can produce more than one RTL insn.
|
| 6532 |
|
|
|
| 6533 |
|
|
A @code{define_expand} RTX has four operands:
|
| 6534 |
|
|
|
| 6535 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 6536 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6537 |
|
|
The name. Each @code{define_expand} must have a name, since the only
|
| 6538 |
|
|
use for it is to refer to it by name.
|
| 6539 |
|
|
|
| 6540 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6541 |
|
|
The RTL template. This is a vector of RTL expressions representing
|
| 6542 |
|
|
a sequence of separate instructions. Unlike @code{define_insn}, there
|
| 6543 |
|
|
is no implicit surrounding @code{PARALLEL}.
|
| 6544 |
|
|
|
| 6545 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6546 |
|
|
The condition, a string containing a C expression. This expression is
|
| 6547 |
|
|
used to express how the availability of this pattern depends on
|
| 6548 |
|
|
subclasses of target machine, selected by command-line options when GCC
|
| 6549 |
|
|
is run. This is just like the condition of a @code{define_insn} that
|
| 6550 |
|
|
has a standard name. Therefore, the condition (if present) may not
|
| 6551 |
|
|
depend on the data in the insn being matched, but only the
|
| 6552 |
|
|
target-machine-type flags. The compiler needs to test these conditions
|
| 6553 |
|
|
during initialization in order to learn exactly which named instructions
|
| 6554 |
|
|
are available in a particular run.
|
| 6555 |
|
|
|
| 6556 |
|
|
@item
|
| 6557 |
|
|
The preparation statements, a string containing zero or more C
|
| 6558 |
|
|
statements which are to be executed before RTL code is generated from
|
| 6559 |
|
|
the RTL template.
|
| 6560 |
|
|
|
| 6561 |
|
|
Usually these statements prepare temporary registers for use as
|
| 6562 |
|
|
internal operands in the RTL template, but they can also generate RTL
|
| 6563 |
|
|
insns directly by calling routines such as @code{emit_insn}, etc.
|
| 6564 |
|
|
Any such insns precede the ones that come from the RTL template.
|
| 6565 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 6566 |
|
|
|
| 6567 |
|
|
Every RTL insn emitted by a @code{define_expand} must match some
|
| 6568 |
|
|
@code{define_insn} in the machine description. Otherwise, the compiler
|
| 6569 |
|
|
will crash when trying to generate code for the insn or trying to optimize
|
| 6570 |
|
|
it.
|
| 6571 |
|
|
|
| 6572 |
|
|
The RTL template, in addition to controlling generation of RTL insns,
|
| 6573 |
|
|
also describes the operands that need to be specified when this pattern
|
| 6574 |
|
|
is used. In particular, it gives a predicate for each operand.
|
| 6575 |
|
|
|
| 6576 |
|
|
A true operand, which needs to be specified in order to generate RTL from
|
| 6577 |
|
|
the pattern, should be described with a @code{match_operand} in its first
|
| 6578 |
|
|
occurrence in the RTL template. This enters information on the operand's
|
| 6579 |
|
|
predicate into the tables that record such things. GCC uses the
|
| 6580 |
|
|
information to preload the operand into a register if that is required for
|
| 6581 |
|
|
valid RTL code. If the operand is referred to more than once, subsequent
|
| 6582 |
|
|
references should use @code{match_dup}.
|
| 6583 |
|
|
|
| 6584 |
|
|
The RTL template may also refer to internal ``operands'' which are
|
| 6585 |
|
|
temporary registers or labels used only within the sequence made by the
|
| 6586 |
|
|
@code{define_expand}. Internal operands are substituted into the RTL
|
| 6587 |
|
|
template with @code{match_dup}, never with @code{match_operand}. The
|
| 6588 |
|
|
values of the internal operands are not passed in as arguments by the
|
| 6589 |
|
|
compiler when it requests use of this pattern. Instead, they are computed
|
| 6590 |
|
|
within the pattern, in the preparation statements. These statements
|
| 6591 |
|
|
compute the values and store them into the appropriate elements of
|
| 6592 |
|
|
@code{operands} so that @code{match_dup} can find them.
|
| 6593 |
|
|
|
| 6594 |
|
|
There are two special macros defined for use in the preparation statements:
|
| 6595 |
|
|
@code{DONE} and @code{FAIL}. Use them with a following semicolon,
|
| 6596 |
|
|
as a statement.
|
| 6597 |
|
|
|
| 6598 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 6599 |
|
|
|
| 6600 |
|
|
@findex DONE
|
| 6601 |
|
|
@item DONE
|
| 6602 |
|
|
Use the @code{DONE} macro to end RTL generation for the pattern. The
|
| 6603 |
|
|
only RTL insns resulting from the pattern on this occasion will be
|
| 6604 |
|
|
those already emitted by explicit calls to @code{emit_insn} within the
|
| 6605 |
|
|
preparation statements; the RTL template will not be generated.
|
| 6606 |
|
|
|
| 6607 |
|
|
@findex FAIL
|
| 6608 |
|
|
@item FAIL
|
| 6609 |
|
|
Make the pattern fail on this occasion. When a pattern fails, it means
|
| 6610 |
|
|
that the pattern was not truly available. The calling routines in the
|
| 6611 |
|
|
compiler will try other strategies for code generation using other patterns.
|
| 6612 |
|
|
|
| 6613 |
|
|
Failure is currently supported only for binary (addition, multiplication,
|
| 6614 |
|
|
shifting, etc.) and bit-field (@code{extv}, @code{extzv}, and @code{insv})
|
| 6615 |
|
|
operations.
|
| 6616 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 6617 |
|
|
|
| 6618 |
|
|
If the preparation falls through (invokes neither @code{DONE} nor
|
| 6619 |
|
|
@code{FAIL}), then the @code{define_expand} acts like a
|
| 6620 |
|
|
@code{define_insn} in that the RTL template is used to generate the
|
| 6621 |
|
|
insn.
|
| 6622 |
|
|
|
| 6623 |
|
|
The RTL template is not used for matching, only for generating the
|
| 6624 |
|
|
initial insn list. If the preparation statement always invokes
|
| 6625 |
|
|
@code{DONE} or @code{FAIL}, the RTL template may be reduced to a simple
|
| 6626 |
|
|
list of operands, such as this example:
|
| 6627 |
|
|
|
| 6628 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6629 |
|
|
@group
|
| 6630 |
|
|
(define_expand "addsi3"
|
| 6631 |
|
|
[(match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
|
| 6632 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
|
| 6633 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "")]
|
| 6634 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 6635 |
|
|
@group
|
| 6636 |
|
|
""
|
| 6637 |
|
|
"
|
| 6638 |
|
|
@{
|
| 6639 |
|
|
handle_add (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2]);
|
| 6640 |
|
|
DONE;
|
| 6641 |
|
|
@}")
|
| 6642 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 6643 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6644 |
|
|
|
| 6645 |
|
|
Here is an example, the definition of left-shift for the SPUR chip:
|
| 6646 |
|
|
|
| 6647 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6648 |
|
|
@group
|
| 6649 |
|
|
(define_expand "ashlsi3"
|
| 6650 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
|
| 6651 |
|
|
(ashift:SI
|
| 6652 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 6653 |
|
|
@group
|
| 6654 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "")
|
| 6655 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "nonmemory_operand" "")))]
|
| 6656 |
|
|
""
|
| 6657 |
|
|
"
|
| 6658 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 6659 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6660 |
|
|
|
| 6661 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6662 |
|
|
@group
|
| 6663 |
|
|
@{
|
| 6664 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) != CONST_INT
|
| 6665 |
|
|
|| (unsigned) INTVAL (operands[2]) > 3)
|
| 6666 |
|
|
FAIL;
|
| 6667 |
|
|
@}")
|
| 6668 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 6669 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6670 |
|
|
|
| 6671 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 6672 |
|
|
This example uses @code{define_expand} so that it can generate an RTL insn
|
| 6673 |
|
|
for shifting when the shift-count is in the supported range of 0 to 3 but
|
| 6674 |
|
|
fail in other cases where machine insns aren't available. When it fails,
|
| 6675 |
|
|
the compiler tries another strategy using different patterns (such as, a
|
| 6676 |
|
|
library call).
|
| 6677 |
|
|
|
| 6678 |
|
|
If the compiler were able to handle nontrivial condition-strings in
|
| 6679 |
|
|
patterns with names, then it would be possible to use a
|
| 6680 |
|
|
@code{define_insn} in that case. Here is another case (zero-extension
|
| 6681 |
|
|
on the 68000) which makes more use of the power of @code{define_expand}:
|
| 6682 |
|
|
|
| 6683 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6684 |
|
|
(define_expand "zero_extendhisi2"
|
| 6685 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "")
|
| 6686 |
|
|
(const_int 0))
|
| 6687 |
|
|
(set (strict_low_part
|
| 6688 |
|
|
(subreg:HI
|
| 6689 |
|
|
(match_dup 0)
|
| 6690 |
|
|
0))
|
| 6691 |
|
|
(match_operand:HI 1 "general_operand" ""))]
|
| 6692 |
|
|
""
|
| 6693 |
|
|
"operands[1] = make_safe_from (operands[1], operands[0]);")
|
| 6694 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6695 |
|
|
|
| 6696 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 6697 |
|
|
@findex make_safe_from
|
| 6698 |
|
|
Here two RTL insns are generated, one to clear the entire output operand
|
| 6699 |
|
|
and the other to copy the input operand into its low half. This sequence
|
| 6700 |
|
|
is incorrect if the input operand refers to [the old value of] the output
|
| 6701 |
|
|
operand, so the preparation statement makes sure this isn't so. The
|
| 6702 |
|
|
function @code{make_safe_from} copies the @code{operands[1]} into a
|
| 6703 |
|
|
temporary register if it refers to @code{operands[0]}. It does this
|
| 6704 |
|
|
by emitting another RTL insn.
|
| 6705 |
|
|
|
| 6706 |
|
|
Finally, a third example shows the use of an internal operand.
|
| 6707 |
|
|
Zero-extension on the SPUR chip is done by @code{and}-ing the result
|
| 6708 |
|
|
against a halfword mask. But this mask cannot be represented by a
|
| 6709 |
|
|
@code{const_int} because the constant value is too large to be legitimate
|
| 6710 |
|
|
on this machine. So it must be copied into a register with
|
| 6711 |
|
|
@code{force_reg} and then the register used in the @code{and}.
|
| 6712 |
|
|
|
| 6713 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6714 |
|
|
(define_expand "zero_extendhisi2"
|
| 6715 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
|
| 6716 |
|
|
(and:SI (subreg:SI
|
| 6717 |
|
|
(match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "")
|
| 6718 |
|
|
0)
|
| 6719 |
|
|
(match_dup 2)))]
|
| 6720 |
|
|
""
|
| 6721 |
|
|
"operands[2]
|
| 6722 |
|
|
= force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (65535)); ")
|
| 6723 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6724 |
|
|
|
| 6725 |
|
|
@emph{Note:} If the @code{define_expand} is used to serve a
|
| 6726 |
|
|
standard binary or unary arithmetic operation or a bit-field operation,
|
| 6727 |
|
|
then the last insn it generates must not be a @code{code_label},
|
| 6728 |
|
|
@code{barrier} or @code{note}. It must be an @code{insn},
|
| 6729 |
|
|
@code{jump_insn} or @code{call_insn}. If you don't need a real insn
|
| 6730 |
|
|
at the end, emit an insn to copy the result of the operation into
|
| 6731 |
|
|
itself. Such an insn will generate no code, but it can avoid problems
|
| 6732 |
|
|
in the compiler.
|
| 6733 |
|
|
|
| 6734 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6735 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6736 |
|
|
@node Insn Splitting
|
| 6737 |
|
|
@section Defining How to Split Instructions
|
| 6738 |
|
|
@cindex insn splitting
|
| 6739 |
|
|
@cindex instruction splitting
|
| 6740 |
|
|
@cindex splitting instructions
|
| 6741 |
|
|
|
| 6742 |
|
|
There are two cases where you should specify how to split a pattern
|
| 6743 |
|
|
into multiple insns. On machines that have instructions requiring
|
| 6744 |
|
|
delay slots (@pxref{Delay Slots}) or that have instructions whose
|
| 6745 |
|
|
output is not available for multiple cycles (@pxref{Processor pipeline
|
| 6746 |
|
|
description}), the compiler phases that optimize these cases need to
|
| 6747 |
|
|
be able to move insns into one-instruction delay slots. However, some
|
| 6748 |
|
|
insns may generate more than one machine instruction. These insns
|
| 6749 |
|
|
cannot be placed into a delay slot.
|
| 6750 |
|
|
|
| 6751 |
|
|
Often you can rewrite the single insn as a list of individual insns,
|
| 6752 |
|
|
each corresponding to one machine instruction. The disadvantage of
|
| 6753 |
|
|
doing so is that it will cause the compilation to be slower and require
|
| 6754 |
|
|
more space. If the resulting insns are too complex, it may also
|
| 6755 |
|
|
suppress some optimizations. The compiler splits the insn if there is a
|
| 6756 |
|
|
reason to believe that it might improve instruction or delay slot
|
| 6757 |
|
|
scheduling.
|
| 6758 |
|
|
|
| 6759 |
|
|
The insn combiner phase also splits putative insns. If three insns are
|
| 6760 |
|
|
merged into one insn with a complex expression that cannot be matched by
|
| 6761 |
|
|
some @code{define_insn} pattern, the combiner phase attempts to split
|
| 6762 |
|
|
the complex pattern into two insns that are recognized. Usually it can
|
| 6763 |
|
|
break the complex pattern into two patterns by splitting out some
|
| 6764 |
|
|
subexpression. However, in some other cases, such as performing an
|
| 6765 |
|
|
addition of a large constant in two insns on a RISC machine, the way to
|
| 6766 |
|
|
split the addition into two insns is machine-dependent.
|
| 6767 |
|
|
|
| 6768 |
|
|
@findex define_split
|
| 6769 |
|
|
The @code{define_split} definition tells the compiler how to split a
|
| 6770 |
|
|
complex insn into several simpler insns. It looks like this:
|
| 6771 |
|
|
|
| 6772 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6773 |
|
|
(define_split
|
| 6774 |
|
|
[@var{insn-pattern}]
|
| 6775 |
|
|
"@var{condition}"
|
| 6776 |
|
|
[@var{new-insn-pattern-1}
|
| 6777 |
|
|
@var{new-insn-pattern-2}
|
| 6778 |
|
|
@dots{}]
|
| 6779 |
|
|
"@var{preparation-statements}")
|
| 6780 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6781 |
|
|
|
| 6782 |
|
|
@var{insn-pattern} is a pattern that needs to be split and
|
| 6783 |
|
|
@var{condition} is the final condition to be tested, as in a
|
| 6784 |
|
|
@code{define_insn}. When an insn matching @var{insn-pattern} and
|
| 6785 |
|
|
satisfying @var{condition} is found, it is replaced in the insn list
|
| 6786 |
|
|
with the insns given by @var{new-insn-pattern-1},
|
| 6787 |
|
|
@var{new-insn-pattern-2}, etc.
|
| 6788 |
|
|
|
| 6789 |
|
|
The @var{preparation-statements} are similar to those statements that
|
| 6790 |
|
|
are specified for @code{define_expand} (@pxref{Expander Definitions})
|
| 6791 |
|
|
and are executed before the new RTL is generated to prepare for the
|
| 6792 |
|
|
generated code or emit some insns whose pattern is not fixed. Unlike
|
| 6793 |
|
|
those in @code{define_expand}, however, these statements must not
|
| 6794 |
|
|
generate any new pseudo-registers. Once reload has completed, they also
|
| 6795 |
|
|
must not allocate any space in the stack frame.
|
| 6796 |
|
|
|
| 6797 |
|
|
Patterns are matched against @var{insn-pattern} in two different
|
| 6798 |
|
|
circumstances. If an insn needs to be split for delay slot scheduling
|
| 6799 |
|
|
or insn scheduling, the insn is already known to be valid, which means
|
| 6800 |
|
|
that it must have been matched by some @code{define_insn} and, if
|
| 6801 |
|
|
@code{reload_completed} is nonzero, is known to satisfy the constraints
|
| 6802 |
|
|
of that @code{define_insn}. In that case, the new insn patterns must
|
| 6803 |
|
|
also be insns that are matched by some @code{define_insn} and, if
|
| 6804 |
|
|
@code{reload_completed} is nonzero, must also satisfy the constraints
|
| 6805 |
|
|
of those definitions.
|
| 6806 |
|
|
|
| 6807 |
|
|
As an example of this usage of @code{define_split}, consider the following
|
| 6808 |
|
|
example from @file{a29k.md}, which splits a @code{sign_extend} from
|
| 6809 |
|
|
@code{HImode} to @code{SImode} into a pair of shift insns:
|
| 6810 |
|
|
|
| 6811 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6812 |
|
|
(define_split
|
| 6813 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gen_reg_operand" "")
|
| 6814 |
|
|
(sign_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "gen_reg_operand" "")))]
|
| 6815 |
|
|
""
|
| 6816 |
|
|
[(set (match_dup 0)
|
| 6817 |
|
|
(ashift:SI (match_dup 1)
|
| 6818 |
|
|
(const_int 16)))
|
| 6819 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 0)
|
| 6820 |
|
|
(ashiftrt:SI (match_dup 0)
|
| 6821 |
|
|
(const_int 16)))]
|
| 6822 |
|
|
"
|
| 6823 |
|
|
@{ operands[1] = gen_lowpart (SImode, operands[1]); @}")
|
| 6824 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6825 |
|
|
|
| 6826 |
|
|
When the combiner phase tries to split an insn pattern, it is always the
|
| 6827 |
|
|
case that the pattern is @emph{not} matched by any @code{define_insn}.
|
| 6828 |
|
|
The combiner pass first tries to split a single @code{set} expression
|
| 6829 |
|
|
and then the same @code{set} expression inside a @code{parallel}, but
|
| 6830 |
|
|
followed by a @code{clobber} of a pseudo-reg to use as a scratch
|
| 6831 |
|
|
register. In these cases, the combiner expects exactly two new insn
|
| 6832 |
|
|
patterns to be generated. It will verify that these patterns match some
|
| 6833 |
|
|
@code{define_insn} definitions, so you need not do this test in the
|
| 6834 |
|
|
@code{define_split} (of course, there is no point in writing a
|
| 6835 |
|
|
@code{define_split} that will never produce insns that match).
|
| 6836 |
|
|
|
| 6837 |
|
|
Here is an example of this use of @code{define_split}, taken from
|
| 6838 |
|
|
@file{rs6000.md}:
|
| 6839 |
|
|
|
| 6840 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6841 |
|
|
(define_split
|
| 6842 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "gen_reg_operand" "")
|
| 6843 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "gen_reg_operand" "")
|
| 6844 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "non_add_cint_operand" "")))]
|
| 6845 |
|
|
""
|
| 6846 |
|
|
[(set (match_dup 0) (plus:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 3)))
|
| 6847 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 0) (plus:SI (match_dup 0) (match_dup 4)))]
|
| 6848 |
|
|
"
|
| 6849 |
|
|
@{
|
| 6850 |
|
|
int low = INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0xffff;
|
| 6851 |
|
|
int high = (unsigned) INTVAL (operands[2]) >> 16;
|
| 6852 |
|
|
|
| 6853 |
|
|
if (low & 0x8000)
|
| 6854 |
|
|
high++, low |= 0xffff0000;
|
| 6855 |
|
|
|
| 6856 |
|
|
operands[3] = GEN_INT (high << 16);
|
| 6857 |
|
|
operands[4] = GEN_INT (low);
|
| 6858 |
|
|
@}")
|
| 6859 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6860 |
|
|
|
| 6861 |
|
|
Here the predicate @code{non_add_cint_operand} matches any
|
| 6862 |
|
|
@code{const_int} that is @emph{not} a valid operand of a single add
|
| 6863 |
|
|
insn. The add with the smaller displacement is written so that it
|
| 6864 |
|
|
can be substituted into the address of a subsequent operation.
|
| 6865 |
|
|
|
| 6866 |
|
|
An example that uses a scratch register, from the same file, generates
|
| 6867 |
|
|
an equality comparison of a register and a large constant:
|
| 6868 |
|
|
|
| 6869 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6870 |
|
|
(define_split
|
| 6871 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:CC 0 "cc_reg_operand" "")
|
| 6872 |
|
|
(compare:CC (match_operand:SI 1 "gen_reg_operand" "")
|
| 6873 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "non_short_cint_operand" "")))
|
| 6874 |
|
|
(clobber (match_operand:SI 3 "gen_reg_operand" ""))]
|
| 6875 |
|
|
"find_single_use (operands[0], insn, 0)
|
| 6876 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (*find_single_use (operands[0], insn, 0)) == EQ
|
| 6877 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (*find_single_use (operands[0], insn, 0)) == NE)"
|
| 6878 |
|
|
[(set (match_dup 3) (xor:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 4)))
|
| 6879 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 0) (compare:CC (match_dup 3) (match_dup 5)))]
|
| 6880 |
|
|
"
|
| 6881 |
|
|
@{
|
| 6882 |
|
|
/* @r{Get the constant we are comparing against, C, and see what it
|
| 6883 |
|
|
looks like sign-extended to 16 bits. Then see what constant
|
| 6884 |
|
|
could be XOR'ed with C to get the sign-extended value.} */
|
| 6885 |
|
|
|
| 6886 |
|
|
int c = INTVAL (operands[2]);
|
| 6887 |
|
|
int sextc = (c << 16) >> 16;
|
| 6888 |
|
|
int xorv = c ^ sextc;
|
| 6889 |
|
|
|
| 6890 |
|
|
operands[4] = GEN_INT (xorv);
|
| 6891 |
|
|
operands[5] = GEN_INT (sextc);
|
| 6892 |
|
|
@}")
|
| 6893 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6894 |
|
|
|
| 6895 |
|
|
To avoid confusion, don't write a single @code{define_split} that
|
| 6896 |
|
|
accepts some insns that match some @code{define_insn} as well as some
|
| 6897 |
|
|
insns that don't. Instead, write two separate @code{define_split}
|
| 6898 |
|
|
definitions, one for the insns that are valid and one for the insns that
|
| 6899 |
|
|
are not valid.
|
| 6900 |
|
|
|
| 6901 |
|
|
The splitter is allowed to split jump instructions into sequence of
|
| 6902 |
|
|
jumps or create new jumps in while splitting non-jump instructions. As
|
| 6903 |
|
|
the central flowgraph and branch prediction information needs to be updated,
|
| 6904 |
|
|
several restriction apply.
|
| 6905 |
|
|
|
| 6906 |
|
|
Splitting of jump instruction into sequence that over by another jump
|
| 6907 |
|
|
instruction is always valid, as compiler expect identical behavior of new
|
| 6908 |
|
|
jump. When new sequence contains multiple jump instructions or new labels,
|
| 6909 |
|
|
more assistance is needed. Splitter is required to create only unconditional
|
| 6910 |
|
|
jumps, or simple conditional jump instructions. Additionally it must attach a
|
| 6911 |
|
|
@code{REG_BR_PROB} note to each conditional jump. A global variable
|
| 6912 |
|
|
@code{split_branch_probability} holds the probability of the original branch in case
|
| 6913 |
|
|
it was a simple conditional jump, @minus{}1 otherwise. To simplify
|
| 6914 |
|
|
recomputing of edge frequencies, the new sequence is required to have only
|
| 6915 |
|
|
forward jumps to the newly created labels.
|
| 6916 |
|
|
|
| 6917 |
|
|
@findex define_insn_and_split
|
| 6918 |
|
|
For the common case where the pattern of a define_split exactly matches the
|
| 6919 |
|
|
pattern of a define_insn, use @code{define_insn_and_split}. It looks like
|
| 6920 |
|
|
this:
|
| 6921 |
|
|
|
| 6922 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6923 |
|
|
(define_insn_and_split
|
| 6924 |
|
|
[@var{insn-pattern}]
|
| 6925 |
|
|
"@var{condition}"
|
| 6926 |
|
|
"@var{output-template}"
|
| 6927 |
|
|
"@var{split-condition}"
|
| 6928 |
|
|
[@var{new-insn-pattern-1}
|
| 6929 |
|
|
@var{new-insn-pattern-2}
|
| 6930 |
|
|
@dots{}]
|
| 6931 |
|
|
"@var{preparation-statements}"
|
| 6932 |
|
|
[@var{insn-attributes}])
|
| 6933 |
|
|
|
| 6934 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6935 |
|
|
|
| 6936 |
|
|
@var{insn-pattern}, @var{condition}, @var{output-template}, and
|
| 6937 |
|
|
@var{insn-attributes} are used as in @code{define_insn}. The
|
| 6938 |
|
|
@var{new-insn-pattern} vector and the @var{preparation-statements} are used as
|
| 6939 |
|
|
in a @code{define_split}. The @var{split-condition} is also used as in
|
| 6940 |
|
|
@code{define_split}, with the additional behavior that if the condition starts
|
| 6941 |
|
|
with @samp{&&}, the condition used for the split will be the constructed as a
|
| 6942 |
|
|
logical ``and'' of the split condition with the insn condition. For example,
|
| 6943 |
|
|
from i386.md:
|
| 6944 |
|
|
|
| 6945 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6946 |
|
|
(define_insn_and_split "zero_extendhisi2_and"
|
| 6947 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=r")
|
| 6948 |
|
|
(zero_extend:SI (match_operand:HI 1 "register_operand" "0")))
|
| 6949 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:CC 17))]
|
| 6950 |
|
|
"TARGET_ZERO_EXTEND_WITH_AND && !optimize_size"
|
| 6951 |
|
|
"#"
|
| 6952 |
|
|
"&& reload_completed"
|
| 6953 |
|
|
[(parallel [(set (match_dup 0)
|
| 6954 |
|
|
(and:SI (match_dup 0) (const_int 65535)))
|
| 6955 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:CC 17))])]
|
| 6956 |
|
|
""
|
| 6957 |
|
|
[(set_attr "type" "alu1")])
|
| 6958 |
|
|
|
| 6959 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6960 |
|
|
|
| 6961 |
|
|
In this case, the actual split condition will be
|
| 6962 |
|
|
@samp{TARGET_ZERO_EXTEND_WITH_AND && !optimize_size && reload_completed}.
|
| 6963 |
|
|
|
| 6964 |
|
|
The @code{define_insn_and_split} construction provides exactly the same
|
| 6965 |
|
|
functionality as two separate @code{define_insn} and @code{define_split}
|
| 6966 |
|
|
patterns. It exists for compactness, and as a maintenance tool to prevent
|
| 6967 |
|
|
having to ensure the two patterns' templates match.
|
| 6968 |
|
|
|
| 6969 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 6970 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 6971 |
|
|
@node Including Patterns
|
| 6972 |
|
|
@section Including Patterns in Machine Descriptions.
|
| 6973 |
|
|
@cindex insn includes
|
| 6974 |
|
|
|
| 6975 |
|
|
@findex include
|
| 6976 |
|
|
The @code{include} pattern tells the compiler tools where to
|
| 6977 |
|
|
look for patterns that are in files other than in the file
|
| 6978 |
|
|
@file{.md}. This is used only at build time and there is no preprocessing allowed.
|
| 6979 |
|
|
|
| 6980 |
|
|
It looks like:
|
| 6981 |
|
|
|
| 6982 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6983 |
|
|
|
| 6984 |
|
|
(include
|
| 6985 |
|
|
@var{pathname})
|
| 6986 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6987 |
|
|
|
| 6988 |
|
|
For example:
|
| 6989 |
|
|
|
| 6990 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 6991 |
|
|
|
| 6992 |
|
|
(include "filestuff")
|
| 6993 |
|
|
|
| 6994 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 6995 |
|
|
|
| 6996 |
|
|
Where @var{pathname} is a string that specifies the location of the file,
|
| 6997 |
|
|
specifies the include file to be in @file{gcc/config/target/filestuff}. The
|
| 6998 |
|
|
directory @file{gcc/config/target} is regarded as the default directory.
|
| 6999 |
|
|
|
| 7000 |
|
|
|
| 7001 |
|
|
Machine descriptions may be split up into smaller more manageable subsections
|
| 7002 |
|
|
and placed into subdirectories.
|
| 7003 |
|
|
|
| 7004 |
|
|
By specifying:
|
| 7005 |
|
|
|
| 7006 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7007 |
|
|
|
| 7008 |
|
|
(include "BOGUS/filestuff")
|
| 7009 |
|
|
|
| 7010 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7011 |
|
|
|
| 7012 |
|
|
the include file is specified to be in @file{gcc/config/@var{target}/BOGUS/filestuff}.
|
| 7013 |
|
|
|
| 7014 |
|
|
Specifying an absolute path for the include file such as;
|
| 7015 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7016 |
|
|
|
| 7017 |
|
|
(include "/u2/BOGUS/filestuff")
|
| 7018 |
|
|
|
| 7019 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7020 |
|
|
is permitted but is not encouraged.
|
| 7021 |
|
|
|
| 7022 |
|
|
@subsection RTL Generation Tool Options for Directory Search
|
| 7023 |
|
|
@cindex directory options .md
|
| 7024 |
|
|
@cindex options, directory search
|
| 7025 |
|
|
@cindex search options
|
| 7026 |
|
|
|
| 7027 |
|
|
The @option{-I@var{dir}} option specifies directories to search for machine descriptions.
|
| 7028 |
|
|
For example:
|
| 7029 |
|
|
|
| 7030 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7031 |
|
|
|
| 7032 |
|
|
genrecog -I/p1/abc/proc1 -I/p2/abcd/pro2 target.md
|
| 7033 |
|
|
|
| 7034 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7035 |
|
|
|
| 7036 |
|
|
|
| 7037 |
|
|
Add the directory @var{dir} to the head of the list of directories to be
|
| 7038 |
|
|
searched for header files. This can be used to override a system machine definition
|
| 7039 |
|
|
file, substituting your own version, since these directories are
|
| 7040 |
|
|
searched before the default machine description file directories. If you use more than
|
| 7041 |
|
|
one @option{-I} option, the directories are scanned in left-to-right
|
| 7042 |
|
|
order; the standard default directory come after.
|
| 7043 |
|
|
|
| 7044 |
|
|
|
| 7045 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7046 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7047 |
|
|
@node Peephole Definitions
|
| 7048 |
|
|
@section Machine-Specific Peephole Optimizers
|
| 7049 |
|
|
@cindex peephole optimizer definitions
|
| 7050 |
|
|
@cindex defining peephole optimizers
|
| 7051 |
|
|
|
| 7052 |
|
|
In addition to instruction patterns the @file{md} file may contain
|
| 7053 |
|
|
definitions of machine-specific peephole optimizations.
|
| 7054 |
|
|
|
| 7055 |
|
|
The combiner does not notice certain peephole optimizations when the data
|
| 7056 |
|
|
flow in the program does not suggest that it should try them. For example,
|
| 7057 |
|
|
sometimes two consecutive insns related in purpose can be combined even
|
| 7058 |
|
|
though the second one does not appear to use a register computed in the
|
| 7059 |
|
|
first one. A machine-specific peephole optimizer can detect such
|
| 7060 |
|
|
opportunities.
|
| 7061 |
|
|
|
| 7062 |
|
|
There are two forms of peephole definitions that may be used. The
|
| 7063 |
|
|
original @code{define_peephole} is run at assembly output time to
|
| 7064 |
|
|
match insns and substitute assembly text. Use of @code{define_peephole}
|
| 7065 |
|
|
is deprecated.
|
| 7066 |
|
|
|
| 7067 |
|
|
A newer @code{define_peephole2} matches insns and substitutes new
|
| 7068 |
|
|
insns. The @code{peephole2} pass is run after register allocation
|
| 7069 |
|
|
but before scheduling, which may result in much better code for
|
| 7070 |
|
|
targets that do scheduling.
|
| 7071 |
|
|
|
| 7072 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 7073 |
|
|
* define_peephole:: RTL to Text Peephole Optimizers
|
| 7074 |
|
|
* define_peephole2:: RTL to RTL Peephole Optimizers
|
| 7075 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 7076 |
|
|
|
| 7077 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7078 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7079 |
|
|
@node define_peephole
|
| 7080 |
|
|
@subsection RTL to Text Peephole Optimizers
|
| 7081 |
|
|
@findex define_peephole
|
| 7082 |
|
|
|
| 7083 |
|
|
@need 1000
|
| 7084 |
|
|
A definition looks like this:
|
| 7085 |
|
|
|
| 7086 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7087 |
|
|
(define_peephole
|
| 7088 |
|
|
[@var{insn-pattern-1}
|
| 7089 |
|
|
@var{insn-pattern-2}
|
| 7090 |
|
|
@dots{}]
|
| 7091 |
|
|
"@var{condition}"
|
| 7092 |
|
|
"@var{template}"
|
| 7093 |
|
|
"@var{optional-insn-attributes}")
|
| 7094 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7095 |
|
|
|
| 7096 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7097 |
|
|
The last string operand may be omitted if you are not using any
|
| 7098 |
|
|
machine-specific information in this machine description. If present,
|
| 7099 |
|
|
it must obey the same rules as in a @code{define_insn}.
|
| 7100 |
|
|
|
| 7101 |
|
|
In this skeleton, @var{insn-pattern-1} and so on are patterns to match
|
| 7102 |
|
|
consecutive insns. The optimization applies to a sequence of insns when
|
| 7103 |
|
|
@var{insn-pattern-1} matches the first one, @var{insn-pattern-2} matches
|
| 7104 |
|
|
the next, and so on.
|
| 7105 |
|
|
|
| 7106 |
|
|
Each of the insns matched by a peephole must also match a
|
| 7107 |
|
|
@code{define_insn}. Peepholes are checked only at the last stage just
|
| 7108 |
|
|
before code generation, and only optionally. Therefore, any insn which
|
| 7109 |
|
|
would match a peephole but no @code{define_insn} will cause a crash in code
|
| 7110 |
|
|
generation in an unoptimized compilation, or at various optimization
|
| 7111 |
|
|
stages.
|
| 7112 |
|
|
|
| 7113 |
|
|
The operands of the insns are matched with @code{match_operands},
|
| 7114 |
|
|
@code{match_operator}, and @code{match_dup}, as usual. What is not
|
| 7115 |
|
|
usual is that the operand numbers apply to all the insn patterns in the
|
| 7116 |
|
|
definition. So, you can check for identical operands in two insns by
|
| 7117 |
|
|
using @code{match_operand} in one insn and @code{match_dup} in the
|
| 7118 |
|
|
other.
|
| 7119 |
|
|
|
| 7120 |
|
|
The operand constraints used in @code{match_operand} patterns do not have
|
| 7121 |
|
|
any direct effect on the applicability of the peephole, but they will
|
| 7122 |
|
|
be validated afterward, so make sure your constraints are general enough
|
| 7123 |
|
|
to apply whenever the peephole matches. If the peephole matches
|
| 7124 |
|
|
but the constraints are not satisfied, the compiler will crash.
|
| 7125 |
|
|
|
| 7126 |
|
|
It is safe to omit constraints in all the operands of the peephole; or
|
| 7127 |
|
|
you can write constraints which serve as a double-check on the criteria
|
| 7128 |
|
|
previously tested.
|
| 7129 |
|
|
|
| 7130 |
|
|
Once a sequence of insns matches the patterns, the @var{condition} is
|
| 7131 |
|
|
checked. This is a C expression which makes the final decision whether to
|
| 7132 |
|
|
perform the optimization (we do so if the expression is nonzero). If
|
| 7133 |
|
|
@var{condition} is omitted (in other words, the string is empty) then the
|
| 7134 |
|
|
optimization is applied to every sequence of insns that matches the
|
| 7135 |
|
|
patterns.
|
| 7136 |
|
|
|
| 7137 |
|
|
The defined peephole optimizations are applied after register allocation
|
| 7138 |
|
|
is complete. Therefore, the peephole definition can check which
|
| 7139 |
|
|
operands have ended up in which kinds of registers, just by looking at
|
| 7140 |
|
|
the operands.
|
| 7141 |
|
|
|
| 7142 |
|
|
@findex prev_active_insn
|
| 7143 |
|
|
The way to refer to the operands in @var{condition} is to write
|
| 7144 |
|
|
@code{operands[@var{i}]} for operand number @var{i} (as matched by
|
| 7145 |
|
|
@code{(match_operand @var{i} @dots{})}). Use the variable @code{insn}
|
| 7146 |
|
|
to refer to the last of the insns being matched; use
|
| 7147 |
|
|
@code{prev_active_insn} to find the preceding insns.
|
| 7148 |
|
|
|
| 7149 |
|
|
@findex dead_or_set_p
|
| 7150 |
|
|
When optimizing computations with intermediate results, you can use
|
| 7151 |
|
|
@var{condition} to match only when the intermediate results are not used
|
| 7152 |
|
|
elsewhere. Use the C expression @code{dead_or_set_p (@var{insn},
|
| 7153 |
|
|
@var{op})}, where @var{insn} is the insn in which you expect the value
|
| 7154 |
|
|
to be used for the last time (from the value of @code{insn}, together
|
| 7155 |
|
|
with use of @code{prev_nonnote_insn}), and @var{op} is the intermediate
|
| 7156 |
|
|
value (from @code{operands[@var{i}]}).
|
| 7157 |
|
|
|
| 7158 |
|
|
Applying the optimization means replacing the sequence of insns with one
|
| 7159 |
|
|
new insn. The @var{template} controls ultimate output of assembler code
|
| 7160 |
|
|
for this combined insn. It works exactly like the template of a
|
| 7161 |
|
|
@code{define_insn}. Operand numbers in this template are the same ones
|
| 7162 |
|
|
used in matching the original sequence of insns.
|
| 7163 |
|
|
|
| 7164 |
|
|
The result of a defined peephole optimizer does not need to match any of
|
| 7165 |
|
|
the insn patterns in the machine description; it does not even have an
|
| 7166 |
|
|
opportunity to match them. The peephole optimizer definition itself serves
|
| 7167 |
|
|
as the insn pattern to control how the insn is output.
|
| 7168 |
|
|
|
| 7169 |
|
|
Defined peephole optimizers are run as assembler code is being output,
|
| 7170 |
|
|
so the insns they produce are never combined or rearranged in any way.
|
| 7171 |
|
|
|
| 7172 |
|
|
Here is an example, taken from the 68000 machine description:
|
| 7173 |
|
|
|
| 7174 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7175 |
|
|
(define_peephole
|
| 7176 |
|
|
[(set (reg:SI 15) (plus:SI (reg:SI 15) (const_int 4)))
|
| 7177 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:DF 0 "register_operand" "=f")
|
| 7178 |
|
|
(match_operand:DF 1 "register_operand" "ad"))]
|
| 7179 |
|
|
"FP_REG_P (operands[0]) && ! FP_REG_P (operands[1])"
|
| 7180 |
|
|
@{
|
| 7181 |
|
|
rtx xoperands[2];
|
| 7182 |
|
|
xoperands[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[1]) + 1);
|
| 7183 |
|
|
#ifdef MOTOROLA
|
| 7184 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("move.l %1,(sp)", xoperands);
|
| 7185 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("move.l %1,-(sp)", operands);
|
| 7186 |
|
|
return "fmove.d (sp)+,%0";
|
| 7187 |
|
|
#else
|
| 7188 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("movel %1,sp@@", xoperands);
|
| 7189 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("movel %1,sp@@-", operands);
|
| 7190 |
|
|
return "fmoved sp@@+,%0";
|
| 7191 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 7192 |
|
|
@})
|
| 7193 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7194 |
|
|
|
| 7195 |
|
|
@need 1000
|
| 7196 |
|
|
The effect of this optimization is to change
|
| 7197 |
|
|
|
| 7198 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7199 |
|
|
@group
|
| 7200 |
|
|
jbsr _foobar
|
| 7201 |
|
|
addql #4,sp
|
| 7202 |
|
|
movel d1,sp@@-
|
| 7203 |
|
|
movel d0,sp@@-
|
| 7204 |
|
|
fmoved sp@@+,fp0
|
| 7205 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 7206 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7207 |
|
|
|
| 7208 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7209 |
|
|
into
|
| 7210 |
|
|
|
| 7211 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7212 |
|
|
@group
|
| 7213 |
|
|
jbsr _foobar
|
| 7214 |
|
|
movel d1,sp@@
|
| 7215 |
|
|
movel d0,sp@@-
|
| 7216 |
|
|
fmoved sp@@+,fp0
|
| 7217 |
|
|
@end group
|
| 7218 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7219 |
|
|
|
| 7220 |
|
|
@ignore
|
| 7221 |
|
|
@findex CC_REVERSED
|
| 7222 |
|
|
If a peephole matches a sequence including one or more jump insns, you must
|
| 7223 |
|
|
take account of the flags such as @code{CC_REVERSED} which specify that the
|
| 7224 |
|
|
condition codes are represented in an unusual manner. The compiler
|
| 7225 |
|
|
automatically alters any ordinary conditional jumps which occur in such
|
| 7226 |
|
|
situations, but the compiler cannot alter jumps which have been replaced by
|
| 7227 |
|
|
peephole optimizations. So it is up to you to alter the assembler code
|
| 7228 |
|
|
that the peephole produces. Supply C code to write the assembler output,
|
| 7229 |
|
|
and in this C code check the condition code status flags and change the
|
| 7230 |
|
|
assembler code as appropriate.
|
| 7231 |
|
|
@end ignore
|
| 7232 |
|
|
|
| 7233 |
|
|
@var{insn-pattern-1} and so on look @emph{almost} like the second
|
| 7234 |
|
|
operand of @code{define_insn}. There is one important difference: the
|
| 7235 |
|
|
second operand of @code{define_insn} consists of one or more RTX's
|
| 7236 |
|
|
enclosed in square brackets. Usually, there is only one: then the same
|
| 7237 |
|
|
action can be written as an element of a @code{define_peephole}. But
|
| 7238 |
|
|
when there are multiple actions in a @code{define_insn}, they are
|
| 7239 |
|
|
implicitly enclosed in a @code{parallel}. Then you must explicitly
|
| 7240 |
|
|
write the @code{parallel}, and the square brackets within it, in the
|
| 7241 |
|
|
@code{define_peephole}. Thus, if an insn pattern looks like this,
|
| 7242 |
|
|
|
| 7243 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7244 |
|
|
(define_insn "divmodsi4"
|
| 7245 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=d")
|
| 7246 |
|
|
(div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0")
|
| 7247 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "dmsK")))
|
| 7248 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "=d")
|
| 7249 |
|
|
(mod:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)))]
|
| 7250 |
|
|
"TARGET_68020"
|
| 7251 |
|
|
"divsl%.l %2,%3:%0")
|
| 7252 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7253 |
|
|
|
| 7254 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7255 |
|
|
then the way to mention this insn in a peephole is as follows:
|
| 7256 |
|
|
|
| 7257 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7258 |
|
|
(define_peephole
|
| 7259 |
|
|
[@dots{}
|
| 7260 |
|
|
(parallel
|
| 7261 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=d")
|
| 7262 |
|
|
(div:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "0")
|
| 7263 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "general_operand" "dmsK")))
|
| 7264 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 3 "general_operand" "=d")
|
| 7265 |
|
|
(mod:SI (match_dup 1) (match_dup 2)))])
|
| 7266 |
|
|
@dots{}]
|
| 7267 |
|
|
@dots{})
|
| 7268 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7269 |
|
|
|
| 7270 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7271 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7272 |
|
|
@node define_peephole2
|
| 7273 |
|
|
@subsection RTL to RTL Peephole Optimizers
|
| 7274 |
|
|
@findex define_peephole2
|
| 7275 |
|
|
|
| 7276 |
|
|
The @code{define_peephole2} definition tells the compiler how to
|
| 7277 |
|
|
substitute one sequence of instructions for another sequence,
|
| 7278 |
|
|
what additional scratch registers may be needed and what their
|
| 7279 |
|
|
lifetimes must be.
|
| 7280 |
|
|
|
| 7281 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7282 |
|
|
(define_peephole2
|
| 7283 |
|
|
[@var{insn-pattern-1}
|
| 7284 |
|
|
@var{insn-pattern-2}
|
| 7285 |
|
|
@dots{}]
|
| 7286 |
|
|
"@var{condition}"
|
| 7287 |
|
|
[@var{new-insn-pattern-1}
|
| 7288 |
|
|
@var{new-insn-pattern-2}
|
| 7289 |
|
|
@dots{}]
|
| 7290 |
|
|
"@var{preparation-statements}")
|
| 7291 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7292 |
|
|
|
| 7293 |
|
|
The definition is almost identical to @code{define_split}
|
| 7294 |
|
|
(@pxref{Insn Splitting}) except that the pattern to match is not a
|
| 7295 |
|
|
single instruction, but a sequence of instructions.
|
| 7296 |
|
|
|
| 7297 |
|
|
It is possible to request additional scratch registers for use in the
|
| 7298 |
|
|
output template. If appropriate registers are not free, the pattern
|
| 7299 |
|
|
will simply not match.
|
| 7300 |
|
|
|
| 7301 |
|
|
@findex match_scratch
|
| 7302 |
|
|
@findex match_dup
|
| 7303 |
|
|
Scratch registers are requested with a @code{match_scratch} pattern at
|
| 7304 |
|
|
the top level of the input pattern. The allocated register (initially) will
|
| 7305 |
|
|
be dead at the point requested within the original sequence. If the scratch
|
| 7306 |
|
|
is used at more than a single point, a @code{match_dup} pattern at the
|
| 7307 |
|
|
top level of the input pattern marks the last position in the input sequence
|
| 7308 |
|
|
at which the register must be available.
|
| 7309 |
|
|
|
| 7310 |
|
|
Here is an example from the IA-32 machine description:
|
| 7311 |
|
|
|
| 7312 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7313 |
|
|
(define_peephole2
|
| 7314 |
|
|
[(match_scratch:SI 2 "r")
|
| 7315 |
|
|
(parallel [(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "")
|
| 7316 |
|
|
(match_operator:SI 3 "arith_or_logical_operator"
|
| 7317 |
|
|
[(match_dup 0)
|
| 7318 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 1 "memory_operand" "")]))
|
| 7319 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:CC 17))])]
|
| 7320 |
|
|
"! optimize_size && ! TARGET_READ_MODIFY"
|
| 7321 |
|
|
[(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 1))
|
| 7322 |
|
|
(parallel [(set (match_dup 0)
|
| 7323 |
|
|
(match_op_dup 3 [(match_dup 0) (match_dup 2)]))
|
| 7324 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:CC 17))])]
|
| 7325 |
|
|
"")
|
| 7326 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7327 |
|
|
|
| 7328 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7329 |
|
|
This pattern tries to split a load from its use in the hopes that we'll be
|
| 7330 |
|
|
able to schedule around the memory load latency. It allocates a single
|
| 7331 |
|
|
@code{SImode} register of class @code{GENERAL_REGS} (@code{"r"}) that needs
|
| 7332 |
|
|
to be live only at the point just before the arithmetic.
|
| 7333 |
|
|
|
| 7334 |
|
|
A real example requiring extended scratch lifetimes is harder to come by,
|
| 7335 |
|
|
so here's a silly made-up example:
|
| 7336 |
|
|
|
| 7337 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7338 |
|
|
(define_peephole2
|
| 7339 |
|
|
[(match_scratch:SI 4 "r")
|
| 7340 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 0 "" "") (match_operand:SI 1 "" ""))
|
| 7341 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 2 "" "") (match_dup 1))
|
| 7342 |
|
|
(match_dup 4)
|
| 7343 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 3 "" "") (match_dup 1))]
|
| 7344 |
|
|
"/* @r{determine 1 does not overlap 0 and 2} */"
|
| 7345 |
|
|
[(set (match_dup 4) (match_dup 1))
|
| 7346 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 0) (match_dup 4))
|
| 7347 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 2) (match_dup 4))]
|
| 7348 |
|
|
(set (match_dup 3) (match_dup 4))]
|
| 7349 |
|
|
"")
|
| 7350 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7351 |
|
|
|
| 7352 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7353 |
|
|
If we had not added the @code{(match_dup 4)} in the middle of the input
|
| 7354 |
|
|
sequence, it might have been the case that the register we chose at the
|
| 7355 |
|
|
beginning of the sequence is killed by the first or second @code{set}.
|
| 7356 |
|
|
|
| 7357 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7358 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7359 |
|
|
@node Insn Attributes
|
| 7360 |
|
|
@section Instruction Attributes
|
| 7361 |
|
|
@cindex insn attributes
|
| 7362 |
|
|
@cindex instruction attributes
|
| 7363 |
|
|
|
| 7364 |
|
|
In addition to describing the instruction supported by the target machine,
|
| 7365 |
|
|
the @file{md} file also defines a group of @dfn{attributes} and a set of
|
| 7366 |
|
|
values for each. Every generated insn is assigned a value for each attribute.
|
| 7367 |
|
|
One possible attribute would be the effect that the insn has on the machine's
|
| 7368 |
|
|
condition code. This attribute can then be used by @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}
|
| 7369 |
|
|
to track the condition codes.
|
| 7370 |
|
|
|
| 7371 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 7372 |
|
|
* Defining Attributes:: Specifying attributes and their values.
|
| 7373 |
|
|
* Expressions:: Valid expressions for attribute values.
|
| 7374 |
|
|
* Tagging Insns:: Assigning attribute values to insns.
|
| 7375 |
|
|
* Attr Example:: An example of assigning attributes.
|
| 7376 |
|
|
* Insn Lengths:: Computing the length of insns.
|
| 7377 |
|
|
* Constant Attributes:: Defining attributes that are constant.
|
| 7378 |
|
|
* Delay Slots:: Defining delay slots required for a machine.
|
| 7379 |
|
|
* Processor pipeline description:: Specifying information for insn scheduling.
|
| 7380 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 7381 |
|
|
|
| 7382 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7383 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7384 |
|
|
@node Defining Attributes
|
| 7385 |
|
|
@subsection Defining Attributes and their Values
|
| 7386 |
|
|
@cindex defining attributes and their values
|
| 7387 |
|
|
@cindex attributes, defining
|
| 7388 |
|
|
|
| 7389 |
|
|
@findex define_attr
|
| 7390 |
|
|
The @code{define_attr} expression is used to define each attribute required
|
| 7391 |
|
|
by the target machine. It looks like:
|
| 7392 |
|
|
|
| 7393 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7394 |
|
|
(define_attr @var{name} @var{list-of-values} @var{default})
|
| 7395 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7396 |
|
|
|
| 7397 |
|
|
@var{name} is a string specifying the name of the attribute being defined.
|
| 7398 |
|
|
Some attributes are used in a special way by the rest of the compiler. The
|
| 7399 |
|
|
@code{enabled} attribute can be used to conditionally enable or disable
|
| 7400 |
|
|
insn alternatives (@pxref{Disable Insn Alternatives}). The @code{predicable}
|
| 7401 |
|
|
attribute, together with a suitable @code{define_cond_exec}
|
| 7402 |
|
|
(@pxref{Conditional Execution}), can be used to automatically generate
|
| 7403 |
|
|
conditional variants of instruction patterns. The compiler internally uses
|
| 7404 |
|
|
the names @code{ce_enabled} and @code{nonce_enabled}, so they should not be
|
| 7405 |
|
|
used elsewhere as alternative names.
|
| 7406 |
|
|
|
| 7407 |
|
|
@var{list-of-values} is either a string that specifies a comma-separated
|
| 7408 |
|
|
list of values that can be assigned to the attribute, or a null string to
|
| 7409 |
|
|
indicate that the attribute takes numeric values.
|
| 7410 |
|
|
|
| 7411 |
|
|
@var{default} is an attribute expression that gives the value of this
|
| 7412 |
|
|
attribute for insns that match patterns whose definition does not include
|
| 7413 |
|
|
an explicit value for this attribute. @xref{Attr Example}, for more
|
| 7414 |
|
|
information on the handling of defaults. @xref{Constant Attributes},
|
| 7415 |
|
|
for information on attributes that do not depend on any particular insn.
|
| 7416 |
|
|
|
| 7417 |
|
|
@findex insn-attr.h
|
| 7418 |
|
|
For each defined attribute, a number of definitions are written to the
|
| 7419 |
|
|
@file{insn-attr.h} file. For cases where an explicit set of values is
|
| 7420 |
|
|
specified for an attribute, the following are defined:
|
| 7421 |
|
|
|
| 7422 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 7423 |
|
|
@item
|
| 7424 |
|
|
A @samp{#define} is written for the symbol @samp{HAVE_ATTR_@var{name}}.
|
| 7425 |
|
|
|
| 7426 |
|
|
@item
|
| 7427 |
|
|
An enumerated class is defined for @samp{attr_@var{name}} with
|
| 7428 |
|
|
elements of the form @samp{@var{upper-name}_@var{upper-value}} where
|
| 7429 |
|
|
the attribute name and value are first converted to uppercase.
|
| 7430 |
|
|
|
| 7431 |
|
|
@item
|
| 7432 |
|
|
A function @samp{get_attr_@var{name}} is defined that is passed an insn and
|
| 7433 |
|
|
returns the attribute value for that insn.
|
| 7434 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 7435 |
|
|
|
| 7436 |
|
|
For example, if the following is present in the @file{md} file:
|
| 7437 |
|
|
|
| 7438 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7439 |
|
|
(define_attr "type" "branch,fp,load,store,arith" @dots{})
|
| 7440 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7441 |
|
|
|
| 7442 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7443 |
|
|
the following lines will be written to the file @file{insn-attr.h}.
|
| 7444 |
|
|
|
| 7445 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7446 |
|
|
#define HAVE_ATTR_type
|
| 7447 |
|
|
enum attr_type @{TYPE_BRANCH, TYPE_FP, TYPE_LOAD,
|
| 7448 |
|
|
TYPE_STORE, TYPE_ARITH@};
|
| 7449 |
|
|
extern enum attr_type get_attr_type ();
|
| 7450 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7451 |
|
|
|
| 7452 |
|
|
If the attribute takes numeric values, no @code{enum} type will be
|
| 7453 |
|
|
defined and the function to obtain the attribute's value will return
|
| 7454 |
|
|
@code{int}.
|
| 7455 |
|
|
|
| 7456 |
|
|
There are attributes which are tied to a specific meaning. These
|
| 7457 |
|
|
attributes are not free to use for other purposes:
|
| 7458 |
|
|
|
| 7459 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 7460 |
|
|
@item length
|
| 7461 |
|
|
The @code{length} attribute is used to calculate the length of emitted
|
| 7462 |
|
|
code chunks. This is especially important when verifying branch
|
| 7463 |
|
|
distances. @xref{Insn Lengths}.
|
| 7464 |
|
|
|
| 7465 |
|
|
@item enabled
|
| 7466 |
|
|
The @code{enabled} attribute can be defined to prevent certain
|
| 7467 |
|
|
alternatives of an insn definition from being used during code
|
| 7468 |
|
|
generation. @xref{Disable Insn Alternatives}.
|
| 7469 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 7470 |
|
|
|
| 7471 |
|
|
@findex define_enum_attr
|
| 7472 |
|
|
@anchor{define_enum_attr}
|
| 7473 |
|
|
Another way of defining an attribute is to use:
|
| 7474 |
|
|
|
| 7475 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7476 |
|
|
(define_enum_attr "@var{attr}" "@var{enum}" @var{default})
|
| 7477 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7478 |
|
|
|
| 7479 |
|
|
This works in just the same way as @code{define_attr}, except that
|
| 7480 |
|
|
the list of values is taken from a separate enumeration called
|
| 7481 |
|
|
@var{enum} (@pxref{define_enum}). This form allows you to use
|
| 7482 |
|
|
the same list of values for several attributes without having to
|
| 7483 |
|
|
repeat the list each time. For example:
|
| 7484 |
|
|
|
| 7485 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7486 |
|
|
(define_enum "processor" [
|
| 7487 |
|
|
model_a
|
| 7488 |
|
|
model_b
|
| 7489 |
|
|
@dots{}
|
| 7490 |
|
|
])
|
| 7491 |
|
|
(define_enum_attr "arch" "processor"
|
| 7492 |
|
|
(const (symbol_ref "target_arch")))
|
| 7493 |
|
|
(define_enum_attr "tune" "processor"
|
| 7494 |
|
|
(const (symbol_ref "target_tune")))
|
| 7495 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7496 |
|
|
|
| 7497 |
|
|
defines the same attributes as:
|
| 7498 |
|
|
|
| 7499 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7500 |
|
|
(define_attr "arch" "model_a,model_b,@dots{}"
|
| 7501 |
|
|
(const (symbol_ref "target_arch")))
|
| 7502 |
|
|
(define_attr "tune" "model_a,model_b,@dots{}"
|
| 7503 |
|
|
(const (symbol_ref "target_tune")))
|
| 7504 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7505 |
|
|
|
| 7506 |
|
|
but without duplicating the processor list. The second example defines two
|
| 7507 |
|
|
separate C enums (@code{attr_arch} and @code{attr_tune}) whereas the first
|
| 7508 |
|
|
defines a single C enum (@code{processor}).
|
| 7509 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7510 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7511 |
|
|
@node Expressions
|
| 7512 |
|
|
@subsection Attribute Expressions
|
| 7513 |
|
|
@cindex attribute expressions
|
| 7514 |
|
|
|
| 7515 |
|
|
RTL expressions used to define attributes use the codes described above
|
| 7516 |
|
|
plus a few specific to attribute definitions, to be discussed below.
|
| 7517 |
|
|
Attribute value expressions must have one of the following forms:
|
| 7518 |
|
|
|
| 7519 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 7520 |
|
|
@cindex @code{const_int} and attributes
|
| 7521 |
|
|
@item (const_int @var{i})
|
| 7522 |
|
|
The integer @var{i} specifies the value of a numeric attribute. @var{i}
|
| 7523 |
|
|
must be non-negative.
|
| 7524 |
|
|
|
| 7525 |
|
|
The value of a numeric attribute can be specified either with a
|
| 7526 |
|
|
@code{const_int}, or as an integer represented as a string in
|
| 7527 |
|
|
@code{const_string}, @code{eq_attr} (see below), @code{attr},
|
| 7528 |
|
|
@code{symbol_ref}, simple arithmetic expressions, and @code{set_attr}
|
| 7529 |
|
|
overrides on specific instructions (@pxref{Tagging Insns}).
|
| 7530 |
|
|
|
| 7531 |
|
|
@cindex @code{const_string} and attributes
|
| 7532 |
|
|
@item (const_string @var{value})
|
| 7533 |
|
|
The string @var{value} specifies a constant attribute value.
|
| 7534 |
|
|
If @var{value} is specified as @samp{"*"}, it means that the default value of
|
| 7535 |
|
|
the attribute is to be used for the insn containing this expression.
|
| 7536 |
|
|
@samp{"*"} obviously cannot be used in the @var{default} expression
|
| 7537 |
|
|
of a @code{define_attr}.
|
| 7538 |
|
|
|
| 7539 |
|
|
If the attribute whose value is being specified is numeric, @var{value}
|
| 7540 |
|
|
must be a string containing a non-negative integer (normally
|
| 7541 |
|
|
@code{const_int} would be used in this case). Otherwise, it must
|
| 7542 |
|
|
contain one of the valid values for the attribute.
|
| 7543 |
|
|
|
| 7544 |
|
|
@cindex @code{if_then_else} and attributes
|
| 7545 |
|
|
@item (if_then_else @var{test} @var{true-value} @var{false-value})
|
| 7546 |
|
|
@var{test} specifies an attribute test, whose format is defined below.
|
| 7547 |
|
|
The value of this expression is @var{true-value} if @var{test} is true,
|
| 7548 |
|
|
otherwise it is @var{false-value}.
|
| 7549 |
|
|
|
| 7550 |
|
|
@cindex @code{cond} and attributes
|
| 7551 |
|
|
@item (cond [@var{test1} @var{value1} @dots{}] @var{default})
|
| 7552 |
|
|
The first operand of this expression is a vector containing an even
|
| 7553 |
|
|
number of expressions and consisting of pairs of @var{test} and @var{value}
|
| 7554 |
|
|
expressions. The value of the @code{cond} expression is that of the
|
| 7555 |
|
|
@var{value} corresponding to the first true @var{test} expression. If
|
| 7556 |
|
|
none of the @var{test} expressions are true, the value of the @code{cond}
|
| 7557 |
|
|
expression is that of the @var{default} expression.
|
| 7558 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 7559 |
|
|
|
| 7560 |
|
|
@var{test} expressions can have one of the following forms:
|
| 7561 |
|
|
|
| 7562 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 7563 |
|
|
@cindex @code{const_int} and attribute tests
|
| 7564 |
|
|
@item (const_int @var{i})
|
| 7565 |
|
|
This test is true if @var{i} is nonzero and false otherwise.
|
| 7566 |
|
|
|
| 7567 |
|
|
@cindex @code{not} and attributes
|
| 7568 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ior} and attributes
|
| 7569 |
|
|
@cindex @code{and} and attributes
|
| 7570 |
|
|
@item (not @var{test})
|
| 7571 |
|
|
@itemx (ior @var{test1} @var{test2})
|
| 7572 |
|
|
@itemx (and @var{test1} @var{test2})
|
| 7573 |
|
|
These tests are true if the indicated logical function is true.
|
| 7574 |
|
|
|
| 7575 |
|
|
@cindex @code{match_operand} and attributes
|
| 7576 |
|
|
@item (match_operand:@var{m} @var{n} @var{pred} @var{constraints})
|
| 7577 |
|
|
This test is true if operand @var{n} of the insn whose attribute value
|
| 7578 |
|
|
is being determined has mode @var{m} (this part of the test is ignored
|
| 7579 |
|
|
if @var{m} is @code{VOIDmode}) and the function specified by the string
|
| 7580 |
|
|
@var{pred} returns a nonzero value when passed operand @var{n} and mode
|
| 7581 |
|
|
@var{m} (this part of the test is ignored if @var{pred} is the null
|
| 7582 |
|
|
string).
|
| 7583 |
|
|
|
| 7584 |
|
|
The @var{constraints} operand is ignored and should be the null string.
|
| 7585 |
|
|
|
| 7586 |
|
|
@cindex @code{match_test} and attributes
|
| 7587 |
|
|
@item (match_test @var{c-expr})
|
| 7588 |
|
|
The test is true if C expression @var{c-expr} is true. In non-constant
|
| 7589 |
|
|
attributes, @var{c-expr} has access to the following variables:
|
| 7590 |
|
|
|
| 7591 |
|
|
@table @var
|
| 7592 |
|
|
@item insn
|
| 7593 |
|
|
The rtl instruction under test.
|
| 7594 |
|
|
@item which_alternative
|
| 7595 |
|
|
The @code{define_insn} alternative that @var{insn} matches.
|
| 7596 |
|
|
@xref{Output Statement}.
|
| 7597 |
|
|
@item operands
|
| 7598 |
|
|
An array of @var{insn}'s rtl operands.
|
| 7599 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 7600 |
|
|
|
| 7601 |
|
|
@var{c-expr} behaves like the condition in a C @code{if} statement,
|
| 7602 |
|
|
so there is no need to explicitly convert the expression into a boolean
|
| 7603 |
|
|
|
| 7604 |
|
|
|
| 7605 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7606 |
|
|
(match_test "x & 2")
|
| 7607 |
|
|
(match_test "(x & 2) != 0")
|
| 7608 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7609 |
|
|
|
| 7610 |
|
|
@cindex @code{le} and attributes
|
| 7611 |
|
|
@cindex @code{leu} and attributes
|
| 7612 |
|
|
@cindex @code{lt} and attributes
|
| 7613 |
|
|
@cindex @code{gt} and attributes
|
| 7614 |
|
|
@cindex @code{gtu} and attributes
|
| 7615 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ge} and attributes
|
| 7616 |
|
|
@cindex @code{geu} and attributes
|
| 7617 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ne} and attributes
|
| 7618 |
|
|
@cindex @code{eq} and attributes
|
| 7619 |
|
|
@cindex @code{plus} and attributes
|
| 7620 |
|
|
@cindex @code{minus} and attributes
|
| 7621 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mult} and attributes
|
| 7622 |
|
|
@cindex @code{div} and attributes
|
| 7623 |
|
|
@cindex @code{mod} and attributes
|
| 7624 |
|
|
@cindex @code{abs} and attributes
|
| 7625 |
|
|
@cindex @code{neg} and attributes
|
| 7626 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ashift} and attributes
|
| 7627 |
|
|
@cindex @code{lshiftrt} and attributes
|
| 7628 |
|
|
@cindex @code{ashiftrt} and attributes
|
| 7629 |
|
|
@item (le @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7630 |
|
|
@itemx (leu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7631 |
|
|
@itemx (lt @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7632 |
|
|
@itemx (ltu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7633 |
|
|
@itemx (gt @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7634 |
|
|
@itemx (gtu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7635 |
|
|
@itemx (ge @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7636 |
|
|
@itemx (geu @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7637 |
|
|
@itemx (ne @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7638 |
|
|
@itemx (eq @var{arith1} @var{arith2})
|
| 7639 |
|
|
These tests are true if the indicated comparison of the two arithmetic
|
| 7640 |
|
|
expressions is true. Arithmetic expressions are formed with
|
| 7641 |
|
|
@code{plus}, @code{minus}, @code{mult}, @code{div}, @code{mod},
|
| 7642 |
|
|
@code{abs}, @code{neg}, @code{and}, @code{ior}, @code{xor}, @code{not},
|
| 7643 |
|
|
@code{ashift}, @code{lshiftrt}, and @code{ashiftrt} expressions.
|
| 7644 |
|
|
|
| 7645 |
|
|
@findex get_attr
|
| 7646 |
|
|
@code{const_int} and @code{symbol_ref} are always valid terms (@pxref{Insn
|
| 7647 |
|
|
Lengths},for additional forms). @code{symbol_ref} is a string
|
| 7648 |
|
|
denoting a C expression that yields an @code{int} when evaluated by the
|
| 7649 |
|
|
@samp{get_attr_@dots{}} routine. It should normally be a global
|
| 7650 |
|
|
variable.
|
| 7651 |
|
|
|
| 7652 |
|
|
@findex eq_attr
|
| 7653 |
|
|
@item (eq_attr @var{name} @var{value})
|
| 7654 |
|
|
@var{name} is a string specifying the name of an attribute.
|
| 7655 |
|
|
|
| 7656 |
|
|
@var{value} is a string that is either a valid value for attribute
|
| 7657 |
|
|
@var{name}, a comma-separated list of values, or @samp{!} followed by a
|
| 7658 |
|
|
value or list. If @var{value} does not begin with a @samp{!}, this
|
| 7659 |
|
|
test is true if the value of the @var{name} attribute of the current
|
| 7660 |
|
|
insn is in the list specified by @var{value}. If @var{value} begins
|
| 7661 |
|
|
with a @samp{!}, this test is true if the attribute's value is
|
| 7662 |
|
|
@emph{not} in the specified list.
|
| 7663 |
|
|
|
| 7664 |
|
|
For example,
|
| 7665 |
|
|
|
| 7666 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7667 |
|
|
(eq_attr "type" "load,store")
|
| 7668 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7669 |
|
|
|
| 7670 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7671 |
|
|
is equivalent to
|
| 7672 |
|
|
|
| 7673 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7674 |
|
|
(ior (eq_attr "type" "load") (eq_attr "type" "store"))
|
| 7675 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7676 |
|
|
|
| 7677 |
|
|
If @var{name} specifies an attribute of @samp{alternative}, it refers to the
|
| 7678 |
|
|
value of the compiler variable @code{which_alternative}
|
| 7679 |
|
|
(@pxref{Output Statement}) and the values must be small integers. For
|
| 7680 |
|
|
example,
|
| 7681 |
|
|
|
| 7682 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7683 |
|
|
(eq_attr "alternative" "2,3")
|
| 7684 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7685 |
|
|
|
| 7686 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7687 |
|
|
is equivalent to
|
| 7688 |
|
|
|
| 7689 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7690 |
|
|
(ior (eq (symbol_ref "which_alternative") (const_int 2))
|
| 7691 |
|
|
(eq (symbol_ref "which_alternative") (const_int 3)))
|
| 7692 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7693 |
|
|
|
| 7694 |
|
|
Note that, for most attributes, an @code{eq_attr} test is simplified in cases
|
| 7695 |
|
|
where the value of the attribute being tested is known for all insns matching
|
| 7696 |
|
|
a particular pattern. This is by far the most common case.
|
| 7697 |
|
|
|
| 7698 |
|
|
@findex attr_flag
|
| 7699 |
|
|
@item (attr_flag @var{name})
|
| 7700 |
|
|
The value of an @code{attr_flag} expression is true if the flag
|
| 7701 |
|
|
specified by @var{name} is true for the @code{insn} currently being
|
| 7702 |
|
|
scheduled.
|
| 7703 |
|
|
|
| 7704 |
|
|
@var{name} is a string specifying one of a fixed set of flags to test.
|
| 7705 |
|
|
Test the flags @code{forward} and @code{backward} to determine the
|
| 7706 |
|
|
direction of a conditional branch. Test the flags @code{very_likely},
|
| 7707 |
|
|
@code{likely}, @code{very_unlikely}, and @code{unlikely} to determine
|
| 7708 |
|
|
if a conditional branch is expected to be taken.
|
| 7709 |
|
|
|
| 7710 |
|
|
If the @code{very_likely} flag is true, then the @code{likely} flag is also
|
| 7711 |
|
|
true. Likewise for the @code{very_unlikely} and @code{unlikely} flags.
|
| 7712 |
|
|
|
| 7713 |
|
|
This example describes a conditional branch delay slot which
|
| 7714 |
|
|
can be nullified for forward branches that are taken (annul-true) or
|
| 7715 |
|
|
for backward branches which are not taken (annul-false).
|
| 7716 |
|
|
|
| 7717 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7718 |
|
|
(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "cbranch")
|
| 7719 |
|
|
[(eq_attr "in_branch_delay" "true")
|
| 7720 |
|
|
(and (eq_attr "in_branch_delay" "true")
|
| 7721 |
|
|
(attr_flag "forward"))
|
| 7722 |
|
|
(and (eq_attr "in_branch_delay" "true")
|
| 7723 |
|
|
(attr_flag "backward"))])
|
| 7724 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7725 |
|
|
|
| 7726 |
|
|
The @code{forward} and @code{backward} flags are false if the current
|
| 7727 |
|
|
@code{insn} being scheduled is not a conditional branch.
|
| 7728 |
|
|
|
| 7729 |
|
|
The @code{very_likely} and @code{likely} flags are true if the
|
| 7730 |
|
|
@code{insn} being scheduled is not a conditional branch.
|
| 7731 |
|
|
The @code{very_unlikely} and @code{unlikely} flags are false if the
|
| 7732 |
|
|
@code{insn} being scheduled is not a conditional branch.
|
| 7733 |
|
|
|
| 7734 |
|
|
@code{attr_flag} is only used during delay slot scheduling and has no
|
| 7735 |
|
|
meaning to other passes of the compiler.
|
| 7736 |
|
|
|
| 7737 |
|
|
@findex attr
|
| 7738 |
|
|
@item (attr @var{name})
|
| 7739 |
|
|
The value of another attribute is returned. This is most useful
|
| 7740 |
|
|
for numeric attributes, as @code{eq_attr} and @code{attr_flag}
|
| 7741 |
|
|
produce more efficient code for non-numeric attributes.
|
| 7742 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 7743 |
|
|
|
| 7744 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7745 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7746 |
|
|
@node Tagging Insns
|
| 7747 |
|
|
@subsection Assigning Attribute Values to Insns
|
| 7748 |
|
|
@cindex tagging insns
|
| 7749 |
|
|
@cindex assigning attribute values to insns
|
| 7750 |
|
|
|
| 7751 |
|
|
The value assigned to an attribute of an insn is primarily determined by
|
| 7752 |
|
|
which pattern is matched by that insn (or which @code{define_peephole}
|
| 7753 |
|
|
generated it). Every @code{define_insn} and @code{define_peephole} can
|
| 7754 |
|
|
have an optional last argument to specify the values of attributes for
|
| 7755 |
|
|
matching insns. The value of any attribute not specified in a particular
|
| 7756 |
|
|
insn is set to the default value for that attribute, as specified in its
|
| 7757 |
|
|
@code{define_attr}. Extensive use of default values for attributes
|
| 7758 |
|
|
permits the specification of the values for only one or two attributes
|
| 7759 |
|
|
in the definition of most insn patterns, as seen in the example in the
|
| 7760 |
|
|
next section.
|
| 7761 |
|
|
|
| 7762 |
|
|
The optional last argument of @code{define_insn} and
|
| 7763 |
|
|
@code{define_peephole} is a vector of expressions, each of which defines
|
| 7764 |
|
|
the value for a single attribute. The most general way of assigning an
|
| 7765 |
|
|
attribute's value is to use a @code{set} expression whose first operand is an
|
| 7766 |
|
|
@code{attr} expression giving the name of the attribute being set. The
|
| 7767 |
|
|
second operand of the @code{set} is an attribute expression
|
| 7768 |
|
|
(@pxref{Expressions}) giving the value of the attribute.
|
| 7769 |
|
|
|
| 7770 |
|
|
When the attribute value depends on the @samp{alternative} attribute
|
| 7771 |
|
|
(i.e., which is the applicable alternative in the constraint of the
|
| 7772 |
|
|
insn), the @code{set_attr_alternative} expression can be used. It
|
| 7773 |
|
|
allows the specification of a vector of attribute expressions, one for
|
| 7774 |
|
|
each alternative.
|
| 7775 |
|
|
|
| 7776 |
|
|
@findex set_attr
|
| 7777 |
|
|
When the generality of arbitrary attribute expressions is not required,
|
| 7778 |
|
|
the simpler @code{set_attr} expression can be used, which allows
|
| 7779 |
|
|
specifying a string giving either a single attribute value or a list
|
| 7780 |
|
|
of attribute values, one for each alternative.
|
| 7781 |
|
|
|
| 7782 |
|
|
The form of each of the above specifications is shown below. In each case,
|
| 7783 |
|
|
@var{name} is a string specifying the attribute to be set.
|
| 7784 |
|
|
|
| 7785 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 7786 |
|
|
@item (set_attr @var{name} @var{value-string})
|
| 7787 |
|
|
@var{value-string} is either a string giving the desired attribute value,
|
| 7788 |
|
|
or a string containing a comma-separated list giving the values for
|
| 7789 |
|
|
succeeding alternatives. The number of elements must match the number
|
| 7790 |
|
|
of alternatives in the constraint of the insn pattern.
|
| 7791 |
|
|
|
| 7792 |
|
|
Note that it may be useful to specify @samp{*} for some alternative, in
|
| 7793 |
|
|
which case the attribute will assume its default value for insns matching
|
| 7794 |
|
|
that alternative.
|
| 7795 |
|
|
|
| 7796 |
|
|
@findex set_attr_alternative
|
| 7797 |
|
|
@item (set_attr_alternative @var{name} [@var{value1} @var{value2} @dots{}])
|
| 7798 |
|
|
Depending on the alternative of the insn, the value will be one of the
|
| 7799 |
|
|
specified values. This is a shorthand for using a @code{cond} with
|
| 7800 |
|
|
tests on the @samp{alternative} attribute.
|
| 7801 |
|
|
|
| 7802 |
|
|
@findex attr
|
| 7803 |
|
|
@item (set (attr @var{name}) @var{value})
|
| 7804 |
|
|
The first operand of this @code{set} must be the special RTL expression
|
| 7805 |
|
|
@code{attr}, whose sole operand is a string giving the name of the
|
| 7806 |
|
|
attribute being set. @var{value} is the value of the attribute.
|
| 7807 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 7808 |
|
|
|
| 7809 |
|
|
The following shows three different ways of representing the same
|
| 7810 |
|
|
attribute value specification:
|
| 7811 |
|
|
|
| 7812 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7813 |
|
|
(set_attr "type" "load,store,arith")
|
| 7814 |
|
|
|
| 7815 |
|
|
(set_attr_alternative "type"
|
| 7816 |
|
|
[(const_string "load") (const_string "store")
|
| 7817 |
|
|
(const_string "arith")])
|
| 7818 |
|
|
|
| 7819 |
|
|
(set (attr "type")
|
| 7820 |
|
|
(cond [(eq_attr "alternative" "1") (const_string "load")
|
| 7821 |
|
|
(eq_attr "alternative" "2") (const_string "store")]
|
| 7822 |
|
|
(const_string "arith")))
|
| 7823 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7824 |
|
|
|
| 7825 |
|
|
@need 1000
|
| 7826 |
|
|
@findex define_asm_attributes
|
| 7827 |
|
|
The @code{define_asm_attributes} expression provides a mechanism to
|
| 7828 |
|
|
specify the attributes assigned to insns produced from an @code{asm}
|
| 7829 |
|
|
statement. It has the form:
|
| 7830 |
|
|
|
| 7831 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7832 |
|
|
(define_asm_attributes [@var{attr-sets}])
|
| 7833 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7834 |
|
|
|
| 7835 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 7836 |
|
|
where @var{attr-sets} is specified the same as for both the
|
| 7837 |
|
|
@code{define_insn} and the @code{define_peephole} expressions.
|
| 7838 |
|
|
|
| 7839 |
|
|
These values will typically be the ``worst case'' attribute values. For
|
| 7840 |
|
|
example, they might indicate that the condition code will be clobbered.
|
| 7841 |
|
|
|
| 7842 |
|
|
A specification for a @code{length} attribute is handled specially. The
|
| 7843 |
|
|
way to compute the length of an @code{asm} insn is to multiply the
|
| 7844 |
|
|
length specified in the expression @code{define_asm_attributes} by the
|
| 7845 |
|
|
number of machine instructions specified in the @code{asm} statement,
|
| 7846 |
|
|
determined by counting the number of semicolons and newlines in the
|
| 7847 |
|
|
string. Therefore, the value of the @code{length} attribute specified
|
| 7848 |
|
|
in a @code{define_asm_attributes} should be the maximum possible length
|
| 7849 |
|
|
of a single machine instruction.
|
| 7850 |
|
|
|
| 7851 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7852 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7853 |
|
|
@node Attr Example
|
| 7854 |
|
|
@subsection Example of Attribute Specifications
|
| 7855 |
|
|
@cindex attribute specifications example
|
| 7856 |
|
|
@cindex attribute specifications
|
| 7857 |
|
|
|
| 7858 |
|
|
The judicious use of defaulting is important in the efficient use of
|
| 7859 |
|
|
insn attributes. Typically, insns are divided into @dfn{types} and an
|
| 7860 |
|
|
attribute, customarily called @code{type}, is used to represent this
|
| 7861 |
|
|
value. This attribute is normally used only to define the default value
|
| 7862 |
|
|
for other attributes. An example will clarify this usage.
|
| 7863 |
|
|
|
| 7864 |
|
|
Assume we have a RISC machine with a condition code and in which only
|
| 7865 |
|
|
full-word operations are performed in registers. Let us assume that we
|
| 7866 |
|
|
can divide all insns into loads, stores, (integer) arithmetic
|
| 7867 |
|
|
operations, floating point operations, and branches.
|
| 7868 |
|
|
|
| 7869 |
|
|
Here we will concern ourselves with determining the effect of an insn on
|
| 7870 |
|
|
the condition code and will limit ourselves to the following possible
|
| 7871 |
|
|
effects: The condition code can be set unpredictably (clobbered), not
|
| 7872 |
|
|
be changed, be set to agree with the results of the operation, or only
|
| 7873 |
|
|
changed if the item previously set into the condition code has been
|
| 7874 |
|
|
modified.
|
| 7875 |
|
|
|
| 7876 |
|
|
Here is part of a sample @file{md} file for such a machine:
|
| 7877 |
|
|
|
| 7878 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7879 |
|
|
(define_attr "type" "load,store,arith,fp,branch" (const_string "arith"))
|
| 7880 |
|
|
|
| 7881 |
|
|
(define_attr "cc" "clobber,unchanged,set,change0"
|
| 7882 |
|
|
(cond [(eq_attr "type" "load")
|
| 7883 |
|
|
(const_string "change0")
|
| 7884 |
|
|
(eq_attr "type" "store,branch")
|
| 7885 |
|
|
(const_string "unchanged")
|
| 7886 |
|
|
(eq_attr "type" "arith")
|
| 7887 |
|
|
(if_then_else (match_operand:SI 0 "" "")
|
| 7888 |
|
|
(const_string "set")
|
| 7889 |
|
|
(const_string "clobber"))]
|
| 7890 |
|
|
(const_string "clobber")))
|
| 7891 |
|
|
|
| 7892 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 7893 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "general_operand" "=r,r,m")
|
| 7894 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 1 "general_operand" "r,m,r"))]
|
| 7895 |
|
|
""
|
| 7896 |
|
|
"@@
|
| 7897 |
|
|
move %0,%1
|
| 7898 |
|
|
load %0,%1
|
| 7899 |
|
|
store %0,%1"
|
| 7900 |
|
|
[(set_attr "type" "arith,load,store")])
|
| 7901 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7902 |
|
|
|
| 7903 |
|
|
Note that we assume in the above example that arithmetic operations
|
| 7904 |
|
|
performed on quantities smaller than a machine word clobber the condition
|
| 7905 |
|
|
code since they will set the condition code to a value corresponding to the
|
| 7906 |
|
|
full-word result.
|
| 7907 |
|
|
|
| 7908 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7909 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7910 |
|
|
@node Insn Lengths
|
| 7911 |
|
|
@subsection Computing the Length of an Insn
|
| 7912 |
|
|
@cindex insn lengths, computing
|
| 7913 |
|
|
@cindex computing the length of an insn
|
| 7914 |
|
|
|
| 7915 |
|
|
For many machines, multiple types of branch instructions are provided, each
|
| 7916 |
|
|
for different length branch displacements. In most cases, the assembler
|
| 7917 |
|
|
will choose the correct instruction to use. However, when the assembler
|
| 7918 |
|
|
cannot do so, GCC can when a special attribute, the @code{length}
|
| 7919 |
|
|
attribute, is defined. This attribute must be defined to have numeric
|
| 7920 |
|
|
values by specifying a null string in its @code{define_attr}.
|
| 7921 |
|
|
|
| 7922 |
|
|
In the case of the @code{length} attribute, two additional forms of
|
| 7923 |
|
|
arithmetic terms are allowed in test expressions:
|
| 7924 |
|
|
|
| 7925 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 7926 |
|
|
@cindex @code{match_dup} and attributes
|
| 7927 |
|
|
@item (match_dup @var{n})
|
| 7928 |
|
|
This refers to the address of operand @var{n} of the current insn, which
|
| 7929 |
|
|
must be a @code{label_ref}.
|
| 7930 |
|
|
|
| 7931 |
|
|
@cindex @code{pc} and attributes
|
| 7932 |
|
|
@item (pc)
|
| 7933 |
|
|
This refers to the address of the @emph{current} insn. It might have
|
| 7934 |
|
|
been more consistent with other usage to make this the address of the
|
| 7935 |
|
|
@emph{next} insn but this would be confusing because the length of the
|
| 7936 |
|
|
current insn is to be computed.
|
| 7937 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 7938 |
|
|
|
| 7939 |
|
|
@cindex @code{addr_vec}, length of
|
| 7940 |
|
|
@cindex @code{addr_diff_vec}, length of
|
| 7941 |
|
|
For normal insns, the length will be determined by value of the
|
| 7942 |
|
|
@code{length} attribute. In the case of @code{addr_vec} and
|
| 7943 |
|
|
@code{addr_diff_vec} insn patterns, the length is computed as
|
| 7944 |
|
|
the number of vectors multiplied by the size of each vector.
|
| 7945 |
|
|
|
| 7946 |
|
|
Lengths are measured in addressable storage units (bytes).
|
| 7947 |
|
|
|
| 7948 |
|
|
The following macros can be used to refine the length computation:
|
| 7949 |
|
|
|
| 7950 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 7951 |
|
|
@findex ADJUST_INSN_LENGTH
|
| 7952 |
|
|
@item ADJUST_INSN_LENGTH (@var{insn}, @var{length})
|
| 7953 |
|
|
If defined, modifies the length assigned to instruction @var{insn} as a
|
| 7954 |
|
|
function of the context in which it is used. @var{length} is an lvalue
|
| 7955 |
|
|
that contains the initially computed length of the insn and should be
|
| 7956 |
|
|
updated with the correct length of the insn.
|
| 7957 |
|
|
|
| 7958 |
|
|
This macro will normally not be required. A case in which it is
|
| 7959 |
|
|
required is the ROMP@. On this machine, the size of an @code{addr_vec}
|
| 7960 |
|
|
insn must be increased by two to compensate for the fact that alignment
|
| 7961 |
|
|
may be required.
|
| 7962 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 7963 |
|
|
|
| 7964 |
|
|
@findex get_attr_length
|
| 7965 |
|
|
The routine that returns @code{get_attr_length} (the value of the
|
| 7966 |
|
|
@code{length} attribute) can be used by the output routine to
|
| 7967 |
|
|
determine the form of the branch instruction to be written, as the
|
| 7968 |
|
|
example below illustrates.
|
| 7969 |
|
|
|
| 7970 |
|
|
As an example of the specification of variable-length branches, consider
|
| 7971 |
|
|
the IBM 360. If we adopt the convention that a register will be set to
|
| 7972 |
|
|
the starting address of a function, we can jump to labels within 4k of
|
| 7973 |
|
|
the start using a four-byte instruction. Otherwise, we need a six-byte
|
| 7974 |
|
|
sequence to load the address from memory and then branch to it.
|
| 7975 |
|
|
|
| 7976 |
|
|
On such a machine, a pattern for a branch instruction might be specified
|
| 7977 |
|
|
as follows:
|
| 7978 |
|
|
|
| 7979 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 7980 |
|
|
(define_insn "jump"
|
| 7981 |
|
|
[(set (pc)
|
| 7982 |
|
|
(label_ref (match_operand 0 "" "")))]
|
| 7983 |
|
|
""
|
| 7984 |
|
|
@{
|
| 7985 |
|
|
return (get_attr_length (insn) == 4
|
| 7986 |
|
|
? "b %l0" : "l r15,=a(%l0); br r15");
|
| 7987 |
|
|
@}
|
| 7988 |
|
|
[(set (attr "length")
|
| 7989 |
|
|
(if_then_else (lt (match_dup 0) (const_int 4096))
|
| 7990 |
|
|
(const_int 4)
|
| 7991 |
|
|
(const_int 6)))])
|
| 7992 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 7993 |
|
|
|
| 7994 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 7995 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 7996 |
|
|
@node Constant Attributes
|
| 7997 |
|
|
@subsection Constant Attributes
|
| 7998 |
|
|
@cindex constant attributes
|
| 7999 |
|
|
|
| 8000 |
|
|
A special form of @code{define_attr}, where the expression for the
|
| 8001 |
|
|
default value is a @code{const} expression, indicates an attribute that
|
| 8002 |
|
|
is constant for a given run of the compiler. Constant attributes may be
|
| 8003 |
|
|
used to specify which variety of processor is used. For example,
|
| 8004 |
|
|
|
| 8005 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8006 |
|
|
(define_attr "cpu" "m88100,m88110,m88000"
|
| 8007 |
|
|
(const
|
| 8008 |
|
|
(cond [(symbol_ref "TARGET_88100") (const_string "m88100")
|
| 8009 |
|
|
(symbol_ref "TARGET_88110") (const_string "m88110")]
|
| 8010 |
|
|
(const_string "m88000"))))
|
| 8011 |
|
|
|
| 8012 |
|
|
(define_attr "memory" "fast,slow"
|
| 8013 |
|
|
(const
|
| 8014 |
|
|
(if_then_else (symbol_ref "TARGET_FAST_MEM")
|
| 8015 |
|
|
(const_string "fast")
|
| 8016 |
|
|
(const_string "slow"))))
|
| 8017 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8018 |
|
|
|
| 8019 |
|
|
The routine generated for constant attributes has no parameters as it
|
| 8020 |
|
|
does not depend on any particular insn. RTL expressions used to define
|
| 8021 |
|
|
the value of a constant attribute may use the @code{symbol_ref} form,
|
| 8022 |
|
|
but may not use either the @code{match_operand} form or @code{eq_attr}
|
| 8023 |
|
|
forms involving insn attributes.
|
| 8024 |
|
|
|
| 8025 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 8026 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 8027 |
|
|
@node Delay Slots
|
| 8028 |
|
|
@subsection Delay Slot Scheduling
|
| 8029 |
|
|
@cindex delay slots, defining
|
| 8030 |
|
|
|
| 8031 |
|
|
The insn attribute mechanism can be used to specify the requirements for
|
| 8032 |
|
|
delay slots, if any, on a target machine. An instruction is said to
|
| 8033 |
|
|
require a @dfn{delay slot} if some instructions that are physically
|
| 8034 |
|
|
after the instruction are executed as if they were located before it.
|
| 8035 |
|
|
Classic examples are branch and call instructions, which often execute
|
| 8036 |
|
|
the following instruction before the branch or call is performed.
|
| 8037 |
|
|
|
| 8038 |
|
|
On some machines, conditional branch instructions can optionally
|
| 8039 |
|
|
@dfn{annul} instructions in the delay slot. This means that the
|
| 8040 |
|
|
instruction will not be executed for certain branch outcomes. Both
|
| 8041 |
|
|
instructions that annul if the branch is true and instructions that
|
| 8042 |
|
|
annul if the branch is false are supported.
|
| 8043 |
|
|
|
| 8044 |
|
|
Delay slot scheduling differs from instruction scheduling in that
|
| 8045 |
|
|
determining whether an instruction needs a delay slot is dependent only
|
| 8046 |
|
|
on the type of instruction being generated, not on data flow between the
|
| 8047 |
|
|
instructions. See the next section for a discussion of data-dependent
|
| 8048 |
|
|
instruction scheduling.
|
| 8049 |
|
|
|
| 8050 |
|
|
@findex define_delay
|
| 8051 |
|
|
The requirement of an insn needing one or more delay slots is indicated
|
| 8052 |
|
|
via the @code{define_delay} expression. It has the following form:
|
| 8053 |
|
|
|
| 8054 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8055 |
|
|
(define_delay @var{test}
|
| 8056 |
|
|
[@var{delay-1} @var{annul-true-1} @var{annul-false-1}
|
| 8057 |
|
|
@var{delay-2} @var{annul-true-2} @var{annul-false-2}
|
| 8058 |
|
|
@dots{}])
|
| 8059 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8060 |
|
|
|
| 8061 |
|
|
@var{test} is an attribute test that indicates whether this
|
| 8062 |
|
|
@code{define_delay} applies to a particular insn. If so, the number of
|
| 8063 |
|
|
required delay slots is determined by the length of the vector specified
|
| 8064 |
|
|
as the second argument. An insn placed in delay slot @var{n} must
|
| 8065 |
|
|
satisfy attribute test @var{delay-n}. @var{annul-true-n} is an
|
| 8066 |
|
|
attribute test that specifies which insns may be annulled if the branch
|
| 8067 |
|
|
is true. Similarly, @var{annul-false-n} specifies which insns in the
|
| 8068 |
|
|
delay slot may be annulled if the branch is false. If annulling is not
|
| 8069 |
|
|
supported for that delay slot, @code{(nil)} should be coded.
|
| 8070 |
|
|
|
| 8071 |
|
|
For example, in the common case where branch and call insns require
|
| 8072 |
|
|
a single delay slot, which may contain any insn other than a branch or
|
| 8073 |
|
|
call, the following would be placed in the @file{md} file:
|
| 8074 |
|
|
|
| 8075 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8076 |
|
|
(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "branch,call")
|
| 8077 |
|
|
[(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)])
|
| 8078 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8079 |
|
|
|
| 8080 |
|
|
Multiple @code{define_delay} expressions may be specified. In this
|
| 8081 |
|
|
case, each such expression specifies different delay slot requirements
|
| 8082 |
|
|
and there must be no insn for which tests in two @code{define_delay}
|
| 8083 |
|
|
expressions are both true.
|
| 8084 |
|
|
|
| 8085 |
|
|
For example, if we have a machine that requires one delay slot for branches
|
| 8086 |
|
|
but two for calls, no delay slot can contain a branch or call insn,
|
| 8087 |
|
|
and any valid insn in the delay slot for the branch can be annulled if the
|
| 8088 |
|
|
branch is true, we might represent this as follows:
|
| 8089 |
|
|
|
| 8090 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8091 |
|
|
(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "branch")
|
| 8092 |
|
|
[(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call")
|
| 8093 |
|
|
(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call")
|
| 8094 |
|
|
(nil)])
|
| 8095 |
|
|
|
| 8096 |
|
|
(define_delay (eq_attr "type" "call")
|
| 8097 |
|
|
[(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)
|
| 8098 |
|
|
(eq_attr "type" "!branch,call") (nil) (nil)])
|
| 8099 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8100 |
|
|
@c the above is *still* too long. --mew 4feb93
|
| 8101 |
|
|
|
| 8102 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 8103 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 8104 |
|
|
@node Processor pipeline description
|
| 8105 |
|
|
@subsection Specifying processor pipeline description
|
| 8106 |
|
|
@cindex processor pipeline description
|
| 8107 |
|
|
@cindex processor functional units
|
| 8108 |
|
|
@cindex instruction latency time
|
| 8109 |
|
|
@cindex interlock delays
|
| 8110 |
|
|
@cindex data dependence delays
|
| 8111 |
|
|
@cindex reservation delays
|
| 8112 |
|
|
@cindex pipeline hazard recognizer
|
| 8113 |
|
|
@cindex automaton based pipeline description
|
| 8114 |
|
|
@cindex regular expressions
|
| 8115 |
|
|
@cindex deterministic finite state automaton
|
| 8116 |
|
|
@cindex automaton based scheduler
|
| 8117 |
|
|
@cindex RISC
|
| 8118 |
|
|
@cindex VLIW
|
| 8119 |
|
|
|
| 8120 |
|
|
To achieve better performance, most modern processors
|
| 8121 |
|
|
(super-pipelined, superscalar @acronym{RISC}, and @acronym{VLIW}
|
| 8122 |
|
|
processors) have many @dfn{functional units} on which several
|
| 8123 |
|
|
instructions can be executed simultaneously. An instruction starts
|
| 8124 |
|
|
execution if its issue conditions are satisfied. If not, the
|
| 8125 |
|
|
instruction is stalled until its conditions are satisfied. Such
|
| 8126 |
|
|
@dfn{interlock (pipeline) delay} causes interruption of the fetching
|
| 8127 |
|
|
of successor instructions (or demands nop instructions, e.g.@: for some
|
| 8128 |
|
|
MIPS processors).
|
| 8129 |
|
|
|
| 8130 |
|
|
There are two major kinds of interlock delays in modern processors.
|
| 8131 |
|
|
The first one is a data dependence delay determining @dfn{instruction
|
| 8132 |
|
|
latency time}. The instruction execution is not started until all
|
| 8133 |
|
|
source data have been evaluated by prior instructions (there are more
|
| 8134 |
|
|
complex cases when the instruction execution starts even when the data
|
| 8135 |
|
|
are not available but will be ready in given time after the
|
| 8136 |
|
|
instruction execution start). Taking the data dependence delays into
|
| 8137 |
|
|
account is simple. The data dependence (true, output, and
|
| 8138 |
|
|
anti-dependence) delay between two instructions is given by a
|
| 8139 |
|
|
constant. In most cases this approach is adequate. The second kind
|
| 8140 |
|
|
of interlock delays is a reservation delay. The reservation delay
|
| 8141 |
|
|
means that two instructions under execution will be in need of shared
|
| 8142 |
|
|
processors resources, i.e.@: buses, internal registers, and/or
|
| 8143 |
|
|
functional units, which are reserved for some time. Taking this kind
|
| 8144 |
|
|
of delay into account is complex especially for modern @acronym{RISC}
|
| 8145 |
|
|
processors.
|
| 8146 |
|
|
|
| 8147 |
|
|
The task of exploiting more processor parallelism is solved by an
|
| 8148 |
|
|
instruction scheduler. For a better solution to this problem, the
|
| 8149 |
|
|
instruction scheduler has to have an adequate description of the
|
| 8150 |
|
|
processor parallelism (or @dfn{pipeline description}). GCC
|
| 8151 |
|
|
machine descriptions describe processor parallelism and functional
|
| 8152 |
|
|
unit reservations for groups of instructions with the aid of
|
| 8153 |
|
|
@dfn{regular expressions}.
|
| 8154 |
|
|
|
| 8155 |
|
|
The GCC instruction scheduler uses a @dfn{pipeline hazard recognizer} to
|
| 8156 |
|
|
figure out the possibility of the instruction issue by the processor
|
| 8157 |
|
|
on a given simulated processor cycle. The pipeline hazard recognizer is
|
| 8158 |
|
|
automatically generated from the processor pipeline description. The
|
| 8159 |
|
|
pipeline hazard recognizer generated from the machine description
|
| 8160 |
|
|
is based on a deterministic finite state automaton (@acronym{DFA}):
|
| 8161 |
|
|
the instruction issue is possible if there is a transition from one
|
| 8162 |
|
|
automaton state to another one. This algorithm is very fast, and
|
| 8163 |
|
|
furthermore, its speed is not dependent on processor
|
| 8164 |
|
|
complexity@footnote{However, the size of the automaton depends on
|
| 8165 |
|
|
processor complexity. To limit this effect, machine descriptions
|
| 8166 |
|
|
can split orthogonal parts of the machine description among several
|
| 8167 |
|
|
automata: but then, since each of these must be stepped independently,
|
| 8168 |
|
|
this does cause a small decrease in the algorithm's performance.}.
|
| 8169 |
|
|
|
| 8170 |
|
|
@cindex automaton based pipeline description
|
| 8171 |
|
|
The rest of this section describes the directives that constitute
|
| 8172 |
|
|
an automaton-based processor pipeline description. The order of
|
| 8173 |
|
|
these constructions within the machine description file is not
|
| 8174 |
|
|
important.
|
| 8175 |
|
|
|
| 8176 |
|
|
@findex define_automaton
|
| 8177 |
|
|
@cindex pipeline hazard recognizer
|
| 8178 |
|
|
The following optional construction describes names of automata
|
| 8179 |
|
|
generated and used for the pipeline hazards recognition. Sometimes
|
| 8180 |
|
|
the generated finite state automaton used by the pipeline hazard
|
| 8181 |
|
|
recognizer is large. If we use more than one automaton and bind functional
|
| 8182 |
|
|
units to the automata, the total size of the automata is usually
|
| 8183 |
|
|
less than the size of the single automaton. If there is no one such
|
| 8184 |
|
|
construction, only one finite state automaton is generated.
|
| 8185 |
|
|
|
| 8186 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8187 |
|
|
(define_automaton @var{automata-names})
|
| 8188 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8189 |
|
|
|
| 8190 |
|
|
@var{automata-names} is a string giving names of the automata. The
|
| 8191 |
|
|
names are separated by commas. All the automata should have unique names.
|
| 8192 |
|
|
The automaton name is used in the constructions @code{define_cpu_unit} and
|
| 8193 |
|
|
@code{define_query_cpu_unit}.
|
| 8194 |
|
|
|
| 8195 |
|
|
@findex define_cpu_unit
|
| 8196 |
|
|
@cindex processor functional units
|
| 8197 |
|
|
Each processor functional unit used in the description of instruction
|
| 8198 |
|
|
reservations should be described by the following construction.
|
| 8199 |
|
|
|
| 8200 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8201 |
|
|
(define_cpu_unit @var{unit-names} [@var{automaton-name}])
|
| 8202 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8203 |
|
|
|
| 8204 |
|
|
@var{unit-names} is a string giving the names of the functional units
|
| 8205 |
|
|
separated by commas. Don't use name @samp{nothing}, it is reserved
|
| 8206 |
|
|
for other goals.
|
| 8207 |
|
|
|
| 8208 |
|
|
@var{automaton-name} is a string giving the name of the automaton with
|
| 8209 |
|
|
which the unit is bound. The automaton should be described in
|
| 8210 |
|
|
construction @code{define_automaton}. You should give
|
| 8211 |
|
|
@dfn{automaton-name}, if there is a defined automaton.
|
| 8212 |
|
|
|
| 8213 |
|
|
The assignment of units to automata are constrained by the uses of the
|
| 8214 |
|
|
units in insn reservations. The most important constraint is: if a
|
| 8215 |
|
|
unit reservation is present on a particular cycle of an alternative
|
| 8216 |
|
|
for an insn reservation, then some unit from the same automaton must
|
| 8217 |
|
|
be present on the same cycle for the other alternatives of the insn
|
| 8218 |
|
|
reservation. The rest of the constraints are mentioned in the
|
| 8219 |
|
|
description of the subsequent constructions.
|
| 8220 |
|
|
|
| 8221 |
|
|
@findex define_query_cpu_unit
|
| 8222 |
|
|
@cindex querying function unit reservations
|
| 8223 |
|
|
The following construction describes CPU functional units analogously
|
| 8224 |
|
|
to @code{define_cpu_unit}. The reservation of such units can be
|
| 8225 |
|
|
queried for an automaton state. The instruction scheduler never
|
| 8226 |
|
|
queries reservation of functional units for given automaton state. So
|
| 8227 |
|
|
as a rule, you don't need this construction. This construction could
|
| 8228 |
|
|
be used for future code generation goals (e.g.@: to generate
|
| 8229 |
|
|
@acronym{VLIW} insn templates).
|
| 8230 |
|
|
|
| 8231 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8232 |
|
|
(define_query_cpu_unit @var{unit-names} [@var{automaton-name}])
|
| 8233 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8234 |
|
|
|
| 8235 |
|
|
@var{unit-names} is a string giving names of the functional units
|
| 8236 |
|
|
separated by commas.
|
| 8237 |
|
|
|
| 8238 |
|
|
@var{automaton-name} is a string giving the name of the automaton with
|
| 8239 |
|
|
which the unit is bound.
|
| 8240 |
|
|
|
| 8241 |
|
|
@findex define_insn_reservation
|
| 8242 |
|
|
@cindex instruction latency time
|
| 8243 |
|
|
@cindex regular expressions
|
| 8244 |
|
|
@cindex data bypass
|
| 8245 |
|
|
The following construction is the major one to describe pipeline
|
| 8246 |
|
|
characteristics of an instruction.
|
| 8247 |
|
|
|
| 8248 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8249 |
|
|
(define_insn_reservation @var{insn-name} @var{default_latency}
|
| 8250 |
|
|
@var{condition} @var{regexp})
|
| 8251 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8252 |
|
|
|
| 8253 |
|
|
@var{default_latency} is a number giving latency time of the
|
| 8254 |
|
|
instruction. There is an important difference between the old
|
| 8255 |
|
|
description and the automaton based pipeline description. The latency
|
| 8256 |
|
|
time is used for all dependencies when we use the old description. In
|
| 8257 |
|
|
the automaton based pipeline description, the given latency time is only
|
| 8258 |
|
|
used for true dependencies. The cost of anti-dependencies is always
|
| 8259 |
|
|
zero and the cost of output dependencies is the difference between
|
| 8260 |
|
|
latency times of the producing and consuming insns (if the difference
|
| 8261 |
|
|
is negative, the cost is considered to be zero). You can always
|
| 8262 |
|
|
change the default costs for any description by using the target hook
|
| 8263 |
|
|
@code{TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST} (@pxref{Scheduling}).
|
| 8264 |
|
|
|
| 8265 |
|
|
@var{insn-name} is a string giving the internal name of the insn. The
|
| 8266 |
|
|
internal names are used in constructions @code{define_bypass} and in
|
| 8267 |
|
|
the automaton description file generated for debugging. The internal
|
| 8268 |
|
|
name has nothing in common with the names in @code{define_insn}. It is a
|
| 8269 |
|
|
good practice to use insn classes described in the processor manual.
|
| 8270 |
|
|
|
| 8271 |
|
|
@var{condition} defines what RTL insns are described by this
|
| 8272 |
|
|
construction. You should remember that you will be in trouble if
|
| 8273 |
|
|
@var{condition} for two or more different
|
| 8274 |
|
|
@code{define_insn_reservation} constructions is TRUE for an insn. In
|
| 8275 |
|
|
this case what reservation will be used for the insn is not defined.
|
| 8276 |
|
|
Such cases are not checked during generation of the pipeline hazards
|
| 8277 |
|
|
recognizer because in general recognizing that two conditions may have
|
| 8278 |
|
|
the same value is quite difficult (especially if the conditions
|
| 8279 |
|
|
contain @code{symbol_ref}). It is also not checked during the
|
| 8280 |
|
|
pipeline hazard recognizer work because it would slow down the
|
| 8281 |
|
|
recognizer considerably.
|
| 8282 |
|
|
|
| 8283 |
|
|
@var{regexp} is a string describing the reservation of the cpu's functional
|
| 8284 |
|
|
units by the instruction. The reservations are described by a regular
|
| 8285 |
|
|
expression according to the following syntax:
|
| 8286 |
|
|
|
| 8287 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8288 |
|
|
regexp = regexp "," oneof
|
| 8289 |
|
|
| oneof
|
| 8290 |
|
|
|
| 8291 |
|
|
oneof = oneof "|" allof
|
| 8292 |
|
|
| allof
|
| 8293 |
|
|
|
| 8294 |
|
|
allof = allof "+" repeat
|
| 8295 |
|
|
| repeat
|
| 8296 |
|
|
|
| 8297 |
|
|
repeat = element "*" number
|
| 8298 |
|
|
| element
|
| 8299 |
|
|
|
| 8300 |
|
|
element = cpu_function_unit_name
|
| 8301 |
|
|
| reservation_name
|
| 8302 |
|
|
| result_name
|
| 8303 |
|
|
| "nothing"
|
| 8304 |
|
|
| "(" regexp ")"
|
| 8305 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8306 |
|
|
|
| 8307 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 8308 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8309 |
|
|
@samp{,} is used for describing the start of the next cycle in
|
| 8310 |
|
|
the reservation.
|
| 8311 |
|
|
|
| 8312 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8313 |
|
|
@samp{|} is used for describing a reservation described by the first
|
| 8314 |
|
|
regular expression @strong{or} a reservation described by the second
|
| 8315 |
|
|
regular expression @strong{or} etc.
|
| 8316 |
|
|
|
| 8317 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8318 |
|
|
@samp{+} is used for describing a reservation described by the first
|
| 8319 |
|
|
regular expression @strong{and} a reservation described by the
|
| 8320 |
|
|
second regular expression @strong{and} etc.
|
| 8321 |
|
|
|
| 8322 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8323 |
|
|
@samp{*} is used for convenience and simply means a sequence in which
|
| 8324 |
|
|
the regular expression are repeated @var{number} times with cycle
|
| 8325 |
|
|
advancing (see @samp{,}).
|
| 8326 |
|
|
|
| 8327 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8328 |
|
|
@samp{cpu_function_unit_name} denotes reservation of the named
|
| 8329 |
|
|
functional unit.
|
| 8330 |
|
|
|
| 8331 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8332 |
|
|
@samp{reservation_name} --- see description of construction
|
| 8333 |
|
|
@samp{define_reservation}.
|
| 8334 |
|
|
|
| 8335 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8336 |
|
|
@samp{nothing} denotes no unit reservations.
|
| 8337 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 8338 |
|
|
|
| 8339 |
|
|
@findex define_reservation
|
| 8340 |
|
|
Sometimes unit reservations for different insns contain common parts.
|
| 8341 |
|
|
In such case, you can simplify the pipeline description by describing
|
| 8342 |
|
|
the common part by the following construction
|
| 8343 |
|
|
|
| 8344 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8345 |
|
|
(define_reservation @var{reservation-name} @var{regexp})
|
| 8346 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8347 |
|
|
|
| 8348 |
|
|
@var{reservation-name} is a string giving name of @var{regexp}.
|
| 8349 |
|
|
Functional unit names and reservation names are in the same name
|
| 8350 |
|
|
space. So the reservation names should be different from the
|
| 8351 |
|
|
functional unit names and can not be the reserved name @samp{nothing}.
|
| 8352 |
|
|
|
| 8353 |
|
|
@findex define_bypass
|
| 8354 |
|
|
@cindex instruction latency time
|
| 8355 |
|
|
@cindex data bypass
|
| 8356 |
|
|
The following construction is used to describe exceptions in the
|
| 8357 |
|
|
latency time for given instruction pair. This is so called bypasses.
|
| 8358 |
|
|
|
| 8359 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8360 |
|
|
(define_bypass @var{number} @var{out_insn_names} @var{in_insn_names}
|
| 8361 |
|
|
[@var{guard}])
|
| 8362 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8363 |
|
|
|
| 8364 |
|
|
@var{number} defines when the result generated by the instructions
|
| 8365 |
|
|
given in string @var{out_insn_names} will be ready for the
|
| 8366 |
|
|
instructions given in string @var{in_insn_names}. Each of these
|
| 8367 |
|
|
strings is a comma-separated list of filename-style globs and
|
| 8368 |
|
|
they refer to the names of @code{define_insn_reservation}s.
|
| 8369 |
|
|
For example:
|
| 8370 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8371 |
|
|
(define_bypass 1 "cpu1_load_*, cpu1_store_*" "cpu1_load_*")
|
| 8372 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8373 |
|
|
defines a bypass between instructions that start with
|
| 8374 |
|
|
@samp{cpu1_load_} or @samp{cpu1_store_} and those that start with
|
| 8375 |
|
|
@samp{cpu1_load_}.
|
| 8376 |
|
|
|
| 8377 |
|
|
@var{guard} is an optional string giving the name of a C function which
|
| 8378 |
|
|
defines an additional guard for the bypass. The function will get the
|
| 8379 |
|
|
two insns as parameters. If the function returns zero the bypass will
|
| 8380 |
|
|
be ignored for this case. The additional guard is necessary to
|
| 8381 |
|
|
recognize complicated bypasses, e.g.@: when the consumer is only an address
|
| 8382 |
|
|
of insn @samp{store} (not a stored value).
|
| 8383 |
|
|
|
| 8384 |
|
|
If there are more one bypass with the same output and input insns, the
|
| 8385 |
|
|
chosen bypass is the first bypass with a guard in description whose
|
| 8386 |
|
|
guard function returns nonzero. If there is no such bypass, then
|
| 8387 |
|
|
bypass without the guard function is chosen.
|
| 8388 |
|
|
|
| 8389 |
|
|
@findex exclusion_set
|
| 8390 |
|
|
@findex presence_set
|
| 8391 |
|
|
@findex final_presence_set
|
| 8392 |
|
|
@findex absence_set
|
| 8393 |
|
|
@findex final_absence_set
|
| 8394 |
|
|
@cindex VLIW
|
| 8395 |
|
|
@cindex RISC
|
| 8396 |
|
|
The following five constructions are usually used to describe
|
| 8397 |
|
|
@acronym{VLIW} processors, or more precisely, to describe a placement
|
| 8398 |
|
|
of small instructions into @acronym{VLIW} instruction slots. They
|
| 8399 |
|
|
can be used for @acronym{RISC} processors, too.
|
| 8400 |
|
|
|
| 8401 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8402 |
|
|
(exclusion_set @var{unit-names} @var{unit-names})
|
| 8403 |
|
|
(presence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
|
| 8404 |
|
|
(final_presence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
|
| 8405 |
|
|
(absence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
|
| 8406 |
|
|
(final_absence_set @var{unit-names} @var{patterns})
|
| 8407 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8408 |
|
|
|
| 8409 |
|
|
@var{unit-names} is a string giving names of functional units
|
| 8410 |
|
|
separated by commas.
|
| 8411 |
|
|
|
| 8412 |
|
|
@var{patterns} is a string giving patterns of functional units
|
| 8413 |
|
|
separated by comma. Currently pattern is one unit or units
|
| 8414 |
|
|
separated by white-spaces.
|
| 8415 |
|
|
|
| 8416 |
|
|
The first construction (@samp{exclusion_set}) means that each
|
| 8417 |
|
|
functional unit in the first string can not be reserved simultaneously
|
| 8418 |
|
|
with a unit whose name is in the second string and vice versa. For
|
| 8419 |
|
|
example, the construction is useful for describing processors
|
| 8420 |
|
|
(e.g.@: some SPARC processors) with a fully pipelined floating point
|
| 8421 |
|
|
functional unit which can execute simultaneously only single floating
|
| 8422 |
|
|
point insns or only double floating point insns.
|
| 8423 |
|
|
|
| 8424 |
|
|
The second construction (@samp{presence_set}) means that each
|
| 8425 |
|
|
functional unit in the first string can not be reserved unless at
|
| 8426 |
|
|
least one of pattern of units whose names are in the second string is
|
| 8427 |
|
|
reserved. This is an asymmetric relation. For example, it is useful
|
| 8428 |
|
|
for description that @acronym{VLIW} @samp{slot1} is reserved after
|
| 8429 |
|
|
@samp{slot0} reservation. We could describe it by the following
|
| 8430 |
|
|
construction
|
| 8431 |
|
|
|
| 8432 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8433 |
|
|
(presence_set "slot1" "slot0")
|
| 8434 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8435 |
|
|
|
| 8436 |
|
|
Or @samp{slot1} is reserved only after @samp{slot0} and unit @samp{b0}
|
| 8437 |
|
|
reservation. In this case we could write
|
| 8438 |
|
|
|
| 8439 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8440 |
|
|
(presence_set "slot1" "slot0 b0")
|
| 8441 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8442 |
|
|
|
| 8443 |
|
|
The third construction (@samp{final_presence_set}) is analogous to
|
| 8444 |
|
|
@samp{presence_set}. The difference between them is when checking is
|
| 8445 |
|
|
done. When an instruction is issued in given automaton state
|
| 8446 |
|
|
reflecting all current and planned unit reservations, the automaton
|
| 8447 |
|
|
state is changed. The first state is a source state, the second one
|
| 8448 |
|
|
is a result state. Checking for @samp{presence_set} is done on the
|
| 8449 |
|
|
source state reservation, checking for @samp{final_presence_set} is
|
| 8450 |
|
|
done on the result reservation. This construction is useful to
|
| 8451 |
|
|
describe a reservation which is actually two subsequent reservations.
|
| 8452 |
|
|
For example, if we use
|
| 8453 |
|
|
|
| 8454 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8455 |
|
|
(presence_set "slot1" "slot0")
|
| 8456 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8457 |
|
|
|
| 8458 |
|
|
the following insn will be never issued (because @samp{slot1} requires
|
| 8459 |
|
|
@samp{slot0} which is absent in the source state).
|
| 8460 |
|
|
|
| 8461 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8462 |
|
|
(define_reservation "insn_and_nop" "slot0 + slot1")
|
| 8463 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8464 |
|
|
|
| 8465 |
|
|
but it can be issued if we use analogous @samp{final_presence_set}.
|
| 8466 |
|
|
|
| 8467 |
|
|
The forth construction (@samp{absence_set}) means that each functional
|
| 8468 |
|
|
unit in the first string can be reserved only if each pattern of units
|
| 8469 |
|
|
whose names are in the second string is not reserved. This is an
|
| 8470 |
|
|
asymmetric relation (actually @samp{exclusion_set} is analogous to
|
| 8471 |
|
|
this one but it is symmetric). For example it might be useful in a
|
| 8472 |
|
|
@acronym{VLIW} description to say that @samp{slot0} cannot be reserved
|
| 8473 |
|
|
after either @samp{slot1} or @samp{slot2} have been reserved. This
|
| 8474 |
|
|
can be described as:
|
| 8475 |
|
|
|
| 8476 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8477 |
|
|
(absence_set "slot0" "slot1, slot2")
|
| 8478 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8479 |
|
|
|
| 8480 |
|
|
Or @samp{slot2} can not be reserved if @samp{slot0} and unit @samp{b0}
|
| 8481 |
|
|
are reserved or @samp{slot1} and unit @samp{b1} are reserved. In
|
| 8482 |
|
|
this case we could write
|
| 8483 |
|
|
|
| 8484 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8485 |
|
|
(absence_set "slot2" "slot0 b0, slot1 b1")
|
| 8486 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8487 |
|
|
|
| 8488 |
|
|
All functional units mentioned in a set should belong to the same
|
| 8489 |
|
|
automaton.
|
| 8490 |
|
|
|
| 8491 |
|
|
The last construction (@samp{final_absence_set}) is analogous to
|
| 8492 |
|
|
@samp{absence_set} but checking is done on the result (state)
|
| 8493 |
|
|
reservation. See comments for @samp{final_presence_set}.
|
| 8494 |
|
|
|
| 8495 |
|
|
@findex automata_option
|
| 8496 |
|
|
@cindex deterministic finite state automaton
|
| 8497 |
|
|
@cindex nondeterministic finite state automaton
|
| 8498 |
|
|
@cindex finite state automaton minimization
|
| 8499 |
|
|
You can control the generator of the pipeline hazard recognizer with
|
| 8500 |
|
|
the following construction.
|
| 8501 |
|
|
|
| 8502 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8503 |
|
|
(automata_option @var{options})
|
| 8504 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8505 |
|
|
|
| 8506 |
|
|
@var{options} is a string giving options which affect the generated
|
| 8507 |
|
|
code. Currently there are the following options:
|
| 8508 |
|
|
|
| 8509 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 8510 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8511 |
|
|
@dfn{no-minimization} makes no minimization of the automaton. This is
|
| 8512 |
|
|
only worth to do when we are debugging the description and need to
|
| 8513 |
|
|
look more accurately at reservations of states.
|
| 8514 |
|
|
|
| 8515 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8516 |
|
|
@dfn{time} means printing time statistics about the generation of
|
| 8517 |
|
|
automata.
|
| 8518 |
|
|
|
| 8519 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8520 |
|
|
@dfn{stats} means printing statistics about the generated automata
|
| 8521 |
|
|
such as the number of DFA states, NDFA states and arcs.
|
| 8522 |
|
|
|
| 8523 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8524 |
|
|
@dfn{v} means a generation of the file describing the result automata.
|
| 8525 |
|
|
The file has suffix @samp{.dfa} and can be used for the description
|
| 8526 |
|
|
verification and debugging.
|
| 8527 |
|
|
|
| 8528 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8529 |
|
|
@dfn{w} means a generation of warning instead of error for
|
| 8530 |
|
|
non-critical errors.
|
| 8531 |
|
|
|
| 8532 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8533 |
|
|
@dfn{no-comb-vect} prevents the automaton generator from generating
|
| 8534 |
|
|
two data structures and comparing them for space efficiency. Using
|
| 8535 |
|
|
a comb vector to represent transitions may be better, but it can be
|
| 8536 |
|
|
very expensive to construct. This option is useful if the build
|
| 8537 |
|
|
process spends an unacceptably long time in genautomata.
|
| 8538 |
|
|
|
| 8539 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8540 |
|
|
@dfn{ndfa} makes nondeterministic finite state automata. This affects
|
| 8541 |
|
|
the treatment of operator @samp{|} in the regular expressions. The
|
| 8542 |
|
|
usual treatment of the operator is to try the first alternative and,
|
| 8543 |
|
|
if the reservation is not possible, the second alternative. The
|
| 8544 |
|
|
nondeterministic treatment means trying all alternatives, some of them
|
| 8545 |
|
|
may be rejected by reservations in the subsequent insns.
|
| 8546 |
|
|
|
| 8547 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8548 |
|
|
@dfn{collapse-ndfa} modifies the behaviour of the generator when
|
| 8549 |
|
|
producing an automaton. An additional state transition to collapse a
|
| 8550 |
|
|
nondeterministic @acronym{NDFA} state to a deterministic @acronym{DFA}
|
| 8551 |
|
|
state is generated. It can be triggered by passing @code{const0_rtx} to
|
| 8552 |
|
|
state_transition. In such an automaton, cycle advance transitions are
|
| 8553 |
|
|
available only for these collapsed states. This option is useful for
|
| 8554 |
|
|
ports that want to use the @code{ndfa} option, but also want to use
|
| 8555 |
|
|
@code{define_query_cpu_unit} to assign units to insns issued in a cycle.
|
| 8556 |
|
|
|
| 8557 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8558 |
|
|
@dfn{progress} means output of a progress bar showing how many states
|
| 8559 |
|
|
were generated so far for automaton being processed. This is useful
|
| 8560 |
|
|
during debugging a @acronym{DFA} description. If you see too many
|
| 8561 |
|
|
generated states, you could interrupt the generator of the pipeline
|
| 8562 |
|
|
hazard recognizer and try to figure out a reason for generation of the
|
| 8563 |
|
|
huge automaton.
|
| 8564 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 8565 |
|
|
|
| 8566 |
|
|
As an example, consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} machine which can
|
| 8567 |
|
|
issue three insns (two integer insns and one floating point insn) on
|
| 8568 |
|
|
the cycle but can finish only two insns. To describe this, we define
|
| 8569 |
|
|
the following functional units.
|
| 8570 |
|
|
|
| 8571 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8572 |
|
|
(define_cpu_unit "i0_pipeline, i1_pipeline, f_pipeline")
|
| 8573 |
|
|
(define_cpu_unit "port0, port1")
|
| 8574 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8575 |
|
|
|
| 8576 |
|
|
All simple integer insns can be executed in any integer pipeline and
|
| 8577 |
|
|
their result is ready in two cycles. The simple integer insns are
|
| 8578 |
|
|
issued into the first pipeline unless it is reserved, otherwise they
|
| 8579 |
|
|
are issued into the second pipeline. Integer division and
|
| 8580 |
|
|
multiplication insns can be executed only in the second integer
|
| 8581 |
|
|
pipeline and their results are ready correspondingly in 8 and 4
|
| 8582 |
|
|
cycles. The integer division is not pipelined, i.e.@: the subsequent
|
| 8583 |
|
|
integer division insn can not be issued until the current division
|
| 8584 |
|
|
insn finished. Floating point insns are fully pipelined and their
|
| 8585 |
|
|
results are ready in 3 cycles. Where the result of a floating point
|
| 8586 |
|
|
insn is used by an integer insn, an additional delay of one cycle is
|
| 8587 |
|
|
incurred. To describe all of this we could specify
|
| 8588 |
|
|
|
| 8589 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8590 |
|
|
(define_cpu_unit "div")
|
| 8591 |
|
|
|
| 8592 |
|
|
(define_insn_reservation "simple" 2 (eq_attr "type" "int")
|
| 8593 |
|
|
"(i0_pipeline | i1_pipeline), (port0 | port1)")
|
| 8594 |
|
|
|
| 8595 |
|
|
(define_insn_reservation "mult" 4 (eq_attr "type" "mult")
|
| 8596 |
|
|
"i1_pipeline, nothing*2, (port0 | port1)")
|
| 8597 |
|
|
|
| 8598 |
|
|
(define_insn_reservation "div" 8 (eq_attr "type" "div")
|
| 8599 |
|
|
"i1_pipeline, div*7, div + (port0 | port1)")
|
| 8600 |
|
|
|
| 8601 |
|
|
(define_insn_reservation "float" 3 (eq_attr "type" "float")
|
| 8602 |
|
|
"f_pipeline, nothing, (port0 | port1))
|
| 8603 |
|
|
|
| 8604 |
|
|
(define_bypass 4 "float" "simple,mult,div")
|
| 8605 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8606 |
|
|
|
| 8607 |
|
|
To simplify the description we could describe the following reservation
|
| 8608 |
|
|
|
| 8609 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8610 |
|
|
(define_reservation "finish" "port0|port1")
|
| 8611 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8612 |
|
|
|
| 8613 |
|
|
and use it in all @code{define_insn_reservation} as in the following
|
| 8614 |
|
|
construction
|
| 8615 |
|
|
|
| 8616 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8617 |
|
|
(define_insn_reservation "simple" 2 (eq_attr "type" "int")
|
| 8618 |
|
|
"(i0_pipeline | i1_pipeline), finish")
|
| 8619 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8620 |
|
|
|
| 8621 |
|
|
|
| 8622 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 8623 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 8624 |
|
|
@node Conditional Execution
|
| 8625 |
|
|
@section Conditional Execution
|
| 8626 |
|
|
@cindex conditional execution
|
| 8627 |
|
|
@cindex predication
|
| 8628 |
|
|
|
| 8629 |
|
|
A number of architectures provide for some form of conditional
|
| 8630 |
|
|
execution, or predication. The hallmark of this feature is the
|
| 8631 |
|
|
ability to nullify most of the instructions in the instruction set.
|
| 8632 |
|
|
When the instruction set is large and not entirely symmetric, it
|
| 8633 |
|
|
can be quite tedious to describe these forms directly in the
|
| 8634 |
|
|
@file{.md} file. An alternative is the @code{define_cond_exec} template.
|
| 8635 |
|
|
|
| 8636 |
|
|
@findex define_cond_exec
|
| 8637 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8638 |
|
|
(define_cond_exec
|
| 8639 |
|
|
[@var{predicate-pattern}]
|
| 8640 |
|
|
"@var{condition}"
|
| 8641 |
|
|
"@var{output-template}")
|
| 8642 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8643 |
|
|
|
| 8644 |
|
|
@var{predicate-pattern} is the condition that must be true for the
|
| 8645 |
|
|
insn to be executed at runtime and should match a relational operator.
|
| 8646 |
|
|
One can use @code{match_operator} to match several relational operators
|
| 8647 |
|
|
at once. Any @code{match_operand} operands must have no more than one
|
| 8648 |
|
|
alternative.
|
| 8649 |
|
|
|
| 8650 |
|
|
@var{condition} is a C expression that must be true for the generated
|
| 8651 |
|
|
pattern to match.
|
| 8652 |
|
|
|
| 8653 |
|
|
@findex current_insn_predicate
|
| 8654 |
|
|
@var{output-template} is a string similar to the @code{define_insn}
|
| 8655 |
|
|
output template (@pxref{Output Template}), except that the @samp{*}
|
| 8656 |
|
|
and @samp{@@} special cases do not apply. This is only useful if the
|
| 8657 |
|
|
assembly text for the predicate is a simple prefix to the main insn.
|
| 8658 |
|
|
In order to handle the general case, there is a global variable
|
| 8659 |
|
|
@code{current_insn_predicate} that will contain the entire predicate
|
| 8660 |
|
|
if the current insn is predicated, and will otherwise be @code{NULL}.
|
| 8661 |
|
|
|
| 8662 |
|
|
When @code{define_cond_exec} is used, an implicit reference to
|
| 8663 |
|
|
the @code{predicable} instruction attribute is made.
|
| 8664 |
|
|
@xref{Insn Attributes}. This attribute must be a boolean (i.e.@: have
|
| 8665 |
|
|
exactly two elements in its @var{list-of-values}), with the possible
|
| 8666 |
|
|
values being @code{no} and @code{yes}. The default and all uses in
|
| 8667 |
|
|
the insns must be a simple constant, not a complex expressions. It
|
| 8668 |
|
|
may, however, depend on the alternative, by using a comma-separated
|
| 8669 |
|
|
list of values. If that is the case, the port should also define an
|
| 8670 |
|
|
@code{enabled} attribute (@pxref{Disable Insn Alternatives}), which
|
| 8671 |
|
|
should also allow only @code{no} and @code{yes} as its values.
|
| 8672 |
|
|
|
| 8673 |
|
|
For each @code{define_insn} for which the @code{predicable}
|
| 8674 |
|
|
attribute is true, a new @code{define_insn} pattern will be
|
| 8675 |
|
|
generated that matches a predicated version of the instruction.
|
| 8676 |
|
|
For example,
|
| 8677 |
|
|
|
| 8678 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8679 |
|
|
(define_insn "addsi"
|
| 8680 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
|
| 8681 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
|
| 8682 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r")))]
|
| 8683 |
|
|
"@var{test1}"
|
| 8684 |
|
|
"add %2,%1,%0")
|
| 8685 |
|
|
|
| 8686 |
|
|
(define_cond_exec
|
| 8687 |
|
|
[(ne (match_operand:CC 0 "register_operand" "c")
|
| 8688 |
|
|
(const_int 0))]
|
| 8689 |
|
|
"@var{test2}"
|
| 8690 |
|
|
"(%0)")
|
| 8691 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8692 |
|
|
|
| 8693 |
|
|
@noindent
|
| 8694 |
|
|
generates a new pattern
|
| 8695 |
|
|
|
| 8696 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8697 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 8698 |
|
|
[(cond_exec
|
| 8699 |
|
|
(ne (match_operand:CC 3 "register_operand" "c") (const_int 0))
|
| 8700 |
|
|
(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "r")
|
| 8701 |
|
|
(plus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "r")
|
| 8702 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "r"))))]
|
| 8703 |
|
|
"(@var{test2}) && (@var{test1})"
|
| 8704 |
|
|
"(%3) add %2,%1,%0")
|
| 8705 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8706 |
|
|
|
| 8707 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 8708 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 8709 |
|
|
@node Constant Definitions
|
| 8710 |
|
|
@section Constant Definitions
|
| 8711 |
|
|
@cindex constant definitions
|
| 8712 |
|
|
@findex define_constants
|
| 8713 |
|
|
|
| 8714 |
|
|
Using literal constants inside instruction patterns reduces legibility and
|
| 8715 |
|
|
can be a maintenance problem.
|
| 8716 |
|
|
|
| 8717 |
|
|
To overcome this problem, you may use the @code{define_constants}
|
| 8718 |
|
|
expression. It contains a vector of name-value pairs. From that
|
| 8719 |
|
|
point on, wherever any of the names appears in the MD file, it is as
|
| 8720 |
|
|
if the corresponding value had been written instead. You may use
|
| 8721 |
|
|
@code{define_constants} multiple times; each appearance adds more
|
| 8722 |
|
|
constants to the table. It is an error to redefine a constant with
|
| 8723 |
|
|
a different value.
|
| 8724 |
|
|
|
| 8725 |
|
|
To come back to the a29k load multiple example, instead of
|
| 8726 |
|
|
|
| 8727 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8728 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 8729 |
|
|
[(match_parallel 0 "load_multiple_operation"
|
| 8730 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 1 "gpc_reg_operand" "=r")
|
| 8731 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "memory_operand" "m"))
|
| 8732 |
|
|
(use (reg:SI 179))
|
| 8733 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:SI 179))])]
|
| 8734 |
|
|
""
|
| 8735 |
|
|
"loadm 0,0,%1,%2")
|
| 8736 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8737 |
|
|
|
| 8738 |
|
|
You could write:
|
| 8739 |
|
|
|
| 8740 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8741 |
|
|
(define_constants [
|
| 8742 |
|
|
(R_BP 177)
|
| 8743 |
|
|
(R_FC 178)
|
| 8744 |
|
|
(R_CR 179)
|
| 8745 |
|
|
(R_Q 180)
|
| 8746 |
|
|
])
|
| 8747 |
|
|
|
| 8748 |
|
|
(define_insn ""
|
| 8749 |
|
|
[(match_parallel 0 "load_multiple_operation"
|
| 8750 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 1 "gpc_reg_operand" "=r")
|
| 8751 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "memory_operand" "m"))
|
| 8752 |
|
|
(use (reg:SI R_CR))
|
| 8753 |
|
|
(clobber (reg:SI R_CR))])]
|
| 8754 |
|
|
""
|
| 8755 |
|
|
"loadm 0,0,%1,%2")
|
| 8756 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8757 |
|
|
|
| 8758 |
|
|
The constants that are defined with a define_constant are also output
|
| 8759 |
|
|
in the insn-codes.h header file as #defines.
|
| 8760 |
|
|
|
| 8761 |
|
|
@cindex enumerations
|
| 8762 |
|
|
@findex define_c_enum
|
| 8763 |
|
|
You can also use the machine description file to define enumerations.
|
| 8764 |
|
|
Like the constants defined by @code{define_constant}, these enumerations
|
| 8765 |
|
|
are visible to both the machine description file and the main C code.
|
| 8766 |
|
|
|
| 8767 |
|
|
The syntax is as follows:
|
| 8768 |
|
|
|
| 8769 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8770 |
|
|
(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [
|
| 8771 |
|
|
@var{value0}
|
| 8772 |
|
|
@var{value1}
|
| 8773 |
|
|
@dots{}
|
| 8774 |
|
|
@var{valuen}
|
| 8775 |
|
|
])
|
| 8776 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8777 |
|
|
|
| 8778 |
|
|
This definition causes the equivalent of the following C code to appear
|
| 8779 |
|
|
in @file{insn-constants.h}:
|
| 8780 |
|
|
|
| 8781 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8782 |
|
|
enum @var{name} @{
|
| 8783 |
|
|
@var{value0} = 0,
|
| 8784 |
|
|
@var{value1} = 1,
|
| 8785 |
|
|
@dots{}
|
| 8786 |
|
|
@var{valuen} = @var{n}
|
| 8787 |
|
|
@};
|
| 8788 |
|
|
#define NUM_@var{cname}_VALUES (@var{n} + 1)
|
| 8789 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8790 |
|
|
|
| 8791 |
|
|
where @var{cname} is the capitalized form of @var{name}.
|
| 8792 |
|
|
It also makes each @var{valuei} available in the machine description
|
| 8793 |
|
|
file, just as if it had been declared with:
|
| 8794 |
|
|
|
| 8795 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8796 |
|
|
(define_constants [(@var{valuei} @var{i})])
|
| 8797 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8798 |
|
|
|
| 8799 |
|
|
Each @var{valuei} is usually an upper-case identifier and usually
|
| 8800 |
|
|
begins with @var{cname}.
|
| 8801 |
|
|
|
| 8802 |
|
|
You can split the enumeration definition into as many statements as
|
| 8803 |
|
|
you like. The above example is directly equivalent to:
|
| 8804 |
|
|
|
| 8805 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8806 |
|
|
(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [@var{value0}])
|
| 8807 |
|
|
(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [@var{value1}])
|
| 8808 |
|
|
@dots{}
|
| 8809 |
|
|
(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [@var{valuen}])
|
| 8810 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8811 |
|
|
|
| 8812 |
|
|
Splitting the enumeration helps to improve the modularity of each
|
| 8813 |
|
|
individual @code{.md} file. For example, if a port defines its
|
| 8814 |
|
|
synchronization instructions in a separate @file{sync.md} file,
|
| 8815 |
|
|
it is convenient to define all synchronization-specific enumeration
|
| 8816 |
|
|
values in @file{sync.md} rather than in the main @file{.md} file.
|
| 8817 |
|
|
|
| 8818 |
|
|
Some enumeration names have special significance to GCC:
|
| 8819 |
|
|
|
| 8820 |
|
|
@table @code
|
| 8821 |
|
|
@item unspecv
|
| 8822 |
|
|
@findex unspec_volatile
|
| 8823 |
|
|
If an enumeration called @code{unspecv} is defined, GCC will use it
|
| 8824 |
|
|
when printing out @code{unspec_volatile} expressions. For example:
|
| 8825 |
|
|
|
| 8826 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8827 |
|
|
(define_c_enum "unspecv" [
|
| 8828 |
|
|
UNSPECV_BLOCKAGE
|
| 8829 |
|
|
])
|
| 8830 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8831 |
|
|
|
| 8832 |
|
|
causes GCC to print @samp{(unspec_volatile @dots{} 0)} as:
|
| 8833 |
|
|
|
| 8834 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8835 |
|
|
(unspec_volatile ... UNSPECV_BLOCKAGE)
|
| 8836 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8837 |
|
|
|
| 8838 |
|
|
@item unspec
|
| 8839 |
|
|
@findex unspec
|
| 8840 |
|
|
If an enumeration called @code{unspec} is defined, GCC will use
|
| 8841 |
|
|
it when printing out @code{unspec} expressions. GCC will also use
|
| 8842 |
|
|
it when printing out @code{unspec_volatile} expressions unless an
|
| 8843 |
|
|
@code{unspecv} enumeration is also defined. You can therefore
|
| 8844 |
|
|
decide whether to keep separate enumerations for volatile and
|
| 8845 |
|
|
non-volatile expressions or whether to use the same enumeration
|
| 8846 |
|
|
for both.
|
| 8847 |
|
|
@end table
|
| 8848 |
|
|
|
| 8849 |
|
|
@findex define_enum
|
| 8850 |
|
|
@anchor{define_enum}
|
| 8851 |
|
|
Another way of defining an enumeration is to use @code{define_enum}:
|
| 8852 |
|
|
|
| 8853 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8854 |
|
|
(define_enum "@var{name}" [
|
| 8855 |
|
|
@var{value0}
|
| 8856 |
|
|
@var{value1}
|
| 8857 |
|
|
@dots{}
|
| 8858 |
|
|
@var{valuen}
|
| 8859 |
|
|
])
|
| 8860 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8861 |
|
|
|
| 8862 |
|
|
This directive implies:
|
| 8863 |
|
|
|
| 8864 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8865 |
|
|
(define_c_enum "@var{name}" [
|
| 8866 |
|
|
@var{cname}_@var{cvalue0}
|
| 8867 |
|
|
@var{cname}_@var{cvalue1}
|
| 8868 |
|
|
@dots{}
|
| 8869 |
|
|
@var{cname}_@var{cvaluen}
|
| 8870 |
|
|
])
|
| 8871 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8872 |
|
|
|
| 8873 |
|
|
@findex define_enum_attr
|
| 8874 |
|
|
where @var{cvaluei} is the capitalized form of @var{valuei}.
|
| 8875 |
|
|
However, unlike @code{define_c_enum}, the enumerations defined
|
| 8876 |
|
|
by @code{define_enum} can be used in attribute specifications
|
| 8877 |
|
|
(@pxref{define_enum_attr}).
|
| 8878 |
|
|
@end ifset
|
| 8879 |
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
| 8880 |
|
|
@node Iterators
|
| 8881 |
|
|
@section Iterators
|
| 8882 |
|
|
@cindex iterators in @file{.md} files
|
| 8883 |
|
|
|
| 8884 |
|
|
Ports often need to define similar patterns for more than one machine
|
| 8885 |
|
|
mode or for more than one rtx code. GCC provides some simple iterator
|
| 8886 |
|
|
facilities to make this process easier.
|
| 8887 |
|
|
|
| 8888 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 8889 |
|
|
* Mode Iterators:: Generating variations of patterns for different modes.
|
| 8890 |
|
|
* Code Iterators:: Doing the same for codes.
|
| 8891 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 8892 |
|
|
|
| 8893 |
|
|
@node Mode Iterators
|
| 8894 |
|
|
@subsection Mode Iterators
|
| 8895 |
|
|
@cindex mode iterators in @file{.md} files
|
| 8896 |
|
|
|
| 8897 |
|
|
Ports often need to define similar patterns for two or more different modes.
|
| 8898 |
|
|
For example:
|
| 8899 |
|
|
|
| 8900 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 8901 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8902 |
|
|
If a processor has hardware support for both single and double
|
| 8903 |
|
|
floating-point arithmetic, the @code{SFmode} patterns tend to be
|
| 8904 |
|
|
very similar to the @code{DFmode} ones.
|
| 8905 |
|
|
|
| 8906 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8907 |
|
|
If a port uses @code{SImode} pointers in one configuration and
|
| 8908 |
|
|
@code{DImode} pointers in another, it will usually have very similar
|
| 8909 |
|
|
@code{SImode} and @code{DImode} patterns for manipulating pointers.
|
| 8910 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 8911 |
|
|
|
| 8912 |
|
|
Mode iterators allow several patterns to be instantiated from one
|
| 8913 |
|
|
@file{.md} file template. They can be used with any type of
|
| 8914 |
|
|
rtx-based construct, such as a @code{define_insn},
|
| 8915 |
|
|
@code{define_split}, or @code{define_peephole2}.
|
| 8916 |
|
|
|
| 8917 |
|
|
@menu
|
| 8918 |
|
|
* Defining Mode Iterators:: Defining a new mode iterator.
|
| 8919 |
|
|
* Substitutions:: Combining mode iterators with substitutions
|
| 8920 |
|
|
* Examples:: Examples
|
| 8921 |
|
|
@end menu
|
| 8922 |
|
|
|
| 8923 |
|
|
@node Defining Mode Iterators
|
| 8924 |
|
|
@subsubsection Defining Mode Iterators
|
| 8925 |
|
|
@findex define_mode_iterator
|
| 8926 |
|
|
|
| 8927 |
|
|
The syntax for defining a mode iterator is:
|
| 8928 |
|
|
|
| 8929 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8930 |
|
|
(define_mode_iterator @var{name} [(@var{mode1} "@var{cond1}") @dots{} (@var{moden} "@var{condn}")])
|
| 8931 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8932 |
|
|
|
| 8933 |
|
|
This allows subsequent @file{.md} file constructs to use the mode suffix
|
| 8934 |
|
|
@code{:@var{name}}. Every construct that does so will be expanded
|
| 8935 |
|
|
@var{n} times, once with every use of @code{:@var{name}} replaced by
|
| 8936 |
|
|
@code{:@var{mode1}}, once with every use replaced by @code{:@var{mode2}},
|
| 8937 |
|
|
and so on. In the expansion for a particular @var{modei}, every
|
| 8938 |
|
|
C condition will also require that @var{condi} be true.
|
| 8939 |
|
|
|
| 8940 |
|
|
For example:
|
| 8941 |
|
|
|
| 8942 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8943 |
|
|
(define_mode_iterator P [(SI "Pmode == SImode") (DI "Pmode == DImode")])
|
| 8944 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8945 |
|
|
|
| 8946 |
|
|
defines a new mode suffix @code{:P}. Every construct that uses
|
| 8947 |
|
|
@code{:P} will be expanded twice, once with every @code{:P} replaced
|
| 8948 |
|
|
by @code{:SI} and once with every @code{:P} replaced by @code{:DI}.
|
| 8949 |
|
|
The @code{:SI} version will only apply if @code{Pmode == SImode} and
|
| 8950 |
|
|
the @code{:DI} version will only apply if @code{Pmode == DImode}.
|
| 8951 |
|
|
|
| 8952 |
|
|
As with other @file{.md} conditions, an empty string is treated
|
| 8953 |
|
|
as ``always true''. @code{(@var{mode} "")} can also be abbreviated
|
| 8954 |
|
|
to @code{@var{mode}}. For example:
|
| 8955 |
|
|
|
| 8956 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8957 |
|
|
(define_mode_iterator GPR [SI (DI "TARGET_64BIT")])
|
| 8958 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8959 |
|
|
|
| 8960 |
|
|
means that the @code{:DI} expansion only applies if @code{TARGET_64BIT}
|
| 8961 |
|
|
but that the @code{:SI} expansion has no such constraint.
|
| 8962 |
|
|
|
| 8963 |
|
|
Iterators are applied in the order they are defined. This can be
|
| 8964 |
|
|
significant if two iterators are used in a construct that requires
|
| 8965 |
|
|
substitutions. @xref{Substitutions}.
|
| 8966 |
|
|
|
| 8967 |
|
|
@node Substitutions
|
| 8968 |
|
|
@subsubsection Substitution in Mode Iterators
|
| 8969 |
|
|
@findex define_mode_attr
|
| 8970 |
|
|
|
| 8971 |
|
|
If an @file{.md} file construct uses mode iterators, each version of the
|
| 8972 |
|
|
construct will often need slightly different strings or modes. For
|
| 8973 |
|
|
example:
|
| 8974 |
|
|
|
| 8975 |
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
| 8976 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8977 |
|
|
When a @code{define_expand} defines several @code{add@var{m}3} patterns
|
| 8978 |
|
|
(@pxref{Standard Names}), each expander will need to use the
|
| 8979 |
|
|
appropriate mode name for @var{m}.
|
| 8980 |
|
|
|
| 8981 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8982 |
|
|
When a @code{define_insn} defines several instruction patterns,
|
| 8983 |
|
|
each instruction will often use a different assembler mnemonic.
|
| 8984 |
|
|
|
| 8985 |
|
|
@item
|
| 8986 |
|
|
When a @code{define_insn} requires operands with different modes,
|
| 8987 |
|
|
using an iterator for one of the operand modes usually requires a specific
|
| 8988 |
|
|
mode for the other operand(s).
|
| 8989 |
|
|
@end itemize
|
| 8990 |
|
|
|
| 8991 |
|
|
GCC supports such variations through a system of ``mode attributes''.
|
| 8992 |
|
|
There are two standard attributes: @code{mode}, which is the name of
|
| 8993 |
|
|
the mode in lower case, and @code{MODE}, which is the same thing in
|
| 8994 |
|
|
upper case. You can define other attributes using:
|
| 8995 |
|
|
|
| 8996 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 8997 |
|
|
(define_mode_attr @var{name} [(@var{mode1} "@var{value1}") @dots{} (@var{moden} "@var{valuen}")])
|
| 8998 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 8999 |
|
|
|
| 9000 |
|
|
where @var{name} is the name of the attribute and @var{valuei}
|
| 9001 |
|
|
is the value associated with @var{modei}.
|
| 9002 |
|
|
|
| 9003 |
|
|
When GCC replaces some @var{:iterator} with @var{:mode}, it will scan
|
| 9004 |
|
|
each string and mode in the pattern for sequences of the form
|
| 9005 |
|
|
@code{<@var{iterator}:@var{attr}>}, where @var{attr} is the name of a
|
| 9006 |
|
|
mode attribute. If the attribute is defined for @var{mode}, the whole
|
| 9007 |
|
|
@code{<@dots{}>} sequence will be replaced by the appropriate attribute
|
| 9008 |
|
|
value.
|
| 9009 |
|
|
|
| 9010 |
|
|
For example, suppose an @file{.md} file has:
|
| 9011 |
|
|
|
| 9012 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9013 |
|
|
(define_mode_iterator P [(SI "Pmode == SImode") (DI "Pmode == DImode")])
|
| 9014 |
|
|
(define_mode_attr load [(SI "lw") (DI "ld")])
|
| 9015 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9016 |
|
|
|
| 9017 |
|
|
If one of the patterns that uses @code{:P} contains the string
|
| 9018 |
|
|
@code{"<P:load>\t%0,%1"}, the @code{SI} version of that pattern
|
| 9019 |
|
|
will use @code{"lw\t%0,%1"} and the @code{DI} version will use
|
| 9020 |
|
|
@code{"ld\t%0,%1"}.
|
| 9021 |
|
|
|
| 9022 |
|
|
Here is an example of using an attribute for a mode:
|
| 9023 |
|
|
|
| 9024 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9025 |
|
|
(define_mode_iterator LONG [SI DI])
|
| 9026 |
|
|
(define_mode_attr SHORT [(SI "HI") (DI "SI")])
|
| 9027 |
|
|
(define_insn @dots{}
|
| 9028 |
|
|
(sign_extend:LONG (match_operand:<LONG:SHORT> @dots{})) @dots{})
|
| 9029 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9030 |
|
|
|
| 9031 |
|
|
The @code{@var{iterator}:} prefix may be omitted, in which case the
|
| 9032 |
|
|
substitution will be attempted for every iterator expansion.
|
| 9033 |
|
|
|
| 9034 |
|
|
@node Examples
|
| 9035 |
|
|
@subsubsection Mode Iterator Examples
|
| 9036 |
|
|
|
| 9037 |
|
|
Here is an example from the MIPS port. It defines the following
|
| 9038 |
|
|
modes and attributes (among others):
|
| 9039 |
|
|
|
| 9040 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9041 |
|
|
(define_mode_iterator GPR [SI (DI "TARGET_64BIT")])
|
| 9042 |
|
|
(define_mode_attr d [(SI "") (DI "d")])
|
| 9043 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9044 |
|
|
|
| 9045 |
|
|
and uses the following template to define both @code{subsi3}
|
| 9046 |
|
|
and @code{subdi3}:
|
| 9047 |
|
|
|
| 9048 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9049 |
|
|
(define_insn "sub<mode>3"
|
| 9050 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:GPR 0 "register_operand" "=d")
|
| 9051 |
|
|
(minus:GPR (match_operand:GPR 1 "register_operand" "d")
|
| 9052 |
|
|
(match_operand:GPR 2 "register_operand" "d")))]
|
| 9053 |
|
|
""
|
| 9054 |
|
|
"<d>subu\t%0,%1,%2"
|
| 9055 |
|
|
[(set_attr "type" "arith")
|
| 9056 |
|
|
(set_attr "mode" "<MODE>")])
|
| 9057 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9058 |
|
|
|
| 9059 |
|
|
This is exactly equivalent to:
|
| 9060 |
|
|
|
| 9061 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9062 |
|
|
(define_insn "subsi3"
|
| 9063 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "=d")
|
| 9064 |
|
|
(minus:SI (match_operand:SI 1 "register_operand" "d")
|
| 9065 |
|
|
(match_operand:SI 2 "register_operand" "d")))]
|
| 9066 |
|
|
""
|
| 9067 |
|
|
"subu\t%0,%1,%2"
|
| 9068 |
|
|
[(set_attr "type" "arith")
|
| 9069 |
|
|
(set_attr "mode" "SI")])
|
| 9070 |
|
|
|
| 9071 |
|
|
(define_insn "subdi3"
|
| 9072 |
|
|
[(set (match_operand:DI 0 "register_operand" "=d")
|
| 9073 |
|
|
(minus:DI (match_operand:DI 1 "register_operand" "d")
|
| 9074 |
|
|
(match_operand:DI 2 "register_operand" "d")))]
|
| 9075 |
|
|
""
|
| 9076 |
|
|
"dsubu\t%0,%1,%2"
|
| 9077 |
|
|
[(set_attr "type" "arith")
|
| 9078 |
|
|
(set_attr "mode" "DI")])
|
| 9079 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9080 |
|
|
|
| 9081 |
|
|
@node Code Iterators
|
| 9082 |
|
|
@subsection Code Iterators
|
| 9083 |
|
|
@cindex code iterators in @file{.md} files
|
| 9084 |
|
|
@findex define_code_iterator
|
| 9085 |
|
|
@findex define_code_attr
|
| 9086 |
|
|
|
| 9087 |
|
|
Code iterators operate in a similar way to mode iterators. @xref{Mode Iterators}.
|
| 9088 |
|
|
|
| 9089 |
|
|
The construct:
|
| 9090 |
|
|
|
| 9091 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9092 |
|
|
(define_code_iterator @var{name} [(@var{code1} "@var{cond1}") @dots{} (@var{coden} "@var{condn}")])
|
| 9093 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9094 |
|
|
|
| 9095 |
|
|
defines a pseudo rtx code @var{name} that can be instantiated as
|
| 9096 |
|
|
@var{codei} if condition @var{condi} is true. Each @var{codei}
|
| 9097 |
|
|
must have the same rtx format. @xref{RTL Classes}.
|
| 9098 |
|
|
|
| 9099 |
|
|
As with mode iterators, each pattern that uses @var{name} will be
|
| 9100 |
|
|
expanded @var{n} times, once with all uses of @var{name} replaced by
|
| 9101 |
|
|
@var{code1}, once with all uses replaced by @var{code2}, and so on.
|
| 9102 |
|
|
@xref{Defining Mode Iterators}.
|
| 9103 |
|
|
|
| 9104 |
|
|
It is possible to define attributes for codes as well as for modes.
|
| 9105 |
|
|
There are two standard code attributes: @code{code}, the name of the
|
| 9106 |
|
|
code in lower case, and @code{CODE}, the name of the code in upper case.
|
| 9107 |
|
|
Other attributes are defined using:
|
| 9108 |
|
|
|
| 9109 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9110 |
|
|
(define_code_attr @var{name} [(@var{code1} "@var{value1}") @dots{} (@var{coden} "@var{valuen}")])
|
| 9111 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9112 |
|
|
|
| 9113 |
|
|
Here's an example of code iterators in action, taken from the MIPS port:
|
| 9114 |
|
|
|
| 9115 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9116 |
|
|
(define_code_iterator any_cond [unordered ordered unlt unge uneq ltgt unle ungt
|
| 9117 |
|
|
eq ne gt ge lt le gtu geu ltu leu])
|
| 9118 |
|
|
|
| 9119 |
|
|
(define_expand "b<code>"
|
| 9120 |
|
|
[(set (pc)
|
| 9121 |
|
|
(if_then_else (any_cond:CC (cc0)
|
| 9122 |
|
|
(const_int 0))
|
| 9123 |
|
|
(label_ref (match_operand 0 ""))
|
| 9124 |
|
|
(pc)))]
|
| 9125 |
|
|
""
|
| 9126 |
|
|
@{
|
| 9127 |
|
|
gen_conditional_branch (operands, <CODE>);
|
| 9128 |
|
|
DONE;
|
| 9129 |
|
|
@})
|
| 9130 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9131 |
|
|
|
| 9132 |
|
|
This is equivalent to:
|
| 9133 |
|
|
|
| 9134 |
|
|
@smallexample
|
| 9135 |
|
|
(define_expand "bunordered"
|
| 9136 |
|
|
[(set (pc)
|
| 9137 |
|
|
(if_then_else (unordered:CC (cc0)
|
| 9138 |
|
|
(const_int 0))
|
| 9139 |
|
|
(label_ref (match_operand 0 ""))
|
| 9140 |
|
|
(pc)))]
|
| 9141 |
|
|
""
|
| 9142 |
|
|
@{
|
| 9143 |
|
|
gen_conditional_branch (operands, UNORDERED);
|
| 9144 |
|
|
DONE;
|
| 9145 |
|
|
@})
|
| 9146 |
|
|
|
| 9147 |
|
|
(define_expand "bordered"
|
| 9148 |
|
|
[(set (pc)
|
| 9149 |
|
|
(if_then_else (ordered:CC (cc0)
|
| 9150 |
|
|
(const_int 0))
|
| 9151 |
|
|
(label_ref (match_operand 0 ""))
|
| 9152 |
|
|
(pc)))]
|
| 9153 |
|
|
""
|
| 9154 |
|
|
@{
|
| 9155 |
|
|
gen_conditional_branch (operands, ORDERED);
|
| 9156 |
|
|
DONE;
|
| 9157 |
|
|
@})
|
| 9158 |
|
|
|
| 9159 |
|
|
@dots{}
|
| 9160 |
|
|
@end smallexample
|
| 9161 |
|
|
|
| 9162 |
|
|
@end ifset
|